Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

11th Bio Zoology Guide Locomotion and Movement Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

Question 1.
Muscles are derived from
a) ectoderm
b) mesoderm
c) endoderm
d) neuro ectoderm
Answer:
b) mesoderm

Question 2.
Muscles are formed by
a) myocytes
b) leucocytes
c) osteocytes
d) lymphocytes
Answer:
a) myocytes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 3.
The muscles attached to the bones are called
a) skeletal muscle
b) cardiac muscle
c) involuntary muscle
d) smooth muscles
Answer:
a) skeletal muscle

Question 4.
Skeletal muscles are attached to the bones by
a) tendon
b) ligament
c) pectin
d) fibrin
Answer:
a) tendon

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 5.
The bundle of muscle fibres is called
a) Myofibrils
b) fascicle
c) sarcomere
d) sarcoplasm
Answer:
b) fascicle

Question 6.
The pigment present in the muscle fibre to store oxygen is
a) myoglobin
b) troponin
c) myosin
d) actin
Answer:
a) myoglobin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 7.
The functional unit of a muscle fibre is
a) sarcomere
b) sarcoplasm
c) myosin
d) actin
Answer:
a) sarcomere

Question 8.
The protein present in the thick filament is
a) myosin
b) actin
c) pectin
d) leucin
Answer:
a) myosin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 9.
The protein present in the thin filament is
a) myosin
b) actin
c) pectin
d) leucin
Answer:
b) actin

Question 10.
The region between two successive Z-discs is called a
a) sarcomere
b) microtubule
c) myoglobin
d) actin
Answer:
a) sarcomere

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 11.
Each skeletal muscle is covered by
a) epimysium
b) perimysium
c) endomysium
d) hypomysium
Answer:
a) epimysium

Question 12.
Knee joint is an example of
a) saddle joint
b) hinge joint
c) pivot joint
d) gliding joint
Answer:
b) hinge joint

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 13.
Name of the joint present between the atlas and axis is
a) synovial joint
b) pivot joint
c) saddle joint
d) hinge joint
Answer:
b) pivot joint

Question 14.
ATPase enzyme needed for muscle contraction is located in
a) actinin
b) troponin
c) myosin
d) actin
Answer:
c) myosin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 15.
Synovial fluid is found in
a) Ventricles of the brain
b) Spinal cord
c) immovable joint
d) freely movable joints
Answer:
d) freely movable joints

Question 16.
Inflammation of joints due to accumulation of uric acid crystals is called as
a) Gout
b) myasthenia gravis
c) osteoporosis
d) osteomalacia
Answer:
a) Gout

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 17.
Acetabulum is located in
a) collar bone
b) hip bone
c) shoulder bone
d) thigh bone
Answer:
b) hip bone

Question 18.
Appendicular skeleton is
a) girdles and their limbs
b) vertebrae
c) skull and vertebral column
d) ribs and sternum
Answer:
a) girdles and their limbs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 19.
The type of movement exhibits by the macrophages are
a) flagellar
b) ciliary
c) muscular
d) amoeboid
Answer:
d) amoeboid

Question 20.
The pointed portion of the elbow is
a) acromion process
b) glenoid cavity
c) olecranon process
d) symphysis
Answer:
c) olecranon process

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 21.
Name the different types of movement
Answer:

  • Amoeboid movement
  • Ciliary movement
  • Flagellar movement
  • Muscular movement

Question 22.
Name the filaments present in the Sarcomere.
Answer:
Thick and thin filaments are the two types of filaments present inside the sarcomere.

Question 23.
Name the contractile proteins present in the skeletal muscle.
Answer:

  • Myosin – Thick filament
  • Actin – Thin filament

Question 24.
When describing a skeletal muscle. What does “Striated mean?
Answer:
Each skeletal muscle fibre has a repeated series of dark and light bands. The dark A-bands and light I-bands give a striated appearance to the muscle.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 25.
How does an isotonic contraction takes place?
Answer:
In isotonic contraction, the length of the muscle changes but the tension remains constant.
(eg) lifting dumbbells and weight lifting.

Question 26.
How does an isometric contraction take place?
Answer:
In isotonic contraction, the length of the muscle changes but the tension remains constant. The force produced is unchanged, e.g., lifting dumbbells and weight lifting.

Question 27.
Name the bones of the skull.
Answer:
The cranial bones are 8 in number.

  1. Paired parietal
  2. Paired temporal
  3. frontal
  4. Sphenoid
  5. Occipital
  6. Ethmoid

Question 28.
Which is the only jointless bone in the human body?
Answer:
The jointless bone is the hyoid bone in our throat. The hyoid bone (lingual bone) is a horseshoe.

Question 29.
List the three main parts of the axial skeleton.
Answer:

  1. Cranium
  2. Hyoid (Lingual)
  3. Vertebral column
  4. Thoracic cavity.

Question 30.
How is tetany caused?
Answer:
Due to the deficiency of parathyroid hormone the level of calcium decreases in the blood that leads to rapid muscle spasm called tetany.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 31.
How does rigor mortis happen?
Answer:
After the death of an individual, the membrane of muscle cells becomes more permeable to calcium ions. This happens due to the partial contraction of skeletal muscles. The contracted muscles are unable to relax. This condition is known as rigor mortis.

Question 32.
What are the different types of rib bones that form the rib cage?
Answer:

  • True rib bones (First 7 pairs)
  • False rib bones (8,9,10th pairs)
  • Floating rib bones (11 and 12th pair)

Question 33.
What are the bones that make the pelvic girdle?
Answer:

  • Ilium
  • Ischium
  • Pubis

Question 34.
List the disorders of the muscular system.
Answer:

  • Muscle fatigue
  • Atrophy
  • Muscle pull
  • Muscular dystrophy

Arthritis

  • Osteoarthritis
  • Rheumatoid arthritis
  • Gout

Question 35.
Explain the sliding-filament theory of muscle contraction.
Answer:
Sliding filament theory is an active process. It is proposed by Andrw F. Huxley in 1954 and Rolf Niedergerke.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 1

  • Muscle contraction is initiated by a nerve impulse sents by the central nervous system through a motor neuron
  • When the nerve impulse reaches neuromuscular junction acetylcholine is released and created action potential.
  • This action potential triggers the release of calcium from the sarcoplasmic reticulum
  • The released calcium ions bind to troponin on thin filaments.
  • The active sites are exposed to the heads of myosin to form a cross bridge. Hence actin and myosin form a protein complex called actomyosin.
  • Utilizing the energy released from the hydrolysis of ATP the myosin head rotates until it forms a 90° angle with a long axis of the filament.
  • The power stroke begins after the myosin head and hinge region tilt from a 90° angle to a 45° angle.
  • The cross-bridge transforms into strong high force bond which allows the myosin head to swells it.
  • When the myosin head swells it pulls the attached actin filament towards the centre of the A – band.
  • The myosin returns back to its relaxed state and releases ADP and phosphate ions. A Newer ATP molecule binds to the head of myosin and the cross-bridge is broken.
  • At the end of each power stroke each myosin head detaches from actin then swivels back and binds to a new actin molecule to start another contraction cycle.
  • The power stroke repeats many times and the thin filaments move toward the centre of the sarcomere.
  • In this process, there is no change in the lengths of thick or thin filaments.
  • The Z – discs attached to the actin filaments are also pulled inwards from both sides causing the shortening of the sarcomere. This process continues.
  • When motor impulse stops the calcium ions are purnbed back into the sarcoplasmic reticulum results in the masking of the active sites of the actin filament and the myosin head fails to bind with the actin and causes Z – discs back to their original relaxed position.

Question 36.
What are the Benefits of regular exercise?
Answer:

  1. The benefits of regular exercise are:
  2. The muscles used in exercise grow larger and stronger.
  3. The resting heart rate goes down.
  4. More enzymes are synthesized in the muscle fibre.
  5. Ligaments and tendons become stronger.
  6. Joints become more flexible.
  7. Protection from a heart attack.
  8. Influences hormonal activity.
  9. Improves cognitive functions.
  10. Prevents obesity.
  11. Promotes confidence, esteem.
  12. Aesthetically better with a good physique.
  13. Overall well-being with good quality of life.
  14. Prevents depression, stress, and anxiety.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Part II.

11th Bio Zoology Guide Locomotion and Movement Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
The pseudopodia of amoeba is formed from
a) Cytoplasm
b) Nucleoplasm
c) Sarcoplasm
d) all the above
Answer:
a) Cytoplasm

Question 2.
Where is ciliary movement taking place?
Answer:
a) Respiratory tract
b) Stomach
c) oesophagus
d) Reproductive tract
Answer:
d) Reproductive tract

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 3.
Name the movement of spermatozoa
a) amoeboid movement
b) flagellated movement
c) Ciliary movement
d) None of the above
Answer:
b) flagellated movement

Question 4.
Muscles are made up of ………………….
a) Myocytes
b) Lymphocytes
c) adenocytes
d) leucocytes
Answer:
a) Myocytes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 5.
The cytoplasm of the muscle fibre is called:
a) Myofibril
b) Sarcomere
c) Sarcoplasm
d) Sarcolemma
Answer:
c) Sarcoplasm

Question 6.
Name the connective tissue which covers the entire muscle?
a) Epimycium
b) Perimycium
c) Endomyciurn
d) Mesornyscium
Answer:
a) Epimycium

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 7.
Name the membrane which covers each fasiculi
a) Epimycium
b) Perirnycium
c) Endomyciurn
d) Mesomvscium
Answer:
b) Perirnycium

Question 8.
Name the membrane which covers each muscle fibre?
a) Epimycium
b) Perimycium
c) Endomycium
d) Mesomysciurn
Answer:
c) Endomycium

Question 9.
Match and Find the Correct Pair
1. Sarcoplasm – a) Respiratory pigment
2. Myoglobin – b) Glucose giver
3. Glycosome – c) Unit of skeletal muscle
4. Sarcomere – d) cytoplasm
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 2
Answer:
a) I- d, II – a, III – b,IV- c

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 10.
Find the correct and wrong statement and arrange the following statement.
1. The contraction of muscle fibres depends on the actin and myosin protein.
2. The thick muscle fibres depends on Myosin.
3. Each meromyosin molecule will have a globular head with a long arm.
4. The head of the meromyosin bears an actin-binding site and an ATP binding site.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 3
Answer:
a) True True False True

Question 11.
Name the protein that regulates muscle contraction.
a) Tropomyosin and actin
b) Troponin and myosin
c) tropomyosin and troponin
d) None of the above
Answer:
c) tropomyosin and troponin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 12.
Who has proposed sliding – filaments hypothesis?
a) Andrew F. Huxley and Rolf Nieder gerke
b) Andrew F. Huxley and Nelson
c) Andrew F. Pluxley and Darwin
d) Andrew F. Huxley and Mendal
Answer:
a) Andrew F. Huxley and Rolf Nieder gerke

Question 13.
Which chemical initiates the opening of multiple gated channels in sarcolemma?
a) Epinephrine
b) Norepinephrine
c) acetylcholine
d) erythromycin
Answer:
c) acetylcholine

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 14.
Find out the wrong pair
a) Fast – oxidative fibres – have high ATP ase activity
b) Slow – oxidative fibres – low rates of ATP ase activity
c) Oxidative fibres – less number of mitochondria
d) Red muscle fibres – oxidative fibres
Answer:
c) Oxidative fibres – less number of mitochondria

Question 15.
The skeletal system is formed from this layer!
a) Ectoderm
b) Mesoderm
c) Endoderm
d) Neuroderm
Answer:
b) Mesoderm

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 16.
………………………… a number of bones forms the endoskeleton of man?
a) 210
b) 220
c) 206
d) 209
Answer:
c) 206

Question 17.
Hove many bones are there in the axial and appendicular skeleton?
a) 80 and 126
b) 126 and 80
c) 80 and 120
d) 80 and 118
Answer:
a) 80 and 126

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 18.
How many bones are there in the facial and cranial bones?
a) 14 and 9
b) 14 and 8
c) 14 and 10
d) 14 and 12
Answer:
b) 14 and 8

Question 19.
Name the opening of the temporal bone
a) External auditory meatus
b) Nasal opening
c) Optic opening
d) Mouth
Answer:
a) External auditory meatus

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 20.
Name the U-shaped single bone present at the base of the buccal cavity.
a) Palantine bone
b) Hyoid bone
c) Ethmoid bone
d) Sphenoid bone
Answer:
b) Hyoid bone

Question 21.
How many bones from the vertebral column?
a) 33
b) 32
c) 30
d) 36
Answer:
a) 33

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 22.
Match and find the correct pair
1) Cervical vertebrae – a) – 5
2) Thoraic – b)-l
3) Pelvic bone – 0-7
4) Cocyx bone – d) -12
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 4
Answer:
a) I -c, II – d, III – a,IV – b

Question 23.
In which bone ………….. situated?
a) Cervical vertebra
b) thoracic vertebra
c) Pelvic vertebra
d) all the above
Answer:
d) all the above

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 24.
Name the first vertebra?
a) Atlas
b) Maleus
c) Incus
d) Stapes
Answer:
a) Atlas

Question 25.
Name the second vertebra?
a) Atlas
b) Axis
c) Maleus
d) Stapes
Answer:
b) Axis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 26.
How many are the number of ribs?
a) 14 pair
b) 13 pair
c) 12 pair
d) 15 pair
Answer:
c) 12 pair

Question 27.
Match and find the correct answer
1) ribs – a) – 1, 7
2) True ribs – b) -11,12
3) False ribs – c) – Bicephalic
4) Floating ribs – d) – 8,10
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 5
Answer:
b) I – c, II – a, III – d,IV -b

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 28.
How many bones are there appendicular skeleton?
a) 130
b) 140
c) 126
d) 122
Answer:
c) 126

Question 29.
Which forms the appendicular skeleton?
a) Upper and hindlimbs
b) Upper limbs and thoracic bones
c) Hind and vertebral column
d) Hind and cranial bones
Answer:
a) Upper and hindlimbs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 30.
Name the bones which joint the axial and appendicular skeleton.
a) Clavicle bone
b) Scapula
c) Acromian process
d) None of the above
Answer:
a) Clavicle bone

Question 31.
Flow many bones are there in the upper arm.
a) 30
b) 32
c) 34
d) 36
Answer:
a) 30

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 32.
Find the wrong pair.
a) Wrist bone – 8
b) Fore arm bones – 30
c) Facial bone -16
d) Cranial bones – 8
Answer:
c) Facial bone -16

Question 33.
Find the wrong pair
a) Palm bones – 5
b) Phalanges -14
c) Thoracic bone – 12
d) Vertebral column – 33
Answer:
d) Vertebral column – 33

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 34.
Match and find the correct pair.
1) Cervical vertebra – a) – 12
2) Thoracic vertebra – b) – 1
3) Pelvic vertebra – c) – 7
4) Coccyx – d)-5
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 6
Answer:
a) I- c, II – a, III – d, IV – b

Question 35.
The oxidative skeletal muscle fibres are termed as
a) Fatty muscle fibres
b) White muscle fibres
c) red muscle fibres
d) yellow muscle
Answer:
c) red muscle fibres

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 36.
Whether the following statement is correct or wrong find out the correct sequence.
1) Pelvic bone Ilium, Ischium, and pubis
2) Acetabulam cavity is present in the sacrum
3) The head of the thigh bone fits in the acetabulum cavity
4) The pubic bones articulate anteriorly at the pubic symphysis
Sequence:
a) 1 – True, 2 – False, 3 – True, 4 – True
b) 1 – False, 2 – False, 3 – True, 4 – True
c) 1 – False, 2 – True, 3 – True, 4 – True
d) 1 – True, 2 – True, 3 – False, 4 – True
Answer:
a) 1 – True, 2 – False, 3 – True, 4 – True

Question 37.
Which is the prominent bone of the pelvic bone?
a) Ilium
b) Ischium
c) Pubis
d) all the above
Answer:
a) Ilium

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 38.
What is the number of hind limbs?
a) 32
b) 37
c) 30
d) 34
Answer:
c) 30

Question 39.
Name the longest bone
a) Femur
b) Humerus bone
c) Tibia
d) all the above
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 7
Answer:
a) I -a, II – d, III – c, IV -b

Question 40.
Match and find the correct pair.
1)Patella – a)-14
2) Tarsus – b) -5
3) Metatarsus – c) – 7 bones
4) Phalanges – d) – kneecap
Answer:
3) Metatarsus – c) – 7 bones

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 41.
Name the membrane which covers the femur bone.
a) Periosteum
b) Endosteum
c) Osteoclast
d) Osteoblast
Answer:
a) Periosteum

Question 42.
Name the joints seen in the cranial region
a) Fibrous joints
b) Cartilagenous joints
c) Diarthroses joints
d) Synovial joints
Answer:
a) Fibrous joints

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 43.
The Synovial fluid is seen in joints.
a) Cartilagenous joints
b) Diarthroses joints
c) Fibrous joints
d) all the above
Answer:
b) Diarthroses joints

Question 44.
Name the diseases due to the deficiency of acetylcholine.
a) Myasthenia gravis
b) Tetany
c) Duchene muscular dystrophy
d) Muscle pull
Answer:
a) Myasthenia gravis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 45.
Name the disease due to the deficiency of ATP
a) Muscle fatigue
b) Muscle pull
c) Muscular dystrophy
d) Tetany
Answer:
a) Muscle fatigue

Question 46.
A tear in the muscle
a) Muscle fatigue
b) Muscle pull
c) Atrophy
d) Muscular dystrophy
Answer:
b) Muscle pull

Question 47.
Name the arthritis due to aging.
a) Osteoarthritis
b) Rheumatoid arthritis
c) Gout
d) Osteoporosis
Answer:
a) Osteoarthritis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 48.
Osteoporosis is due to
a) Calcium
b) Sodium
c) Magnesium
d) Potassium
Answer:
a) Calcium

Question 49.
The deposition of urate crystals on the joints is called as
a) Gout
b) Rheumatoid
c) arthritis
d) Osteoporosis
Answer:
a) Gout

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 50.
Assertion A: Acetylcholine is secreted in the Neuromuscular junction.
Reason B: If acetylcholine is not secreted there won’t be any multiple gated channels in the sarcolemma.
a) A true B wrong
b) A true B this explains the action of A
c) A wrong B true
d) A wrong B wrong
Answer:
b) A true B this explains the action of A

Question 51.
Assertion A: The upper limbs are attached to the pectoral girdles.
Reason B: The pectoral girdles are very light and allow the mobility of the hand
a) A wrong B wrong
b) A True B does not explains the A
c) A True B explains the functions of A
d) A True B wrong
Answer:
c) A True B explains the functions of A

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 52.
Assertion A: In the pelvis bone a deep socket is present called acetabulum.
Reason B: The head of the femur bone fits in the acetabulum.
a) A True B explains the functions of A
b) A wrong B explains the functions of A
c) A True B wrong
d) B does not explains the structure of B
Answer:
a) A True B explains the functions of A

Question 53.
Assertion A: The pelvis of female is shallow wide and flexible in nature
Cause B: This helps during pregnancy.
a) A True B explains the functions of A
b) A wrong B explains the functions of A
c) A True B wrong
d) B does not explains the structure of A
Answer:
a) A True B explains the functions of A

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 54.
Assertion A: The lower arm carries the entire weight of the body and is subjected to exceptional forces when we jump or run.
Reason B: To bear the weight of the body it has 46 bones
a) A True B True
b) A wrong B wrong
c) A True B does not explains the functions of A
d) A True B Wrong
Answer:
c) A True B does not explains the functions of A

Question 55.
Assertion A: The cranium belongs to immovable fixed joints.
Reason B: Structures of the flat skull bones are fibrous joints.
a) A True B Wrong
b) A True B explains the structure of A
c) A True B True
d) B does not explains the structure of A
Answer:
b) A True B explains the structure of A

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 56.
Assertion A: The decreased synthesis of acetylcholine in the neuromuscular junction, causes myasthenia gravis.
Reason B: This leads to muscle fatigue weakness, paralysis.
a) A and B are True
b) A and B are wrong
c) A True B wrong
d) A wrong B True
Answer:
a) A and B are True

Question 57.
Match and arrange the sequence :
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 8
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 9
Answer:
a) I – D, II – C, III-A,IV – B

Question 58.
Match and arrange the sequence:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 10
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 11
Answer:
b) I – C, II – D, III – B, IV -A

2 marks

II. Very Short answers

Question 1.
What is amoeboid movement?
Answer:
The movement of cells by streaming movements of the cytoplasm forming pseudo-podia is known as amoeboid movement, e.g., macrophages.

Question 2.
What are the types of muscles?
Answer:

  • Skeletal muscle
  • Visceral muscles
  • Cardiac muscles

Question 3.
Name the muscle protein?
Answer:

  • Actin
  • Myosin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 4.
Name the regulatory proteins in the thin filaments.
Answer:

  • Tropomyosin
  • Troponin

Question 5.
Classify the muscles on the basis of their rate of shortening?
Answer:

  • Fast contraction fibre
  • Slow contraction fibre

Question 6.
On the basis of ATP formation, how are muscles classified?
Answer:

  • Oxidative fibres
  • Glycolytic fibres

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 7.
How are muscles classified on the basis of ATP are activity?
Answer:

  • Fast oxidative fibres
  • Slow oxidative fibres

Question 8.
What is perimysium?
Answer:
The connective tissue covering around each fascicle is the perimysium.

Question 9.
Differentiate the oxidative fibre from the glycolytic fibre.
Answer:

Oxidative fibre Glycolytic fibre
1. Numerous mitochondria There are few mitochondria
2. Depends on blood flow Not depend on blood flow
3. Myoglobin is present No myoglobin
4. These are known as red muscle fibres These are called muscle fibres as white muscle fibres

Question 10.
What is sarcoplasm?
Answer:
The cytoplasm of the muscle fibre is called the sarcoplasm.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 11.
What is meant by exo skeleton?
Answer:
It is a rigid hard case present outside the body of animals (eg) Cockroach.

Question 12.
What is endo skeleton?
Answer:
It is found inside the body of vertebrates. It is composed of bones and cartilages, (eg) Man.

Question 13.
What are the two types of endo skeletons?
Answer:

  1. Axial skeleton.
  2. Appendicular skeleton.

Question 14.
What are Glycosomes?
Answer:
Glycosomes are the granules of stored glycogen that provide glucose during the period of muscle fiber activity.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 15.
What is a brainbox?
Answer:
The cranial bones form the hard protective outer covering of the brain and called the brain box.

Question 16.
Name the ear ossicles?
Answer:

  • Malleus
  • incus
  • stapes

Question 17.
Give notes on Jaw bones?
Answer:

  • It is composed of the upper jaw which is formed of the maxilla and the lower jaw is formed of the mandible.
  • The upper jaw is fused with the cranium and is immovable.
  • The lower jaw is connected to the cranium and is movable.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 18.
Name the openings of the skull?
Answer:

  • The orbits
  • Nasal cavity
  • Foramen magnum

Question 19.
What is meant by foramen magnum?
Answer:

  • It is a large opening found at the posterior base of the skull.
  • Through this opening, the medulla oblongata of the brain descends down as the spinal cord.

Question 20.
What are oxidative fibres?
Answer:
The muscle fibres that contain numerous mitochondria and have a high capacity for oxidative phosphorylation are classified as oxidative fibres. They are also called red muscle fibres.

Question 21.
Name the first two bones of the vertebral column.
Answer:

  1. Atlas
  2. Axis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 22.
What are the functions of the vertebral column?
Answer:

  • It protects the spinal cord.
  • Supports the head
  • Serves as the point of attachment for the ribs and musculature of the back.

Question 23.
Give short notes on sternum?
Answer:

  • The sternum is a flat bone on the mid ventral line of j the thorax.
  • It provides space for the attachment of the thoracic ribs and abdominal muscles.

Question 24.
What is a hydrostatic skeleton?
Answer:
The skeleton found in soft-bodied invertebrates is called a hydrostatic skeleton. It is a fluid-filled cavity encircled by muscles, e.g., the earthworm.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 25.
What are true ribs?
Answer:
The first seven pairs of ribs are called true ribs. Dorsaily they are attached to the thoracic vertebrae and ventrally connected to the sternum.

Question 26.
What are false ribs?
Answer:
The 8th, 9th, and 10th pairs of ribs do not articulate directly with the sternum but joined with the seventh rib.

Question 27.
What is the sternum?
Answer:
The sternum is a flat bone on the midventral line of the thorax. It provides space for the attachment of the thoracic ribs and abdominal muscles.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 28.
What is meant by appendicular skeleton?
Answer:
The bones of the upper and lower limbs along with their girdles constitute the appendicular skeleton. It is composed by 126 bones.

Question 29.
White the 3 segments of lower limb.
Answer:

  1. The thigh
  2. the leg or the shank and
  3. the foot.

Question 30.
What is meant by acromian process?
Answer:
The scapula has a slightly elevated ridge called the spine which projects as flat expanded process called the acromion.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 31.
What is meant by glenoid cavity?
Answer:
Below the acromian is a depression called the glenoid cavity which articulates with the head of the humerus to form the shoulder joint.

Question 32.
What is meant by olecranon process?
Answer:
The radius and ultra bones present in the fore arm that form the pointed portion of the elbow called olecranon process.

Question 33.
What is meant by carpal tunnel?
Answer:

  • There are 8 bones in the wrist arranged in two rows of four each.
  • The anterior surface of the wrist has tunnel like appearance. This tunnel is termed as carpal tunnel.

Question 34.
Name the bones which forms the coxal bones.
Answer:

  • Ilium
  • Ischium
  • Pubis

Question 35.
What is meant by pubic symphysis?
Answer:
Ventrally the two halves of the pelvic girdle meet and form the pubic symphysis containing fibrous cartilage.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 36.
Where calcium ion binds with the muscle fibre? Name the molecules which binds with calcium?
Answer:

  • The calcium released from sarcoplasma binds with the thin fibre of the muscle.
  • The released calcium binds to troponin a thin filaments.

III. Fill Up The Blanks With Suitable Options

1. Scapula – Acromian process
……………. – Bones of upper arm
2. First 7 pair of rib bones – True ribs
11 and 12th pair of ribs – …………….
3. Cervical vertebrae – 7
……………. – Lumbar bones
4. Skull bones – 22
……………. – Skull bones
5. Thick fibres – Myosin
……………. – Thin fibres
6. Amoeboid movement – Macrophage cells
……………. – Sperm cells
Answer:

  1. Olecronan process
  2. Floating ribs
  3. 5
  4. 8
  5. Actin
  6. Flagellated movement

3 marks

IV. Short answers

Question 1.
Give short notes on skeletal muscle and their covering membranes.
Answer:

  • Each muscle is made up of bundles of muscle fibres called fascicle. Each muscle fibre contains rod like structures called myofibrils.
  • The connective tissue covering the muscle is the epimysium.
  • The covering around each fascicle is the perimysium.
  • The muscle fibre is surrounded by endomysium.

Question 2.
Give the structure of a skeletel muscle fibre.
Answer:

  • Each muscle fibre is thin and elongated.
  • Most of them taper at one or both ends.
  • Muscle fibres are surrounded by sarcolemma the cytoplasm of the muscle fibre is called the sarcoplasm.
  • It contains glycosomes myoglobin and sarcoplasmic reticulum.
  • Myoglobin is a red coloured respiratory pigment and glycosomes are reserved glycogen.
  • Muscle fibres contain muscle protein actin and myosin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 3.
Give notes on slow oxidative fibres.
Answer:

  • These fibres have low rates of myosin ATP hydrolysis but have the ability to make large amounts of ATP.
  • This type of fibres seen in long distance swimmers and long distance runners.

Question 4.
Give notes on fast – oxidative fibres.
Answer:

  • These fibres have high myosin ATP ase activity and can make large amounts of ATP.
  • They are suited for rapid action.

Question 5.
Give notes on fast glycolytic fibres.
Answer:

  • These fibres have myosin ATP ase activity but cannot make as much ATP as oxidative fibres because their source of ATP is glycolysis.
  • These fibres are best suited for rapid intense actions such as short sprint at maximum speed.

Question 6.
Name the facial bones.
Answer:
There are 14 facial bones.

  1. Pair of maxilla
  2. Pair of Zygomatic
  3. Pair of Palantine
  4. Pair of lacrimal
  5.  Pair of Nasal
  6. Mandible or lower jaw
  7. Vomer

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 7.
Give notes on fibrous joints.
Answer:

  • They are immovable fixed joints in which no movement between the bones is possible.
  • Sutures of the flat skull bones are fibrous joints.

Question 8.
Give notes on cartilaginous joints.
Answer:
They are slightly movable joints in which the joint surface are separated by a cartilage and slight movement is only possible.

Question 9.
Give notes on synovial joints.
Answer:
They are freely movable joints the articulating bones are separated by a cavity which is filled with synovial fluid.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 10.
Give notes on myasthenia gravis.
Answer:

  • It is an auto immune disorder affecting the action of acetylcholine at neuro muscular junction leading to fatique.
  • Weakening and paralysis of skeletal muscles.
  • Acetylcholine receptors on the sarcolemma are blocked by antibodies leading to weakness of muscles.
  • When the disease progresses it can make chewing swallowing talking and even breathing difficult.

Question 11.
Give notes on muscle fatique.
Answer:

  • It is the inability of a muscle to contract after repeated muscle contraction.
  • This is due to lack of ATP and accumulation of lactic acid by anaerobic break down of glucose.

Question 12.
Give notes on Atrophy of muscles.
Answer:

  • A decrease in the activity of muscles results in the atrophy of muscles.
  • There is a reduction in the size of the muscle and makes the muscle to become weak which occurs with lack of usage as in chronic bed ridden patients.

Question 13.
What is meant by muscle pull?
Answer:

  • Muscle pull is actually a muscle tear.
    Atraumatic pulling of the fibres produces a tear known as sprain.
  • This can occur due to sudden stretching of muscle beyond the point of elasticity.
  • Back pain is a common problem caused by muscle pull due to improper posture with static sitting for long hours.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 14.
What is meant by muscular dystrophy?
Answer:

  • The group of diseases collectively called the muscular dystrophy are associated with the progressive degeneration of skeletel muscle fibres weakening the muscles and leading to death from lung or heart failure.
  • (eg) Duchene muscular dystrophy.

Question 15.
What is meant by skeletel muscle glycogen analysis?
Answer:

  • This is used to measure an athlete’s muscle glycogen.
  • Muscle glycogen provides the main source of energy during anaerobic exercise.
  • A single glycogen molecule may contain 5000 glucose molecules.

Question 16.
Give notes on osteoporosis?
Answer:

  • It occurs due to deficiency of vitamin D and hormonal imbalance.
  • It causes rickets in children and osteomalasia in adult females.
  • The bones become soft and fragile.
  • It can be minimized with adequate calcium intake vitamin D intake and regular physical activities.

Question 17.
What is carpal tunnel syndrome?
Answer:

  • The narrow passage bounded by bones and ligaments in the wrist get narrowed and pinches the median nerve.
  • This syndrome is mostly seen among the clerks, software professional and people who constantly play or text in mobile phones.

5 Marks

V. Give Detailed Answers 

Question 1.
Describe about the different types of movements with examples.
Answer:
Types of Movements :

  1. Amoeboid movements
  2. Ciliary movements
  3. Flagellar movements
  4. Muscular movements

1. Amoeboid movements:
Cells such as macrophages exhibit amoeboid movement for engulfing pathogens by pseudopodia formed by the streaming movement of the cytoplasm.

2. Ciliary movements :
This type of movement occurs in the respiratory and genital passages.

3. Flagellar movement:
This type of movement occurs in the cells which are having flagella or whiplike motile organels. (eg) Sperm cells.

4. Muscular movement:
The movement of hands legs jaws are caused by the contraction and relaxation of the muscle.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 2.
Describe the structure of sarcomere.
Answer:

  • The unit of the skeletal muscle is sarcomere A sarcomere is the region of a myofibril between two successive z – discs.
  • It contains an ‘A’ band with a half I band which are perfectly aligned with one another.
  • This type of arrangement gives the cell a striated appearance.
  • Each dark band has a lighter region in its middle called the M – zone.
  • Each H – zone is bisected vertically by a dark line called the M – line.
  • The I bands have a darker mid line area called the z – disc.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 12

  • Inside the sarcomere two types of filaments are present namely the thick filaments and thin filaments.
  • The thick filaments extend the entire length of the A band, the thin filaments extend across the I band and partly into the A – band.
  • The invagination of the sarcolemma forms transverse (T- tubules) tubules and they penetrate into the junction between the A and I bands.

Question 3.
Describe the structure of muscle protein.
Answer:
Contraction of the muscle depends on the presence of contractile proteins such as actin and myosin.
Myosin fibre:

  • The thick filaments are composed of the protein myosin.
  • Each myosin molecule is made up of monomer called meromyosin.
  • The meromyosin have a globular head with a j short arm and a tail.
  • The short arm have heavy meromyosin and the tail portion have the light meromyosin.
  • The head bears an actin – binding site and an ATP binding site
  • It also contains ATP ase enzyme that split ATP to generate energy for the contraction of muscle.

Actin filament:

  • Actin has polypeptide subunits called globular actin or G – actin and filamentous form F – actin.
  • Each thin filament is made of two F – actins helically wound to each other.
  • Each F – actin is a polymer of monomeric G – actins, It also contains a binding site for myosin.
  • The thin filament contain several regulatory protein like tropomyosin, troponin, which help in regulating the contraction of muscles along with actin and myosin.

Thick filament:
Each thick filament consists of many myosin molecules whose heads produce at opposite ends of the filament Portion of a thick filament

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 13

Thin filament:
A thin filament consists of two strands of actin subunits twisted into a helix plus two types of regulatory proteins (troponin and tropomyosin) Portion of a thin filament.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 14

Question 4.
Give the schematic representation of muscle contraction.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 15

Question 5.
Give the four important features of skeletal muscles.
Answer:

  1. Excitability :
    Based on the chemical and electrical excitation the muscles contracts.
  2. Contractility:
    It is the ability of the muscle which gives movement to the attached organs.
  3. Conductivity:
    The excitation at one part of the muscle is connected to the other part of the muscle.
  4. Elasticity :
    The ability of the muscle to returns to its original position after the extension of the muscles.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 6.
Explain the bones that form the skull?
Answer:
The skull is composed of two sets of bones – cranial and facial bones. It consists of 22 bones of which 8 are cranial bones and 14 are facial, bones. The cranial bones form the hard protective outer covering of the brain and called the brain box. The capacity of the cranium is 1500 cm3.

These bones are joined by sutures which are immovable. They are paired parietal, paired temporal and individual bones such as the frontal, sphenoid, occipital and ethmoid. The large hole in the temporal bone is the external auditory meatus. In the facial bones maxilla, zygomatic, palatine, lacrimal, nasal are paired bones whereas mandible or lower jaw and vomer are unpaired bones. They form the front part of the skull.

A single U-shaped hyoid bone is present at the base of the buccal cavity. It is the only bone without any joint. Each middle ear contains three tiny bones- malleus, incus, and stapes collectively are called ear ossicles. The upper jaw is formed of the maxilla and the lower jaw is formed of the mandible.

The upper jaw is fused with the cranium and is immovable. The lower jaw is connected to the cranium by muscles and is movable. The most prominent openings in the skull are the orbits and the nasal cavity. The foramen magnum is a large opening found at the posterior base of the skull. Through this opening, the medulla oblongata of the brain descends down as the spinal cord.

Question 7.
Give an account of vertebral column.
Answer:

  • It consists of 33 serially arranged vertebrae which are interconnected by a cartilage known as inter vertebral disc.
  • The vertebral column extends from the base of the skull to the pelvis and forms the main framework of the trunk.

It has five major regions, they are

  1. Cervical – 7
  2. Thoracic vertebrae -12
  3. Lumbar vertebrae – 5
  4. Sacrum – 5 sacral vertebrae found in the infant which are fused to form one bone in the adult.
  5. Coccyx – 1 – 4 Coccy geal vertebrae found in the infant which are fused to form one bone in the adult.

Question 8.
Give an account of the ribcage.
Answer:

  • There are 12 pairs of ribs.
  • Each rib bone is connected dorsally to the vertebral column and ventrally to the sternum.
  • It has two articulation surfaces on its dorsal end called bicephalic.
  • The first 7 pairs of ribs are called true ribsorvertebro – sternal ribs.
  • Dorsally they are attached to the thoracic vertebrae and ventrally connected to the sternum with the help of hyaline cartilages.
  • The 8th, 9th and 10th pairs of ribs do not articulate directly with the sternum but joined with the cartilaginous part of the seventh rib.
  • These are called false ribs or vertebro – chondral ribs.
  • The last 11th and 12th pairs of ribs are not connected ventrally.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 16

  • They are called as floating ribs or vertebral ribs.
  • Thoracic vertebrae ribs and sternum form the rib cage.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 9.
Give an account of the pectoral girdle?
Answer:

  • The upper limbs are attached to the pectoral girdles.
  • These are very light and allow the upper limbs a degree of mobility not seen any where else in the body.
  • The girdle is formed of two halves.
  • Each pectoral girdle consists of a clavicle or collar bone and a scapula.
  • The scapula is a large triangular bone situated in the dorsal surface of the ribcage between the second and seventh ribs.
  • It has a elevated expanded process called the acromion.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 17

  • The clavicle articulates this process.
  • Below the acromion is a depression called the glenoid cavity which articulates with the head of the humerus to form the shoulder joint.
  • Each clavicle is a long slender bone with two curvatures which lie horizontally and connect the axial skeleton with the appendicular skeleton.

Question 10.
Describe the structure of the upper limb.
Answer:

  • The upper limb consists of 30 separate bones and is specialized for mobility.
  • The region between the shoulder and elbow is the humerus.
  • The head of humerus articulates with the glenoid cavity of the scapula and forms the shoulder joint.
  • The distel end of humerus articulates with the two fore arm bones the radius and ulna
  • Olecranon process is situated at the upper end of the ulna which forms the pointed portion of the elbow.
  • The hand consists of carpals metacarpals and phalanges.
  • Carpals the wrist bones 8 in number are arranged in two rows of four each and form a tunnel termed as carpal tunnel.
  • Meta carpals the palm bones are 5 in number and phalanges the digit bones are 14 in number.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 18

Question 11.
Give an account of pelvic girdle.
Answer:

  • The pelvic girdle is a heavy structure specialised for weight-bearing.
  • It is composed of two hib bones called coxal bones that secure the lower limbs to the axial skeleton.
  • Together with the sacrum and coccyx the hib bones form the basin like bonypelvis.
  • Each coxal bone consists of three fused bones ilium, ischium, and pubis.
  • At the point of fusion of these three bones forms a deep hemispherical socket called the acetabulum present on the lateral surface of the pelvis.
  • It receives the head of the femur at hip joint and helps in the articulation of the femur.
  • Ventrally the two halves of the pelvic girdle meet and form the pubic symphysis containing fibrous cartilage.
  • The ilium is the superior flaring portion of the hip bone. Each ilium forms a secure joint with the sacrum posteriorly.
  • The ischium is a curved bar of bone. The ‘V’ shaped pubic bones articulate anteriorly at the pubic symphysis.
  • The pelvis of male is deep and narrow with larger heavier bones and the female is shallow wide and flexible in nature and this helps during pregnancy which is influenced by female hormones.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 19

Question 12.
Give an account of the lower limb.
Answer:

  • The lower limb consists of 30 bones which carries the entire weight of the erect body and is subjected to exceptional forces when we jump or run.
  • The bones of the lower limbs are thicker and stronger than the upper limbs.
  • Each lower limb consists of the thigh, the leg or the shank and the foot.
  • The femur is the strongest and longest bone of the body.
  • The head of femur articulates with the acetabulum of the pelvis to form the hip joint.
  • The tibia and fibula form the skeleton of the shank.
  • A thick triangular patella forms the knee cap which protects the knee joint arteriorly and improves the leverages of thigh muscles acting across the knee.
  • The foot includes the bones of ankle the tarsus (7) the metatarsus (5) and the phalanges or toe ebones. (14)
  • The foot supports our body weight and acts as a lever to propel the body forward while walking and running.
  • The phalanges of the foot are smaller than those of the fingers.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 20

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 13.
Give an account of a structure of a typical long bone.
Answer:

  • The typical long bone has a diaphysis, epiphyses and membranes.
  • A tubular diaphysis or shaft forms the long axis of the bone and has a central medullary cavity.
  • The epiphyses are the bone ends.
  • Compact bone forms the exterior of epiphyses and their interior contains spongy bone with red marrow.
  • The region where the diaphysis and epiphysis meet is called metaphysis.
  • The external surface of the entire bone except the joint surface is covered by a double-layered membrane called the periosteum.
  • The outer fibrous layer is dense irregular connective tissue.
  • The inner osteogenic layer consists of osteoblasts cell. ( bone-forming cells) and osteoclasts cells (E bone – destroying cells)
  • There are primitive stem cells osteogenic cells that give rise to the osteoblasts.
  • The periosteum is richly supplied with nerve fibres lymphatic vessels and blood vessels.
  • Internal bone surfaces are covered with a delicate connective tissue membrane called the endosteum It also contains osteoblasts and osteoclasts cells.
  • Between the epiphysis and diaphysis growthplate or epiphyseal plate is present.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 21

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 14.
Write a short note on Rib cage?
Answer:
There are 12 pairs of ribs. Each rib is a thin flat bone connected dorsally to the vertebral column and ventrally to the sternum. It has two articulation surfaces on its dorsal end, hence called bicephalic.

The first seven pairs of ribs are called ‘true ribs or vertebro-stemal ribs. Dorsally they are attached to the thoracic vertebrae and ventrally connected to the sternum with the help of hyaline cartilages.

The 8th, 9th and 10th pairs of ribs do not articulate directly with the sternum but joined with the cartilaginous (hyaline cartilage) part of the seventh rib. These are called ‘false ribs’ or vertebro-chondral ribs.

The last 11th and 12th pairs of ribs are not connected ventrally. Therefore, they are called as ‘floating ribs’ or vertebral ribs. Thoracic vertebrae, ribs and sternum together form the ribcage. Rib cage protects the lungs, heart, liver and also plays a role in breathing.

Question 15.
Tabulate the differentiate of joints man
Answer:

Pivot joint between atlas and axis
Gliding joint between the carpals
Saddle joint between the carpal and meta carpal
Ball and socket joint between humerus and pectoral gridle
Hinge joint Knee joint
Condyloid or Angular or Ellipsoid Joint between radius joint and carpal

Question 16.
Draw the diagram of different types of fracture and arrange them.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 22

Question 17.
Bones of the skeletal system. Table: 1 Bones of skeletal system
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement 23
Notes:

  1. The strongest muscle in the human: Massetter in cheeks
  2. The smallest muscle in the human: Middle ear in stapedius
  3. Well moving muscle: Tongue
  4. The largest muscle in the human: Buttock in Glutens Maximus
  5. The longest muscle in the human : Hip to knee (sartorius)
  6. Total number of bones is adults = 206

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 9 Locomotion and Movement

Question 18.
Explain the basic categories of exercise and physical activity?
Answer:
Exercise and physical activity fall into four basic categories. Endurance, strength, balance, and flexibility. Endurance or aerobic activities increase the breathing and heart rate. They keep the circulatory system healthy and improve overall fitness.

Strength exercises make the muscles stronger. They help to stay independent and cany out everyday activities such as climbing stairs and carrying bags.

Balance exercises help to prevent falls which is a common problem in older adults. Many strengthening exercises also improve balance.

Flexibility exercises help to stretch body muscles for more freedom of joint movements.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 8 Excretion Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

11th Bio Zoology Guide Excretion Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part – I

Question 1.
Arrange the following structures in the order that a drop of water entering the nephron would encounter them.
a) Afferent arteriole
b) Bowman’s Capsule
c) Collecting duct
d) Distal tubule
e) Glomerulus
f) Loop of Henle
g) Proximal tubule
h) Renal Pelvis
Answer:
(a), (e), (b), (g), (f), (d), (c), (h)

Question 2.
Name the three filtration barriers that solutes must come across as they move from plasma to the lumen of Bowman’s capsule. What components of the blood are usually excluded by these layers.
Answer:
The three filtration barriers that solutes must come across as they move from plasma to the lumen of Bowman’s capsule are,

  1. Glomerular capillary endothelium
  2. Basal lamina or basement membrane
  3. Epithelium of Bowman’s capsule.
  4. Blood corpuscles and plasma protein are excluded by these layers.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 3.
What forces promote glomerular filtration? What forces oppose them? What is meant by net filtration pressure?
Answer:

  • Glomerulus hydrostatic pressure
  • Glomerulus pressure
  • Opposing pressure: Colloidal osmotic pressure, Capsular hydrostatic pressure
  • Net filtration pressure = Glomerular hydrostatic pressure – (Colloidal osmotic pressure + capsular hydrostatic pressure.

Question 4.
Identify the following structures and explain their significance in renal physiology?
Answer:
a) Juxtaglomerular apparatus It is a specialized tissue in the afferent arteriole of the nephron that consists of macula densa and granular cells.

  • Action: The macula densa cells sense distal tubular flow and aspect afferent arteriole diameter.
  • Actions of Glandular cells: When there is a fall in glomerular blood flow it can activate Juxta glomerulus cells to release renin from the liver which converts angiotensinogen to angiotensin I.
  • Angiotensin converting enzyme converts angiotensin I to angiotensin II.
  • It stimulates Na+ reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule by vasoconstriction of the blood vessel and increases the glomerular blood pressure.

b) Podocytes:

  • The visceral layer of Bowman’s capsule is made of epithelial cells called podocytes.
  • The podocytes and the foot processes and the basement membrane of glomerulus act as a filtering membrane.
  • Podocytes act in glomerulus filtration.

c) Sphincters in the bladder:

  • The sphincters of the bladder regulate urination.
  • When the bladder is full the stretching of the urinary bladder stimulates the CNS through the sensory neurons of the parasympathetic nervous system and brings about contraction of the bladder.
  • Somatic motor neurons induce the sphincters to close.
  • Smooth muscles contract results in the opening of the internal sphincters and relaxing the external sphincter.
  • The sphincter opens and the urine is expelled out.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 5.
In which segment of the nephron most of the re-absorption of substances takes place?
Answer:
In the proximal convoluted tubule.

Question 6.
When a molecule or ion is reabsorbed from the lumen of the nephron, Where does it go?
Answer:
When a molecule or ion is reabsorbed from the lumen of the nephron, it goes to the bloodstream through an efferent arteriole which carries blood away from the glomerulus. If a solute is filtered and not reabsorbed from the tubule, it goes along with urine.

Question 7.
Which segment is the site of secretion and regulated reabsorption of ions and pH homeostasis?
Answer:

  • 1. Distal tubule; 2. Collecting duct
  • In the renal tubules H+ and NH4 are secreted and liberated into the tubules and excreted through
    urine thus maintaining acid base balance.
  • For each H+ ions from the liberated filtrate one Na+ is reabsorbed in the tubules.
  • The secreted HCO3, PO3 and NH3 combines to form carbonic acid and phosphoric acids.
  • Thus the H+ are maintained and their reabsorption is prevented.

Question 8.
What solute is normally present in the body to estimate GFR in humans?
Answer:

  • The glomerulus filtrate consists of water glucose amino acids creatinine protein salts and urea.
  • These solutes decide the glomerular filtration rate.

Question 9.
Which part of the autonomic nervous system is involved in the micturition process?
Answer:
Parasympathetic nervous system.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 10.
If the afferent arteriole of the nephron constricts, what happens to the GFR in that nephron? If the efferent arteriole constricts what happens to the GFR in that nephron? Assume that no autoregulation takes place.
Answer:

  • Blood enters the glomerulus faster with greater force through the afferent arteriole and leaves the glomerulus through the efferent arterioles much slower.
  • Because afferent arteriole is wider than efferent arteriole.
  • The constriction of this does not affect the rate of filtration.

Question 11.
The concentration of urine depends upon which part of the nephron.
Answer:
a) Bowman’s capsule
b) Length of Henle’s loop
c) PCT
d) network of capillaries arising from the glomerulus.
Answer:
b) Length of Henle’s loop

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 12.
If Henle’s loop were absent from mammalian nephron, which one of the following is to be expected?
a) There will be no urine formation
b) There will be hardly any change in the quality and quantity of urine formed.
c) The urine will be more concentrated
d) The urine will be more dilute
Answer:
d) The urine will be more dilute

Question 13.
What will happen if the stretch receptors of the urinary bladder wall are totally removed?
a) Micturition will continue
b) Urine will continue to collect normally in the bladder
c) There will be micturition
d) Urine will not collect in the bladder
Answer:
a) Micturition will continue

Question 14.
The end product of the Ornithine cycle is
a) Carbon dioxide
b) Uric acid
c) Urea
d) Ammonia
Answer:
c) Urea

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 15.
Identify the wrong match.

a) Bowman’s capsule Glomerular filtration
b) DCT Absorption of glucose
c) Henle’s loop Concentration of urine
d) PCT Absorption of Na+ and K+ ions

Answer:
b) DCT – Absorption of glucose

Question 16.
Podocytes are the cells present on the
a) Outer wall of Bowman’s capsule
b) Inner wall of Bowman’s capsule
c) Neck of the nephron
d) Wall glomerular capillaries
Answer:
b) Inner wall of Bowman’s capsule

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 17.
Glomerular filtrate contains
a) Blood without blood cells and proteins
b) Plasma without sugar
c) Blood with proteins but without cells
d) Blood without urea
Answer:
c) Blood with proteins but without cells

Question 18.
Kidney stones are produced due to the deposition of uric acid and Silicates
b) Minerals
c) Calcium Carbonate
d) Calcium oxalate
Answer:
d) Calcium oxalate

Question 19.
Animal requiring the minimum amount of water to produce urine is
a) Ureotelic
b) Ammonotelic
c) Uricotelic
d) Chemotelic
Answer:
c) Uricotelic

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 20.
Aldosterone acts at the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct resulting in the absorption of water through
a) Aquaporins
b) Spectrins
c) GLUT
d) Chloride channels
Answer:
a) Aquaporins

Question 21.
The hormone which helps in the reabsorption of water in kidney tubules is
a) Cholecystokinin
b) Angiotensin Il
c) Antidiuretic hormone
d) Pancreozymin
Answer:
c) Antidiuretic hormone

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 22.
Malpighian tubules remove excretory products from
a) Mouth
b) Oesophagus
c) Haemolymph
d) Alimentary canal
Answer:
c) Haemolymph

Question 23.
Identify the biological term excretion, glomerulus, urinary bladder, glomerular filtrate, ureters, urine, Bowman’s capsule, urinary system, reabsorption, micturition, osmosis, proteins.
Answer:

  • A liquid which gathers in the bladder – Urine
  • Produced when blood is filtered in a Bowman’s capsule – Glomerular filtrate
  • The temporary storage of urine – Urinary bladder
  • A ball of intertwined capillaries – Glomerulus
  • Removal of unwanted substances from the body – Excretion
  • Each contains a glomerulus – Bowman’s Capsule
  • Carry urine from the kidneys to the bladder – Ureter
  • The scientific term for urination – Micturition
  • Regulation of water and dissolved substances in the blood and tissue fluid – Osmoregulation
  • Consists of the kidneys ureters and bladder Excretory system
  • Removal of useful substances from glomerular filtrate reabsorption
  • What solute the do blood contain that is not present in the glomerular filtrate? – Plasma Protein

Question 24.
With regards to toxicity and the need for dilution in water how different are ureotelic and ureocotelic excretions? Give examples of animals that use these types of excretions?
Answer:

  • The type of nitrogenous end product (Urea or Uric acid or ammonia) of an animal excretion depends upon the habitat of the animal.
  • For the Excretion of Ammonia, more water is needed.
  • Animals that excrete most of their nitrogen in the form of ammonia are called ammonites.
  • Fishes Amphibians. Uric acid can be eliminated with a minimum loss of water and is called Uricoteles.
  • Reptiles, birds insects, landrails. Mammals and terrestrial amphibians excrete urea and are called ureoteles.
    Nitrogenous

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 1

Question 25.
Differentiate protonephridia from metanephridia.
Answer:

Protonephridia Metanephridia
1. Proto – first it is a network of dead-end tubules lacking internal opening. (E.g) Platyhelminthes Meta – after They have a tubular internal opening called nephrostome. (E.g) Earthworm
2. Flame cells are excretory structures. The excretory products are filters and selectively reabsorbed.
3. Excretory product excretes through nephridiopore The excretory product excretes through the nephridiopore.
4. Excretory structure are usually osmo regulators Excretory structures are osmo regulators and helps in excretion.

Question 26.
What is the nitrogenous waste produced by amphibian larvae and by adult animals?
Answer:
The adult amphibian’s excretory product is urea. The larval form of amphibian’s excretory product is ammonia.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 27.
How is urea formed in the human body?
Answer:
Urine formation involves three main processes namely Glomerular Alteration, tubular reabsorption and tubular secretion.

I. Glomerular filtration:

  • Blood enters the kidney from the renal artery into the glomerulus.
  • Blood is composed of water colloidal proteins, sugars and nitrogenous end product.
  • The filteration is started in the glomerulus. The fluid that leaves the glomerular capillaries and enters the Bowman’s capsule is called the glomerular filtrate. It formed 170-180 litre within 24 hours.
  • Glomerular membrane has large surface area. Blood enters the glomerulus faster with greater force through the afferent arteriole and leaves the glomerulus through the efferent arterioles much slower.
  • This is because afferent arteriole is wider than efferent arteriole and the glomerular hydrostatic pressure is around 55 mm Hg.
  • Molecules larger than 5mm are barred from entering the tubule.

The two opposing forces are contributed by the plasma proteins in the capillaries.

  1. Colloidal osmotic pressure – 30 mm Hg
  2. Hydrostatic pressure -15 mm Hg

Both pressures combine. 30 mm Hg + 15mm Hg = 45mm Hg

  • The net filtration pressure of 10mm Hg is responsible for the renal filtration.
  • Net filtration pressure – Glomerular
  • Hydrostatic Pressure – Colloidal Osmotic pressure + Capsular hydrostatic pressure.

Net filteration pressure = 55 mm Hg – (30mm Hg +15mm Hg) = 10mm Hg

Substance Concentration in blood Plasm / g dm-3 Concentration in glomerular filtrate / g dm-3
Water 900 900
Proteins 80. 0.05
Aminoacids 0.5 0.5
Glucose 1.0 1.0
Substance Concentration in blood PIasm /gdm-3 Concentration glomerular filtrate/gdm-3
Urea 0.3 0.3
Uric Acid 0.04 0.04
Creatinine 0.01 0.01
Inorganic ions (mainly (Na+, K+and Cl) 7.2

 

7.2

II. Tubular reabsorption:

  • The volume of filtrate formed per day is around 170 – 180l.
  • Urine released is around 1.51 per day. 99% of the glomerular filtrate is reabsorbed by the renal tubules.

Reabsorption in proximal convoluted tubule:

  • Glucose lactate amino acids Na in the filtrate are reabsorbed in the PCT.
  • Sodium is reabsorbed by active transport through a sodium-potassium pump in the PCT.
  • Small amounts of urea and uric acid are reabsorbed.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 2

Reabsorption in Henle Loop:

  • Descending limb of Henle’s loop is permeable to water due to the presence of aqua porlns but not permeable to salts.
  • Water is lost in the descending limb. Hence Na and Cl get concentrated in the filtrate.
  • Ascending limb of Henle’s loop is impermeable to water but permeable to Na+, Cl andK+.

Distal Convoluted Tubule:

  • It recovers water and secretes potassium into tubule.
  • Na+, Cl-, and water remain in the DCT.
  • Reabsorption of HCO3 takes place to regulate the blood pH.
  • Collecting the tubule is permeable to water potassium ions are actively transported into the tubule and Na+ to produce concentrated urine.

Tubular Secretion:

  • Once it enters the collecting duct water is absorbed and concentrated hypertonic urine is formed.
  • For every H secreted into the tubular filtrate, a Na+ is absorbed by the tubular cell.
  • The H+ secreted combines with HCO+3, HPO3, and NH+ and gets fixed as H2CO3, H2PO3, and NH4+.
  • Since H+ gets fixed in the fluid reabsorption of H+is prevented.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 28.
Differentiate cortical from medullary nephrons.
Answer:
In the renal tubules proximal convoluted tubule and distal convoluted tubule are situated in the cortical region of the kidney and the loop of Henle is in the medullary region.

Cortical Nephron Medullary Nephron
1. The loop of Henle is too short and extends only very little into the medulla. Nephrons have a long loop of Henle that run deep in to the medulla.
2. There is no vasa recta. Vasa recta is present.

Question 29.
What vessels carry blood to the kidneys? Is this blood arterial or venous?
Answer:
Renal artery right and left artery. The blood is arterial.

Question 30.
Which vessels drain filtered blood from the kidneys?
Answer:
Renal vein. The filtered blood is taken from the kidney to inferior vena cava through renal vein.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 31.
What is tubular secretion? Name the substances secreted through the renal tubules?
Answer:

  • In the distal convoluted tubule the urine becomes hypotonic.
  • It contains urea and salts pass from peri tubular blood in to the cells of DCT.
  • For every H+ secreted a Na+ is absorbed by the tubular cell.
    The H+ secreted combines HCO3, HPO3 and NH3 and becomes carbonic acid phosphoric acid and ammonium.
  • Since H+ gets fixed in the fluid reabsorption of H+ is prevented.

Question 32.
How are the kidneys involved in controlling blood volume? How is the volume of blood in the body related to arterial pressure?
Answer:

  • When the volume of blood decreases the flow pressure, decreases.
  • This can be sensed by hypothalamus and osmo receptors are stimulated and anti diuretic hormone is secreted from the neuro hypophysis.
  • The aquaporins in the proximal convoluted tubules and collecting tubule reabsorb water. Hence the blood volume increases and the blood pressure increases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 33.
Name the three main hormones that are involved in the regulation of the renal function?
Answer:

  • Renin
  • Angio Tensin I
  • AngioTensin II

Question 34.
What is the function of anti diuretic hormone? Where is it produced and What stimuli increases or decreases its secretion?
Answer:

  • ADH which is also called as vasopressin or Anti diuretic hormone is secreted from neuro hypophysis.
  • Fluid loss or if blood pressure increases the osmoreceptors of hypothalamus is stimulated and hence neuro hypophysis is stimulated and secretes ADH.
  • When the fluid level and pressure is maintained due to the negative feed back mechanism ADH secretion stops.

Question 35.
What is the effect of aldosterone on kidneys and where is it produced?
Answer:

  • Due to the stimulation of Angiotensin II the adrenal cortex secretes aldosterone. That causes reabsorption of Na+, K+ excretion and absorption of water from distal convoluted tubule and collecting tubule.
  • This mechanism is known as Renin – Angio tensin Aldosterone system.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 36.
Explain the heart’s role in secreting a hormone that regulates renal function? What hormone is this?
Answer:

  • Excessive stretch of cardiac atrial cells cause an increase in blood flow to the atria of the heart and release Atrial Natriuretic Peptide or factor (ANF) travels to the kidney where H increases Na+ excretion and increases the blood flow to the glomerulus,
  • Acting on the afferent glomerular arterioles as a vasodilator or an efferent arterioles as a vasoconstrictor.
  • The first identical natri uretic hormone is atrial natriuretic horome of heart.

Part – II.

11th Bio Zoology Guide Excretion Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Correct Answer.

Question 1.
Name the organ that regulates the acid base and water regulation?
a) Kidney
b) Liver
c) Skin
d) Lungs
Answer:
a) Kidney

Question 2.
Whether the following statements are true or false find the correct sequence. Find the correct sequence.
I) According to the environmental changes organism change their osmotic concentration and are called osmo confirmers.
II) Osmo regulators maintain their internal osmotic concentration irrespective of their external osmotic environment.
III) The Euryhaline animals are able to tolerate only narrow fluctuations in the salt concentration?
IV) The steno haline animals can tolerate wide fluctuations in the salt concentration.
Series:
a) I – False, II – True, III – False, IV – True
b) I – True, II – True, III – False, IV- False
c) I – False, II – True, III – False, IV – True
d) I – False, II – False, III – True, IV – True
Answer:
b) I – True, II – True, III – False, IV- False

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 3.
Name the toxic formed due to the degeneration of amino acid.
a) Urea
b) Uric Acid
c) Ammonia
d) Carbonic Acid
Answer:
c) Ammonia

Question 4.
Find out the odd one out.
a) Ammonoteles – Aquatic Amphibians
b) Urico teles – Birds
c) Ureoteles – Land amphibians
d) Ureoteles – Earthworm (When it is in water)
Answer:
d) Ureoteles – Earthworm (When it is in water)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 5.
What is the functional unit of kidney?
a) Nephron
b) Neuron
c) Synapsis
d) Glomerulus
Answer:
a) Nephron

Question 6.
What type of Urine is formed in organism with long Henle’s loop?
a) Isotonic
b) less concentrated
c) Concentrated
d) None of the above
Answer:
c) Concentrated

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 7.
In the marine organism the kidney with glomerulus produce ………………. type of concentrated urine.
a) Concentrated than body fluid
b) Equal to the concentration of body
c) Less than the concentration of body fluids
d) None of the above
Answer:
b) Equal to the concentration of body

Question 8.
The average weight of human kidney,
a) 100-120g
b)150-200g
c) 120-170g
d) 120-150g
Answer:
c) 120-170g

Question 9.
What is the outer covering of the kidney?
a) Renal fascia perirenal fat capsule pleura
b) Renal fascia perirenal fat capsule peri cardial membrane
c) Renal fascia, Peri renal fat capsule meninges
d) Renal fascia perirenal fat capsule fibrous capsule
Answer:
d) Renal fascia perirenal fat capsule fibrous capsule

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 10.
What is meant by renal corpuscle?
a) Glomerulus and Bowman’s Capsule
b) Glomerulus and Malpighian capsule
c) Glomerulus and nephron
d) Glomerulus and Henle’s loop
Answer:
d) Glomerulus and Henle’s loop

Question 11.
Regarding renal tubules find the correct sequences.
a) Glomerulus Bowman’s capsule Malpighian capsule uriniferous tubules.
b) Proximal convoluted tubules thick descending loop thin ascending limb distal convoluted tubule.
c) Proximal convoluted tubule, Henle’s loop. Distal convoluted tubule.
d) Proximal convoluted tubule, thin descending limb thick ascending limb distal convoluted tubule.
Answer:
d) Proximal convoluted tubule, thin descending limb thick ascending limb distal convoluted tubule.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 12.
Urea is synthesisted through this cycle.
a) Citric cycle
b) Carboxylic Acid cycle
c) Ornithinecycle
d) Arginine cycle
Answer:
c) Ornithinecycle

Question 13.
What is the pressure in the afferent arthery of Glomerulus?
a) 55 mm Hg
b) 50 mm Hg
c) 57 mm Hg
d) 58 mm Hg
Answer:
a) 55 mm Hg

Question 14.
What is the amount of filteration of the glomerulus in 24 hours?
a) 200l
b) 180l
c)190l
d) 170l
Answer:
b) 180l

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 15.
What should be the size of the molecule that can pass through the tubules from the plasma filtrate?
a) 7 nm
b) 4 nm
c) 5 nm
d) 6 nm
Answer:
c) 5 nm

Question 16.
What is the pressure in glomerulus?
a) 50 mm Hg
b) 60 mm Hg
c) 55 mm Hg
d) 62 mm Hg
Answer:
c) 55 mm Hg

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 17.
The glomerular pressure encounter ………….. of colloidal osmotic pressure and …………… of hydrostatic pressure.
a) 30mmHg;15mmHg
b) 15mmHg;30mmHg
c) 40 mm Hg; 30 mm Hg
d) 30mmHg;40mmHg
Answer:
a) 30mmHg;15mmHg

Question 18.
What is the net filteration pressure?
a) 55mmHg – (15mmHg + 30mmHg) = 10mm Hg
b) 55 mm Hg – (30 mm Hg +15 mm Hg) =10 mm Hg
c) 55 mm Hg – (35 mm Hg + 5 mm Hg) = 15 mm Hg
d) 55 mm Hg – (5 mm Hg + 35 mm Hg) = 15 mm Hg
Answer:
b) 55 mm Hg – (30 mm Hg + 15 mm Hg) =10 mm Hg

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 19.
What is the amount of filtrate formed in one minute?
a) 100 ml -125 ml
b) 100 ml -150 ml
c) 120 ml -125 ml
d) 130 ml -140 ml
Answer:
c) 120 ml -125 ml

Question 20.
What is the amount of filtrate formed in a day?
a) 170 ml-200 ml
b) 170 ml-190 ml
c) 170 ml-180 ml
d) 170 ml-185 ml
Answer:
c) 170 ml-180 ml

Question 21.
What is the amount of urine excreted in a day?
a) 1.5l
b) 1l
c) 2l
d) 2.5l
Answer:
a) 1.5l

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 22.
Which of the following hormones are secreted by the kidney?
a) Renin
b) Gastrin
c) Calcitriol
d) secretin
a) (ii) and (iii)
b) (i) and (iii)
c) (ii) and (iv)
d) (i) and (ii)
Answer:
b) (i) and (iii)

Question 23.
Where is aquaporins present?
a) Proximal convoluted tubule
b) Distal convoluted tubule and ascending limb of Henle
c) The descending limb of Henle and distal convoluted tubule
d) All the above
Answer:
b) Distal convoluted tubule and ascending limb of Henle

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 24.
Name the hormone that helpsin the reabsorption of water in distal convoluted tubule.
a) Vasopressin
b) Serotonin
c) Oxytocin
d) All the above
Answer:
a) Vasopressin

Question 25.
Where is Renin synthesized in Kidney?
a) Afferent arteriole
b) Efferent arteriole
c) Vasarecta
d) Collecting duct
Answer:
a) Afferent arteriole

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 26.
Name the hormone that helpsin the conversion of plasma protein angioten- sinogen into angiotensin I
a) Renin
b) Vasopressin
c) ADH
d) STH
Answer:
a) Renin

Question 27.
What is micturition?
a) Excretion of urine from the urinary bladder
b) The formation of urine in the glomerulus
c) Urine formation in distal convoluted tubule
d) the absorption of urine in Bowman’s capsule
Answer:
a) Excretion of urine from the urinary bladder

Question 28.
According to the food that maneats the pH of urine ……………… to ……………. can be altered.
a) pH 4.8-7.5
b) PH 4.9-7.9
c) pH 4.5-8.0
d) pH 4.4 -7.4
Answer:
c) pH 4.5-8.0

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 29.
What is the reason for the yellow colour of the urine?
a) Urochrome
b) Haemoerythrin
c) Haemocyanin
d) None
Answer:
a) Urochrome

Question 30.
What is the normal pH of urine?
a) pH 6.0
b) pH 5.3
c) pH 6.4
d) pH 5.9
Answer:
a) pH 6.0

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 31.
What is the amount of CO2 released from lungs in a day?
a) 20l
b) 19l
c)18l
d)119l
Answer:
c)18l

Question 32.
Confirm
Statement A: The important function of sweat gland is to cool the body.
Statement B: The sweat glands excrete sodi¬um chloride urea and lactic acid.
a) Statement A-True B-True
b) Statement A-True B-False
c) Statement A-FalseB-True
d) Statement A – False B – False
Answer:
a) Statement A-True B-True

Question 33.
Confirmation:
Statement S: When kidney fails suddenly there is more chance of recovery.
Statement T: In the chronic kidney failure there may not be any chance of recovery.
a) Statement S-True T-True
b) Statement S-True T-False
c) Statement S-True T-True
d) Statement S – True T – False
Answer:
c) Statement S-True T-True

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 34.
Confirmation:
Statement A: The kidney infection leads to inflammation of bladder and kidney
Statement B: Urination with pain, urinary urgency bloodytinged urine.
a) Statement A – True Statement B explain the symptom of A.
b) A – True – The statement B does not explains the statement A
c) A and B are false
d) A False B – True
Answer:
a) Statement A – True Statement B explain the symptom of A.

Question 35.
What is the normal urea level in the blood
a) 17-30mg/100ml
b) 30-35mg/ 100ml
c) 10-15 mg/100 ml
d) 5-10 mg/100 ml
Answer:
a) 17-30mg/100ml

Question 36.
Find the wrong pair.
a) Renal stone – nephrolithiasis
b) Urine – Urochrome
c) Deficiency of ADH – Urine out put decreases
d) Skin- Lactic acid excretion
Answer:
c) Deficiency of ADH – Urine out put decreases

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 37.
Confirmation:
Statement A: Bright’s disease is due to the infection of streptococcus in children
statement B: There is inflammation of glomerulus.
a) Statement A and Bare false
b) Statement A True B explain the A
c) A True B False
d) A False B – True
Answer:
b) Statement A True B explain the A

Question 38.
Find the wrong pair.
a) Heporin – Anticoagulating factor
b) Glomerulo nephritis – Accumulation of water in the body
c) Primary kidney – Meso nephridia
d) Uremia – Increase in the blood urea level
Answer:
c) Primary kidney – Meso nephridia

Question 39.
How much urine can be stored up in the bladder?
a) 300-600 ml
b) 200-300 ml
c) 400-700 ml
d) 500-800 ml
Answer:
a) 300-600 ml

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 40.
For how much time urine can be held in the bladder?
a) 6 hours
b) 2 hours
c) 5 hours
d) 3 hours
Answer:
c) 5 hours

Question 41.
The urinary bladder is made up this muscle ……………………….
a) Detrusor muscle
b) Striated muscle
c) Sphincter muscle
d) None of the above
Answer:
a) Detrusor muscle

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 42.
Match the following:

1. Steno haline I Shark
2. Eurihaline II Otter
3. Osmo regulators III Goldfish
4. Osrno confirmers IV Salmon

a) 1-IV 2-III 3-II 4-1
b) 1 -II 2-II 3-IV 4-1
c) 1 -III 2-IV 3-II 4-1
d) 1-1 2-II 3-IV 4-III
Answer:
c) 1 -III 2-IV 3-II 4-1

Question 43.
Find out the less toxic waste among the following:
a) Urea
b) Uric acid
c) Ammonia
d) Creatinine
Answer:
a) Urea

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 44.
Find out the ammonotelic organisms?
a) Reptiles
b) Birds
c) Aquatic amphibians
d) Frog
Answer:
c) Aquatic amphibians

Question 45.
Find out the wrong pair.
a) Rennette cells – Annelida
b) Molluscs – Metanephridia
c) Amphioxus – Mesonephridia
d) Tapeworm – Flame cells
Answer:
c) Amphioxus – Mesonephridia

Question 46.
Find the excretory structure of prawn?
a) Malpighian tubules
b) Green glands
c) Rennette cells
d) Peyer gland
Answer:
b) Green glands

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 47.
Kidney with noglomerulus form this types of urine?
a) Hypertonic
b) Isotonic
c) Hypotonic
d) Neutrotonic
Answer:
c) Hypotonic

Question 48.
Match the following:

1. Conical tissue masses a) Columns of Bertini
2. Extension in renal b) Renal pelvis
3. Broad part of Hilum c) Calyces
4. Projection of pelvis d) Medullary pyramids

a) 1-d 2-a 3-b 4-c
b) 1-a 2-b 3-c 4-d
c) 1-b 2-a 3-c 4-d
d) 1-a 2-c 3-b 4-d
Answer:
a) 1-d 2-a 3-b 4-c

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 49.
How much urine can be held in the urinary bladder?
a) 300-800ml
b)300-600ml
c) 100-400ml
d)200-300ml
Answer:
b)300-600ml

Question 50.
The muscles of urinary bladder is called by this name?
a) sphincter muscle
b) Detrusor muscle
c) constricting muscle
d) Peristaltic muscle
Answer:
b) Detrusor muscle

Question 51.
Name the nephron where the Henle’s loop is short?
a) Medullary nephron
b) Cortical nephron
c) Juxta medullary nephron
d) Medulla nephron
Answer:
b) Cortical nephron

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 52.
The vessel which runs parallel to the loop of Henle is called by this name.
a) Efferent artery
b) Afferent artery
c) Vasarecta
d) Vasanervosa
Answer:
c) Vasarecta

Question 53.
What is the process of urea formation?
a) Ross cycle
b) Ornithine cycle
c) Urea cycle
d) b and c
Answer:
b) Ornithine cycle

Question 54.
What is the pressure in the afferent arteriole?
a) 35 mm Hg
b) 55 mm Hg
c) 20 mm Hg
d) 40 mm Hg
Answer:
b) 55 mm Hg

Question 55.
What is the filtrate entered into the Bowman’s capsule from glomerulus?
a) Secondary urine
b) Primary urine
c) Tertiary urine
d) Quarternary urine
Answer:
b) Primary urine

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 56.
Find the correct option
Assertion: The glomerular filtrate resembles the blood
Reason: The glomerulus filtered the blood received from efferent artery
a) Assertion True Reason True
b) Assertion False Reason False
c) Assertion True The Reason does not explains the statement
d) Assertion True Reason explains A
Answer:
c) Assertion True The Reason does not explains the statement

Question 57.
What is the fate of water in the descending limb of Henle?
a) The concentrations of Na reduces
b) The concentration of Cl ions reduces
c) Na and Cl gets concentrated in the filtrate.
d) Formation of Hypotonic solution.
Answer:
c) Na and Cl gets concentrated in the filtrate.

Question 58.
How can the pH of blood be regulated?
a) Due to glucose reabsorption
b) Due to the reabsorption of HCO3
c) Due to the reabsorption of Na+
d) Due to the reabsorption of Cl
a) 1-2 II-4 III-3 IV-1
b) 1-1 II-2 III-3 IV-4
c) 1-4 II-3 III-2 IV-1
d) 1-2 II-l III-3 IV-4
Answer:
b) 1-1 II-2 III-3 IV-4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 59.
Match the following
Answer:

I. Potassium 1. Descending limb of Renie
II. Water 2. Active transport
III. Glucose 3. Proximal convoluted tubule
IV. Na, cl, lc 4. Aqua porin

Question 60.
How is osma regulation in medulla maintained?
a) Juxtamedullary
b) Counter current
c) Positive current exchanger
d) Negative control
Answer:
b) Counter current

Question 61.
Find the wrong pair.
a) Vasa recta – Proximal convoluted tubule
b) ADH – Neuro hypophysis
c) Specialized nephron tissue – Juxtaglomerular apparatus
d) Renin – Glanularcell
Answer:
a) Vasa recta – Proximal convoluted tubule

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 62.
This synthesizes angio tenginogen.
a) Kidney
b) Liver
c) Malpighian tubule
d) Glomerular
Answer:
b) Liver

Question 63.
This increases the absorption of sodium ions.
a) Renin
b) Angiotensin I
c) Angio tensin II
d) Angio tensinogen
Answer:
c) Angio tensin II

Question 64.
Name the hormone that decreases the blood pressure
a) Angiotensin I
b) Atrial natriuretic peptide
c) Vasopressin
d) ADH
Answer:
b) Atrial natriuretic peptide

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 65.
This decreases the excretion of Renin?
a) Aldosterone
b) vasopressin
c) Atrial natriuretic peptide
d) Ventrical natriuretic peptide
Answer:
c) Atrial natriuretic peptide

Question 66.
What is the pH of Urine?
a) 6.5
b) 7.0
c) 6.0
d) 8
Answer:
c) 6.0

Question 67.
What is the reason for the yellow colour of urine?
a) Uro chrome
b) Cytochrome
c) Chlorochrome
d) Phyto chrome
Answer:
a) Uro chrome

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 68.
The increase in the level of urea
a) Uremia
b) ureomia
c) Uricmia
d) Ketosis
Answer:
a) Uremia

Question 69.
The accumulation of salt in the blood.
a) Poly urea
b) Oligo urea
c) Polydipsia
d) Polyphagia
Answer:
b) Oligo urea

Two marks

II. Very short answer 

Question 1.
What is meant by stenohaline organism?
Answer:
The stenohaline animals can tolerate only narrow fluctuations in the salts concentration. (eg) Goldfish.

Question 2.
What is meant by Eury haline animals.
Answer:
Eury haline animals are able to tolerate wide fluctuations in the salt concentrations. (eg) Salmons Tilapia.

Question 3.
What is meant by Osmoregulation?
Answer:
It is the control of tissue osmotic pressure which acts as a driving force for movement of water across biological membrances.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 4.
What is meant by Ionic regulation?
Answer:
It is the control of ionic composition of body fluids.

Question 5.
What are the nitrogenous waste formed due to the degen ration of aminoacid?
Answer:

  • Ammonia
  • Urea
  • Uric acid

Question 6.
Write is kidney situated in the body?
Answer:

  • The kidney lie in the superior lymbar region between the levels of the last thoracic and third lumber vertebra close to the dorsal inner wall of the abdominal cavity.
  • The right kidney is placed lower than the left kidney.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 7.
What is meant by renal hilum?
Answer:
The centre of the inner concave surface of the kidney has a notch called the renal hilum through which ureter blood vessels and nerves innervate.

Question 8.
What is meant by malpighian capsule or renal corpuscle?
Answer:
The Bowman’s capsule and the glomerulus together constitute the renal corpuscle.

Question 9.
What are podocytes?
Answer:

  • The visceral wall of gromerulus is made of epithelial cells called podocytes.
  • The podocytes end in foot processes which cling to the basement membrance of the glomerulus.

Question 10.
What are cortical nephrons?
Answer:
The loop of Henle is too short and extends only very little into the medulla and are called cortical nephrons.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 11.
What is meant by Juxta medullary nephrons?
Answer:
Some nephrons have very long loop of Henle that run deep in to the medulla and are called Juxta medullary nephrons.

Question 12.
What is vasa recta?
Answer:
The efferent arteriole serving the juxta medullary nephron forms bundles of long straight vessel called vasa recta and runs parallel to the loop of Henle.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 13.
List the three important process of urine formation?
Answer:

  1. Glomerulus filtration
  2. Tubular reabsorption
  3. Tubular secretion

Question 14.
What is meant by Glomerulus filtrate? What is its composition?
Answer:
The blood comes to the glomerulus are filtered and enters the Bowman’s capsule is called glomerular filtrate
Composition Water glucose aminoacids and nitrogenous wastes.

Question 15.
What is meant by Net filtration pressure?
Answer:
The two opposing forces against the glomerular blood pressure

  1. Collodial osmotic pressure is 30 mm Hg
  2. Capsular hydrostatic pressure is 15mm Hg

Net filtration pressure- Glomerular
Hydrostatic pressure – Colloidal
Osmotic pressure + Capsular hydrostatic pressure = 55 mm Hg – 30 mm Hg + 15 mm Hg = 10 mm Hg

Question 16.
What is meant by Glomerular filtration rate?
Answer:
It is the volume of filtrate formed in a minute in all nephrons of both the kidneys.

Question 17.
What is the amount of glomerular filtrate?
Answer:
In adults the GFR is 120 -125 ml per minute.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 18.
What is meant by primary filtrate?
Answer:
The filtrate enters from glomerulus to the Bowman’s capsule is called as primary filtrate.

Question 19.
Why glomercular filtrate resembles blood plasma?
Answer:
In the glomerular filtrate all the contents that present in the blood except the plasma protein is present.

Question 20.
How much filtrate is formed in one day?
Answer:
The amount of filtrate formed in a day is 170 to 180l.

Question 21.
What is meant by selective permeability?
Answer:

  • Some substances present in the glomerular filtrate is essential for our body.
  • Hence these molecules are reabsorbed in a tubules. This process is called as selective reabsorption.

Question 22.
Name the process in which selective reabsorption is taking place?
Answer:

  • Passive transport
  • Active transport
  • Diffusion
  • Osmosis

Question 23.
What are aqua porins?
Answer:
Aquaporins are membrane transport proteins that allow water to move across the epithelial cells.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 24.
What are the molecules that move into the filtrate of nephron?
Answer:
Nitrogen potassium ammonia creatinine and organic acids.

Question 25.
What is meant by Isotonic solution?
Answer:
Isotonic condition of a solution indicates no passage of water across the membrane separating two such solution.

Question 26.
What is meant by Hypotonic solution?
Answer:
The solution in which there is a loss of water then that solution is a hypotonic solution.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 27.
What is meant by hypertonic solution?
Answer:
When two solutions A and B are separated by a semi permeable membrane when water move from solution A to B across the membrane then the B solution is hypertonic and the solution A where the water loses is known as hypotonic solution.

Question 28.
Name the organ that the angiotensin II acton?
Answer:

  • Heart
  • Kidney
  • Brain
  • Adrenal cortex

Question 29.
What are the symptoms of diabetes mellitus?
Answer:

  • Excess glucose and ketone bodies in the urine
  • Poly dipsia – Excessive drinking of water
  • Polyurea – Excretion of large quantities of urea
  • Polyphagia – Excessive appetite

Question 30.
Name the organ that excrete nitrogen other than kidney?
Answer:

  • Lungs
  • Liver
  • Skin

Question 31.
What are the significance of sweat glands?
Answer:

  • Sweat produced by the sweat glands helps to cool the body.
  • It excretes Na+ and Cl small quantities of urea and lactate.

Question 32.
What is meant by nephrolithiasis?
Answer:
It is the formation of hard stone like masses in the renal tubules of renal pelvis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 33.
What is meant by phleothotomy or lithotripsy?
Answer:
Renal stones can be removed by the technique pyleothotomy or lithotripsy.

Question 34.
What is meant by Bright’s disease?
Answer:
The inflammation of the glomeruli of both kidney of children due to the streptococcal infection is called as Bright’s disease.

Question 35.
What is meant by haemodialysis?
Answer:
The process of removing toxic urea from the blood of renal failure patients is known as haemodialysis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 36.
Why females are prone to urinary tract infection than men?
Answer:
Females are prone to recurring urinary tract infection as they have shorter urethra.

Question 37.
Why men are finding difficult to urinate in their old age?
Answer:
With age prostate in males may enlarge which forces urethra to tighten restricting a normal urinary flow.

Question 38.
What is the change in Urine formation when there is a deficiency of ADH?
Answer:
When there is a deficiency of ADG the reabsorption of water from the proximal convoluted tubule decreases leads to dilute urine formation.

Question 39.
Why there is a increase in the body fluid when we drink large volume of water with out eating anything salty?
Answer:

  • When we drink or eat salty products the Na+ enters into the body fluids.
  • The sodium ions helps in the reabsorption of water
  • But when we drink only water as there is no sodium ions the tubules cannot reabsorb water.
  • Hence there is a increase in the urine output.

Question 40.
Consider how different foods affect water and salt balance and how the excretory system must respond to maintain homeostasis.
Answer:

  • When we eat different foods the salt present in them goes to renal tubules.
  • If sufficient salts are present in the body fluids this salt may not be reabsorbed when it goes through nephron and excreted through urine.
  • If there is a decrease in the volume of water in body fluids sodium ions are reabsorbed. Hence water is reabsorbed from filtrate and water volume is increased.

Question 41.
Name the different process that maintains water level? When there is a severe loss of water in the body?
Answer:

  • The blood vessels supplies to skin constricts and thus there is a decrease in the secretion of sweat prevents loss of water.
  • There is a reduction in the glomerular blood pressure and the rate of filtration decreases.
  • The reaborption of water in the proximal distal convoluted tubules increase.
  • There is absorption of water from the small intestine and large intestine and thus increases the water content in the blood.

Question 42.
What is meant by Osmolarity?
Answer:

  • The solute concentration of a solution of water is known as osmolarity,
  • The unit is millosmoles / litre (mOsm /l)

Question 43.
What is meant by aquaporins? What are its functions?
Answer:
Aqua porins are water permeable channels.
Functions
It helps in allowing water to move across the epithelial cells in relation to the osmotic difference from the lumen to the interstitial fluid.

Question 44.
How can we measure that there is a efficient glomerular filtration?
Answer:
If the renal clearance is equal to the glomerular filtration rate with little reabsoption and secretion. Then we know the kidney is functioning efficiently.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 45.
What is the Significance of having long and short Henle’s loop of Nephrons?
Answer:

  • The main function of Henle’s loop is to reabsorb water from filtrate.
  • If the length of the loop is longer then there is more reabsorption of water and if the lengh of Henle’s loop is shorter then the reabsorption of water is less.

Question 46.
Give notes on Capillary to capsule.
Answer:
Bloodcells and most blood proteins are too big to cross the capsular membrane into the capsule space. But the membrane’s slits and pores allow through water mineral salts polypeptides and other small molecules including waste such as urea ammonia and creatinine.

Question 47.
Give short notes on Blood enters the glomerulus.
Answer:
Blood flows from renal arteriole into the knot of capillaries. It enters at pressure which will force water and other out of the capillaries into the capsular space.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 48.
Give notes on filteration in proximal convoluted tubule?
Answer:
Proximal tubule is nearer to the Bowman’s capsule. This region allows much water to be reabsorbed into the capillaries and surronding fluids as well as glucose mineral salts and other useful substances.

Question 49.
Give notes on filteration in peritubular capillaries.
Answer:
It is also called the vasarecta this network reabsorbs upto 99 percent of the water in the tubule as well as various other substance using active pumps it also moves sodium from the blood to the tubule.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 50.
Give notes on filteration in Henle’s loop (Ascending)
Answer:

  • As the loop of the Henle dipsin to the renal medcula more water moves from the tubule into the blood as well as small amounts of salts and some urea and creatinine.
  • Some acids and amines may move into the tubule in which ammonia cango in both the direction.

Question 51.
Give notes on filteration in distal tubule?
Answer:

  • Distal tubule is far from capsule. This region may see water go in or out of the tubule depending on the concentration of water already in the tubule/ while hydrogen and potassium ions move to regulate both blood and urine pH.
  • Acids amines and ammonia compounds may also transported into the tubule.

Question 52.
Give notes on filteration in collecing duct.
Answer:

  • Fine adjustment of urine composition continues into the collecting duct system.
  • About 5 percent of all the water and sodium being reabsorbed into the blood is recovered here.

Question 53.
Give notes on venousflow?
Answer:

  • Blood flowing away from the nephrons carries 99 % of its orginal water.
  • 98% of its sodium calcium and cholrides and about 40% of its urea.

Question 54.
We are not consuming urea. But in our body area is produced. Why?
Answer:
Through Arnithine cycle in the lives the nitrogenous waste formed due to the breakdown of amino acid creates urea.

Question 55.
What is meant by Ionic regulation?
Answer:
It is the control of the ionic composition of body fluids.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 56.
What are stenohaline animals?
Answer:
They can tolerate only narrow fluctuations in the salt concentration. Ex: Goldfish

Question 57.
What are Euryhaline animals?
Answer:

  • They are able to tolerate wide fluctuations in the salt concentrations. Ex: Artemia Salmons.
  • Acids amines and ammonia compounds may also transported into the tubule.

Question 58.
List the nitrogenous wastes
Answer:
Ammonia urea uricacid.

Question 59.
What are the other nitrogenous wastes of protein metabolism?
Answer:
Alantonin Alantoic acid, Ornithuriacid creatinine creatine purines pyramidines and pterines.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 60.
Which are called ammoneteles?
Answer:
Animals that excreate most of its nitrogen inthe form of ammonia are called ammonoteles.

Question 61.
What are called as uricoteles?
Answer:
Animals that excrete uric acid crystals with minimum loss of water are called uricoteles.

Question 62.
What are ureoteles?
Answer:
Mammals and terrestrial amphibians mainly excrete urea are called ureoteles.

Question 63.
How is Reptiles produced lesshypotonic urine?
Answer:
Reptiles have reduced glomerulus or lack glomerulus and Henles loop and hence produce very little hypotonic urine.

Question 64.
How is mammals produced concentrated urine?
Answer:
Mammalian kidneys produce concentrated urine due to the presence of Henle’s loop.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 65.
What are the three coverings of kidney?
Answer:

  • Renal facia
  • Perirenal fat capsule
  • Fibrous capsule

Question 66.
What are medullary pyramids?
Answer:
The medulla is divided into a few conical tissue masses called medullary pyramids.

Question 67.
What is meant by renal columns of Bertini?
Answer:
The part of cortex that extends in between the medullary pyramids is the renal columns of Bertini.

Question 68.
What is meant by renal pelvis?
Answer:
A broad funnel shaped space inner to the hilum is called renal pelvis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 69.
What is calyces?
Answer:
The projection in the pelvis is called calyces.

Question 70.
What are cortical nephrons?
Answer:
The loop of Henle is too short and extends only very little in to the medulla and are called cortical nephrons.

Question 71.
What is meant by juxta medullary nephron?
Answer:
Some nephrons have very long loop of Henle that run deep into the medulla and are called Juxta medullary nephrons.

Question 72.
What is the functions of aquaporins?
Answer:
This helps in allow water to move across the epithelial cells in relation to the osmotic difference from the human to the interstitial fluid.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 73.
What is meant by juxta glomerular apparatus?
Answer:
It is a specialized tissue in the afferent arteriole of the nephron that consists of maculadensa and granular cells.

Question 74.
What is meant by micturition?
Answer:
The process of release of urine from the bladder is called micturition.

Question 75.
What are the symptoms of diabetes mellitus?
Answer:
Presence of glucose and ketone bodies in the urine.

Question 76.
How is lung acting as a excretory organ?
Answer:
Lungs remove large quantities of carbondixide 181 / day and significant quantities of water every day

Question 77.
What is meant by renal clearnace?
Answer:
The amount of solute passing from the urine in a given period of time is renal clearance.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 78.
How can we estimate the efficiency of kidney?
Answer:

  • The renal clearance is equal to the glomerular filtrate then there is efficient filtration with little reabsorption and secretion.
  • Thus we can estimate the clearance is equal.

Three Marks

Short Answer –

Question 1.
a) List the ma j or nitrogenous wastes.
b) What are other wastes formed during protein metabolism?
Answer:
a) 1. Major nitrogenous wastes.

  • ammonia
  • Urea
  • Uricacid

b) Other Wastes:

  • Trimethy lamine oxide TMO
  • Quanine
  • Allantonin
  • Creatinine
  • Creatine
  • Purines

Question 2.
Give notes on ammonoteles uricoteles and ureoteles.
Answer:
Ammonoteles:

  • Animals that excrete most of its nitrogen in the form of ammonia are called ammonoteles.
    (e.g) fishes Amphibians aquatic insects.
  • In bony fishes ammonia diffuses out acrossthe body surface.

Uricoteles:

  • Animals which excrete uricacid crystals with a minimum loss of water is called.
  • Uricoteles (e.g) Reptiles Birds land snails and insects.

Ureoteles:

  • Animals which excrete urea as a nitrogenous wastes are called ureoteles
  • (e.g) Mammals, terrestrial amphibians.

Question 3.
Nephrons are the functional and structural unit of kidney’s. What is the relationship between glomerulus, Henle’s loop and urine formation?
Answer:

  • Reptiles have reduced glomerulus or lack glomerulus and Henle’s loop and produce hypotonic urine (dilute)
  • Mammalian kidneys produce concentrated urine due to the presence of long Henle’s loop.
  • Aglomerular kidneys of marine fishes produce little urine that is iso osmotic to the body fluid.
  • Amphibians and fresh water fishlack Henle’s loop hence produce dilute urine.

Question 4.
Differentiate the cortical nephron fron juxta medullary nephron
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 3

Question 5.
Give Short notes on capillary bed of the nephron:
Answer:
The first capillary bed of the nephron is the glomerulus.
The other is peritubular capillaries.
1. Glomerulus:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 4
Blood enters into the glomerulus through afferent arteriole and drained by the efferent arteriole.

2. Peritubular capillaries:

  • The efferent arteriole forms a fine cappillary network around the renal tubule called the peritubular capillaries.
  • The efferent arteriole serving the juxta medullary nephrons forms bundles of long straight vessel called vasa recta.
  • Vasa recta is absent in cortical nephrons.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 5

Question 6.
What happens to the filtrate that comes to the proximal convoluted tubule? (or) Explain about reabsorption?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 6

  • In the proximal convoluted tubule glucose lacticacid aminoacid sodium ions are reabsorbed.
  • Sodium is reabsorbed – potassium pump in the proximal convoluted tubule.
  • Small amounts of urea and uric acid are also reabsorbed.

Question 7.
What happen to the filtrate that comes to the Henle’s loop? (or) Explain the reabsorptionin the Henle’s loop?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 7

Descending Loop:
The aquaporin present in the descending limb of Henle permeable to water but not permeable to salts.
Hence Na+ and cl gets concentrated in the filtrate.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 8

Ascending Limb:
It is impermeable to water but permeable to solutes like Na+cl and K+.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 8.
Give an account of tubular reabsorption?
Answer:
The volume of filterate formed perday is 170-180 is and the urine released in a day is 1.5l

  • Nearly 99 % of the glomerular filtrate is reabsorbed by the renal tubules. It is called selective reabsorption.
  • Reabsorption is taken place by the tubular epithelial cells in different segments of the nephron by active transport or passive transport diffusion and osmosis.

Question 9.
What is happenning to the filtrate in distal convoluted tubule (or) Reabsorption taking place here?
Answer:

  • Depending on the body’s need the reabsorption taking place here and is regulated by hormones.
  • Reabsorption of bicarbonate HCO3 takes place to regulate the blood pH.
  • Homestasis of K+ and Na+ in the blood is also regulated in this region.

Question 10.
Name the structures that regulate the functioning of kidney?
Answer:

  • Hypothalamus
  • Juxta glomerular apparatus
  • Heart

Question 11.
What is meant by diabetes incipidus?
Answer:
If there is deficiency or absence of ADH that leads to dilute urine called diabetes incipidus.
Symptoms.

  • Excessive thirst
  • Excretion of large quantities of dilute urine.
  • FaIl in blood pressure.

Question 12.
Give notes on juxta glomerular apparatus?
Answer:

  • Specialized tissue in the afferent arteriole of ncphron is the juxta glomerular apparatus.
  • It consists of macula densa and granular cells.
  • The macula densa cells sense distal tubular flow and affect afferent alteriole diameter.
  • The granular cells secrete renin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 13.
Why female are prone to urinary tract infections? (Urethritis)
Answer:

  • Female’s urethra is very short and its external opening is close to the analopening.
  • Hence improper toilet habits can easily carry faecal bacteria into the urethra.
  • The urethral mucusa is continuous with the urianary tract and the inflammation of the urethra is called urethriti’s.

Question 14.
What is cystitis?
Answer:
The urinary tract infection leads to inflammation of bladder called cystiti’s.
Symptoms:

  • Painful urination
  • Urinary Urgency
  • Cloudy or bloodtingedurine
  • Back pain head ache offen occurs

Question 15.
What is meant by renal failure? What are its types?
Answer:
When the kidney fails to excrete wastes may lead to accumulation of urea with marked reduction in the out put called renal failure.
Types
Acute renal failure
Chronic renal failure

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 16.
Why the chronic renal failure is dangerous than acute renal failure?
Answer:

  • Though the kidney stops its function abruptly there are chances for recovery of kidney function in acute renal failure.
  • But in chronic failure there is a progressive loss of function of the nephron which gradually decreases the function of kidney.

Question 17.
What is meant by glomerulo nephritis or Bright’s disease? What are its symptoms?
Answer:
Inflammation of the glomerulus of both the kidneys due to the strepto coccal infection in children is called as Bright’s disease Symptoms

  • Haematuria
  • Proteinuria
  • Salt and water retention – Oligouria (Low urine out put)
  • Hypertension and Pulmonaryoedema

Question 18.
a) What is meant by kidney transplantations.
b) Where is graft kidney received from?
c) What are the steps to be taken to avoid graft rejection?
Answer:

  • Transfer of healthy kidney from one person (donor) to another person with kidney failure is called kidney transplantation.
  • The donated kidney may be taken from a healthy person who is declared brain death or from sibling or close relatives.
  • Immuno supressive drugs are administered to the patient to avoid tissue rejection.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 19.
a) Name the hormone that the dipsticks contain which tests urine?
b) Which colour indicates the presence of glucose in the urine?
Answer:

  • Glucose oxidase and peroxidase.
  • Brown coloured compound is produced.

Question 20.
What are Osmo confirmers?
Answer:
Osmo confirmers are able to change their internal osmotic concentration with change in external environments asin marine and sharks. molluscs

Question 21.
What are Osmo regulators?
Answer:
They maintain their internal osmotic concentration irrespective of their external osmotic environment, (eg) Otters.

Question 22.
List the excretory structures of different organisms.
Answer:

  • Protonephridia
  • Meta nephridia
  • Flame cells – Platy helminthes
  • Rennette cells – Nematodes
  • Malpighian tubules – Insects
  • Greenglands – Prawns

Question 23.
What is meant by filtration slits?
Answer:

  • The visceral layer of glomerulus is made of epithelial cells called podocytes and ends in foot processes which cling to the basement membrane of the glomerulus.
  • The openings between the foot processes are called filtration slits.

Question 24.
Draw the diagram of ornithine cycle?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 9

Question 25.
Why there is a pressure reduction when the blood goes through efferent arteriole?
Answer:

  • Blood enters the glomerulus faster with greater force through afferent arteriole.
  • Because the afferent arteriole is broader than efferent arteriole that is why the pressure reduces when it goes through the efferent arteriole.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 26.
What are the changes taking place in our body when there is a fluid loss?
Answer:

  • The osmo receptors in the hypothalamus is stimulated.
  • The neurohypophysis is stimulated and anti diuretic hormone is liberated.
  • The aquaporins in the tubuler are increased and water is reabsorbed and enters into the interstitial cell and the water loss is rectified.

Question 27.
How is skin acted as a excretory organ?
Answer:

  • Skin excretes Na+ and Cl small quantities of urea and lactate.
  • Sebaceous glands eliminated certain substances like steroids, hydrocarbons and waxes.

Question 28.
What is meant by urethritis?
Answer:
The urethral mucosa is continuous with the urinary tract. The infection in the urethra is called urethritis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 29.
What is meant by Cystitis?
Answer:
The infection in the urethra can ascend the tract to cause bladder inflammation called cystitis.

Question 30.
What is meant by Phelitis or Pyelone phritis?
Answer:
The bladder infection ascend to the renal inflammation called pyelitis or pyelonephritis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 31.
What are the two types of renal failure?
Answer:

  1. Acute renal failure
  2. Chronic renal failure

1. Acute renal failure

  • In acute renal failure the kidney stops its function abruptly.
  • There are chances for recovery of kidney function.

2. Chronic renal failure
In chronic renal failure there is a progressive loss of function of the nephron which gradually decreases the function of kidneys.

Question 32.
What is meant by Uremia?
Answer:
Uremia is characterized by increase in Urea uric acid and creatinine in blood.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 33.
What is meant by Nephrolithiasis?
Answer:
It is a formation of hard stone like masses in the renal tubules of renal pelvis.

Question 34.
How is water excess taken through drinking too much fruit juice regulated?
Answer:

  • When we drink much fruit juice the osmo receptors in hypothalamus is not stimulated and hence the secretion of vaso pressin from neuro hypophysis is reduced.
  • The aquaporin escapes from collecting duct to cytoplasm and hence water reabsorption is prevented and formed dilute urine.

Question 35.
What is uremia?
Answer:
Uremia is a condition in which there is a increase level of urea uric acid and creatinine in blood.

Question 36.
What is the amount of Urea present in the blood?
Answer:

  • The level of urea in the blood is 17 -30 mg /100ml.
  • In chronic kidney failure there is 10 times increase in urea level.

Five marks

IV. Detailed Answers –

Question 1.
Name the different excretory structure and different organisms.
Answer:
1. Invertebrate – Protonephridia / Meta nephridia
2. Platvhelminthes – Flamecells
3.  Amphioxues – Solenocytes
4 Nematodes – Rennette cells
5. Annelida – Metanephridia
6. Insects – Malpighian tubules
7. Prawn / Crustaceans – Green glands / Antenna! glands

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 2.
The concentration of urine depends on the structure of nephron? Explain?
Answer:

  1. In the reptiles the glomerulus is reduced or there may be no glomerulus and 1-lenle’s loop and hence produces dilute urine (chypotonic).
  2. In the mammals the long Henle’s loop produces concentrated urine (hypertonic)
  3. A glomerular kidneys of marine fishes produce little urine that is isoosmotic to the body fluid.
  4. Amphibians and fresh water fish lack Henle’s loop hence produce dilute urine.

Question 3.
Draw the following diagram and mark the following parts.
Answer:
A) Aorta
B) Renal vein
C) Ureter
D) Urinary bladder
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 10

Question 4.
a. What is the weight of kidneys? What are its outer coverings?
b. Draw the L.S of kidney and name the parts.
c. Explain the internal structure of kidney
Answer:
a. Each kidney weighs an average of 120 – 170 gms.
The outer layer of the kidney is covered by three layers of supportive tissue namely renal fascia perirenal fat capsule fibrous capsule.

b. Draw the LS of kidney and name the parts.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 18

c. Internal Structure of kidney

  • The longitudinal section of kidney shows an outer cortex inner medulla and pelvis.
  • The inner concave surface of the kidney is renal hilum through which ureter blood vessels and nerves enter.
  • Inner to the hium is a funnel shaped renal pelvis with projection called calyces.
  • The calyces collect the urine and empties in to the ureter.
  • The medulla consists of conical tissues called medullary pyramids or renal pyramids.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 5.
a) What is the structural and functional unit of kidney.
b)Draw the diagram of nephron and name the parts.
c) Give short notes on Malpighian body or Renal Corpuscle.
Answer:
a) Hie structural and functional unit of kidney is nephron. It is composed of Malpighian body or renal corpuscle and Urine ferous tubule.
b) Structure of nephron
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 11
c. Malpighian body/Renal Corpuscle.

  • The Bowman’s capsule and the glomerulus together constitutes Malpighian corpuscle.
  • Bowman’s capsule is made up of two layers. It contains blood vessels called glomerules.
  • The endothelial of glomerulus has many pores. The viscral layers of glomerulus is made of epithelial cells called podocytes.
  • Tire podocytes end in foot processes which cling to the basement membrance of the glomerulus.
  • The openings between the foot processes are called filtration slits.

Question 6.
a) Give the different regions of renal tubule.
b) Where is renal tubule present in the kidney?
c) How is renal tubules differentiated depending on the Henle’s loop?
Answer:
a)
1. proximal convoluted tubule.
2. Henle’s loop
a. Thindescending limb of Henle’s loop.
b. Thick ascending limb.

2. Distal convoluted tubules
The distal convoluced tubules opens in to acollecting duct.
Several collecting ducts fuse to form papillary duct that delivers urine in to the calvces which opens into the renal pelvis.
b) The PCT and DCT are situated in the cortical region of the kidney.
The loop of Henle is in the medulla region.
c) The loop of Henle is too short and extends only very little into the medulla and are called cortical nephron.
Some nephrons have very long loops of Henle that run deep into the medulla and are called Juxta medullary nephrons.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 7.
a) Give notes on capillaries of nephron
b) Give an account of blood vessels of glomerulus.
c) What is vasa recta? Where is it seen?
Answer:
Capillaries of nephron
1. Glomerulus capillary bed
2. Peritubular capillaries

1. Glomerular capillarybed

  • It consists of afferent and efferent arteriole.
  • The afferent arteriole is broader than efferent arteriole.
  • The efferent arteriole that comes out of the glomerulus forms a fine capillary network around the renal tubule called the peritubular capillaries.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 12
Vasa recta
The efferent arteriole serving the juxta medullary nephrons form bundles of long straight vessel called vasa recta and runs parallel to the loop of Henle.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 8.
a) Describe the three important process in the urine formation?
b) Give an account on glomerular filtration
Answer:
a. Main Processes

  • Clornerular Filtration
  • Tubular reabsorption
  • Tubular secretion

b. Glomerular filtration

  • Blood enters the kidney from the renal artery.
  • Blood enters the glomerulus faster with greater force through the afferent arterioles because the afferent arteriole is wider than efferent arteriole.
  • The glomerular hydrostatic pressure is around 55 mm Hg.
  • The colloidal osmotic pressure is 30 mm Hg. Capsular hydrostatic pressure is 15 mm Hg. The net pressure of 10 mm Hg is responsible for the renal filtration.
  • Next filtration pressure 55 mm Hg – (30 mm Hg +15 mm Hg) 10 mm Hg.
  • The kidneys produce 1801 of glomerular filtrate 24 hours and 120 -125 ml/min.
  • This filtrate will enter into the Bowman’s capsule and called primary urine. It contains more water colloidal protein, glucose salts and nitrogenous waste.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 13

Question 9.
a) Why glomerular filtrate resembles blood plasma?
b) Tabulate the concentration of substances in the blood plasma and in the glomerular filtrate.
Answer:
As the glomerular filtrate forms it contain all the substances except plasma protein of blood. Hence it resembles blood.

Substance Concentration in blood Plasma / g dm-3 Concentration in glomerular filtrate / g dm-3
Water 900 900
Proteins 80.0 0.05
Aminoacids 0.5 0.5
Glucose 1.0 1.0
Urea 0.3 0.3
Uric Acid 0.04 0.04
Creatinine 0.01 0.01
Inorganic ions (mainly (Na+, K+ and Cl ) 7.2 7.2

Question 10.
a) What is meant by Tubular Secretion?
b) Give an account of tubular secretion of nephron.
Answer:
Tubular Secretion:

  • The collecting tubule of nephron secrete H+ NH4 , Creatinine and Organic acid and liberated into the tubules and excreted through urine.
  • Most of the water is absorbed in the proximal convoluted tubule.
  • Na is exchanged for water in the loop of Henle.
  • The hypotonic fluid enters the distal convol uted tubule.
  • Substances such as urea and salts pass from peritubular blood into the cells as distal convoluted tubule and then to collecting duct.
  • Water is absorbed and concentrated hypertonic urine is form ed.
  • For every H+ secreted into the tubular filtrate a Na+ is absorbed by the tubular cell.
  • The H secreted combines with HCO3, HPO3 and NH3 and gets fixed as carbonic acid CH2CO3 and Phosphoric acid CH2PO4
  • Since H+ gets fixed in the fluid reabsorption of H+ is prevented.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 11.
a) In which process concentrated urine is formed?
b) How is concentrated urine formed in the Hen le’s loop.
Answer:
a) The major function of Henle’s loop is to concentrate Na+ and Cl.

  • There is low osmolarity near the cortex and high osmolarity towards the medulla.
  • This osmolarity in the medulla is due to the presence of the solutes transporters and is maintained by
    the arrangement of the loop of Henle collecting duct and vasa recta.
  • The osmolarity of interstitial fluid is 300 m Osm.
  • The Henle’s loop create a countercurrent multiplier.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 14

  • As the fluid enters the descending limb water moves from the lumen into the inter stitial fluid the osmolarity reduces.
  • To counteract this dilution the region of the ascending limb actively pumps solutes from the lumen into the interstitial fluid and the osmolarity increases to about 1200 m OSM in medula.

b) The vasa recta maintains the medullary osmotic gradient via counter current exchanger.

  • The counter current exchanger of vasa recta preserves the medullary gradient while removing reabsorbed water and solutes.
  • The vasa recta leaves the kidney at the junction between the cortex and medulla.
  • When the blood leaves the efferent arteriole and enters vasa recta the osmolarity in the medulla increases (1200 rnOsm) and result in passive up take of solutes and loss of water.
  • As the blood enters the cortex the osmolarity in the blood decreases and the blood loses solutes and gain water to form concentrated urine.

Question 12.
How is vasa recta helps in producing concentrated urine?
Answer:
Vasa recta maintains the medullary osmotic gradient via counter current exchanger.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 15

  • Vasa recta preserves the medullary gradient while removing reabsorbed water and solutes through counter current exchanges.
  • The vasa recta leave the kidney at the junction between the cortex and medulla.
  • The interstitial fluid at this point is iso – osmotic to blood.
  • When the blood leaves the efferent arteriole and enters the vasa recta the osmalarity in the medulla increases (1200 mOsm) and results in passive up take of solutes and loss of water.
  • As the blood enters the cortex the osmolarity in the blood decreases (300mOsm) and the blood loses solutes and gains water to form concentrated urine.
  • Human kidneys can produce urine nearly four times concentrated than the initial filtrate formed.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 13.
a) What are the structures that regulate kidney functioning?
b) What is the role of ADH in Urine formation.
c) What are the symptoms of diabetes insipidus.
Answer:
a) The structures that regulate kidney functioning

  • Hypothalamus
  • Juxta glomerular apparatus
  • Heart

b) The functions of ADH

  • When there is excessive loss of fluid from the body or when there is an increase in the blood pressure the osmo receptors of the hypothalamus is stimulated.
  • The osmo receptors stimulate the neurohypophysis to secrete antidiuretic hormone (AOH) or vasopressin.
  • ADH facilitates reabsorption of water by increasing the number of aquaporins on the cell surface of the distal convoluted tubule and collecting duct and prevents excessloss of water.

Question 14.
a) Name the cell that secretes the enzyme renin.
b) Where is granular cell present?
c) What is the role of renin in Osmoregulation.
Answer:
a) Renin is secreted by granular cells.
b) Granular cells are present in the afferent arteriole.
c) The role of renin

  • A fall in glomerular blood flow blood pressure and filtration rate can activate granular cells of juxta glomerular cells to release renin.
  • Renin converts the plasma protein angiotensinogen into angiotensis I and angiotensin II.
  • Angiotensis II stimulates Na+ reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule by vaso constriction of the blood vessels and increases the glomerular blood pressure.
    Angiotensis II stimulates adrenal cortex to secrete aldo sterone that causes reabsorption of Na+ ,K+ excretion and absorption of water.
  • This increases the glomerular blood pressure and glomerular filtration rate.
  • Hence renin regulates the osmoregulation.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 15.
a) Where is atrial natriuretic peptide liberated from?
b) Write its significance in short.
Answer:
a) This is liberated from atrium of heart.
b) Use of Atrial natriuretic peptide

  • It increases Na excretion and increases the blood flow to the glomerulus.
  • It acts on the afferent glomerular arteriole as a vaso dilator or an efferent arteriole as a vaso constrictor.
  • It reduces aldosterone from adrenal cortex and renin secretion.
  • Thus decreases the angiotensin II.
  • The atrial natri uretic factor acts antagonistically to renin angiotensin system aldosterone and vasopressin.

Question 16.
a) What is micturition?
b) How is central nervous system regulates urination?
Answer:
a) The process of release of Urine from the bladder is called micturition or urination.
b) Urine formed by the nephrons is ultimately carried to the urinary bladder where it is stored till it receives a signal from the central nervous system.

  • The stretch receptors present inthe urinary bladder are stimulated when it gets filled with urine.
  • At the same time the internal sphincters opens and relaxing the external sphincter.
  • The sphincter opens and the urine is expelled out.

Question 17.
Answer for the following questions.
a) What is the average excretion of an adult human?
b) What is the pH of Urine
c) How much pH is differed due to the food we eat?
d) What is the reason for the yellow colour of urine?
e) How much urea is excreted in a day?
f) If there is more glucose, and ketone what does it indicates?
Answer:

  • 1.5l
  • pH = 6
  • pH = 4.5-8
  • Uro chrome
  • 25 – 30 g
  • Diabetes melitus

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 18.
Answer for the following question in excretion by other organs.
a) What are the other structures that excrete nitrogenous wastes rather than kidney?
b) How much CO2 is excreted through lungs?
c) What are the wastes excreted by digestive systems? ’
d) What are the glands that excrete waste through skin?
e) What is the main function of sweat glands?
f) What is the second important function of sweat gland?
g) Name the substance excreted by sebaceous glands.
h) Name the substances excreted by sebaceous glands.
i) Name the waste excreted through saliva.
Answer:

  • Lungs, Liver and skin
  • 18 Litre, much Water
  • Bilirubin, Biliverdin, Cholesterol, Vitamins and drugs.
  • Sweat glands and sebaceous glands
  • To cool the body
  • Na+ and Cl, small quantities of Urea and Lactate excretion.
  • Sebum
  • Steroid Hydrocarbon and wax.
  • Nitrogenous wastes

Question 19.
Draw the schematic representations of renin hormone in the regulation of body fluid concentration.
Answer:

Question 20.
a) What is meant by Haemodialysis?
b) Why is it called as artifical kidney?
c) Give an account of Haemodialysis.
Answer:
a) in the patients of kidney failure toxic urea can be removed from the blood by a process called haemodialysis.
b) The dialyzing machine is a artificial kidney.
c) Hameodialysis
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion 17

  • A dialyzing machine consists of a long cellulose tube surrounded by the dialysing fluid in a water bath.
  • A patient’s blood is drawn from a convenient artery and pumped into the dialysing unit after adding an anti coagulant like heparin.
  • The tiny poresin the dialysis tube allows small molecules such as glucose salts and urea to enter into the water bath.
  • Where as blood cells and protein molecules do not enter these pores the cleared blood is then pumped back tothe body through a vein.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 8 Excretion

Question 21.
Give notes on kidney transplantation?
Answer:

  • This involves transfer of healthy kidney from one person (donor) to another person who is with kidney failure.
  • The donated kidney may be taken from a healthy person who is declared brain dead or from sibling or close relatives to minimize the chances of rejection by the immune system of the host.
  • Immuno suppressive drugs are usually administered to the patient to avoid tissue rejection.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Pdf Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

11th Chemistry Guide Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evaluation:

I. Choose the best answer:

Question 1.
Select the molecule which has only one π bond.
a) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3
b) CH3 – CH = CH – CHO
c) CH3 – CH = CH – COOH
d) All of these
Answer:
a) CH3 – CH = CH – CH3

Question 2.
In the hydrocarbon Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 1 the state of hybridization of carbon 1, 2, 3, 4 and 7 are in the following sequence.
a) sp, sp, sp3, sp2, sp3
b) sp2, sp, sp3, sp2, sp3
c) sp, sp, sp2, sp, sp3
d) none of these
Answer:
a) sp, sp, sp3, sp2, sp3

Question 3.
The general formula for alkadiene is
a) CnH2n
b) CnH2n – 1
c) CnH2n – 2
d) CnHn – 2
Answer:
c) CnH2n – 2

Question 4.
Structure of the compound whose IUPAC name is 5, 6 – dimethylhept – 2 – ene is
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 2
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 14

Question 5.
The IUPAC name of the compound is
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 3
a) 2, 3 – Dimethylheptane
b) 3 – methyl – 4 – ethyloctane
c) 5 – ethyl – 6- methyloctane
d) 4 – Ethyl – 3 methyloctane
Answer:
d) 4 – Ethyl – 3 methyloctane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 6.
Which one of the following names does not fit a real name?
a) 3 – Methyl – 3- hexanone
b) 4 – Methyl – 3 – hexanone
c) 3 – Methyl – 3 hexanol
d) 2 – Methyl cyclo hexanone
Answer:
a) 3 – Methyl – 3- hexanone

Question 7.
The IUPAC name of the compound CH3 – CH = CH – C ≡ CH is
a) Pent – 4- yn – 2 – ene
b) Pent – 3- en – 1- yne
c) Pent – 2 – en – 4 – yne
d) Pent – 1 yn – 3 – ene
Answer:
b) Pent – 3- en – 1- yne

Question 8.
IUPAC name of  Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 4 is
a) 3, 4, 4 – Trimethylheptane
b) 2 – Ethyl – 3, 3, – dimethyl heptane
c) 3, 4, 4 – Trimethyloctane
d) 2 – Butyl – 2 – methyl – 3 ethyl – butane
Answer:
c) 3, 4, 4 – Trimethyloctane

Question 9.
The IUPAC name of
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 5 is
a) 2,4,4 – Trimethylpent – 2 – ene
b) 2,4,4 – Trimethylpent – 3 – ene
c) 2,2,4 – Trimethylpent – 3 – ene
d) 2,2,4 – Trirnethylpent – 2 – ene
Answer:
c) 2,2,4 – Trimethylpent – 3 – ene

Question 10.
The IUPAC name of the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 6 is
a) 3 – Ethyl – 2 – hexene
b) 3 – Propyl – 3 – hexene
c) 4 – Ethyl – 4 – hexene
d) 3 – Propyl – 2 – hexene
Answer:
a) 3 – Ethyl – 2 – hexene

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 11.
The IUPAC name of the compound
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 7 is
a) 2 – Hydroxypropionic acid
b) 2 – Hydroxy Propanoic acid
c) Propan – 2 – ol – 1 – oic acid
d) 1 – Carboxyethanol
Answer:
b) 2 – Hydroxy Propanoic acid

Question 12.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 8 is
a) 2 – Bromo – 3- methyl butanoic acid
b) 2 – methyl – 3 bromo butanoic acid
c) 3 – Bromo – 2 – methylbutanoic acid
d) 3 – Bromo – 2, 3 – dimethyl propanoic acid
Answer:
c) 3 – Bromo – 2 – methylbutanoic acid

Question 13.
The structure of isobutyl group in an organic compound is
a) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 9

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 10

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 11
Answer:
c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 10

Question 14.
The number of stereoisomers of 1, 2 – dihydroxy cyclopentane
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
Answer:
c) 3

Question 15.
Which of the following is optically active?
a) 3 – Chloropentane
b) 2- Chloro propane
c) Meso – tartaric acid
d) Glucose
Answer:
d) Glucose

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 16.
The isomer of ethanol is
a) acetaldehyde
b) dimethyl ether
c) acetone
d) methyl carbinol
Answer:
b) dimethyl ether

Question 17.
How many cyclic and acyclic isomers are possible for the molecular formula C3H6O?
a) 4
b) 5
c) 9
d) 10
Answer:
c) 9

Question 18.
Which one of the following shows functional isomerism?
a) ethylene
b) Propane
c) ethanol
d) CH2Cl2
Answer:
c) ethanol

Question 19.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 12 are
a) resonating structure
b) tautomers
c) Optical isomers
d) Conformers
Answer:
b) tautomers

Question 20.
Nitrogen detection in an organic compound is carried out by Lassaigne’s test. The blue colour formed is due to the formation of
a) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]2
b) Fe4 [ Fe(CN)6]3
c) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]2
d) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]3
Answer:
b) Fe4 [ Fe(CN)6]3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 21.
Lassaigne’s test for the detection of nitrogen fails in
a) H2N – CO – NH.NH2.HCl
b) NH2 – NH2.HCl
c) C6H5 – NH – NH2.HCl
d) C6H5CONH2
Answer:
c) C6H5 – NH – NH2.HCl

Question 22.
Connect pair of compounds which give blue colouration / precipitate and white precipitate respectively, when their Lassaigne’s test is separately done.
a) NH2 NH2 HCl and ClCH2 – CHO
b) NH2 CS NH2 and CH3 – CH2Cl
c) NH2 CH2 COOH and NH2 CONH2
d) C6H5NH2 and ClCH2 – CHO
Answer:
d) C6H5NH2 and ClCH2 – CHO

Question 23.
Sodium nitropruside reacts with sulphide ion to give a purple colour due to the formation of
a) [Fe (CN)5 NO]3-
b) [Fe (NO)5 CN]+
c) [Fe (CN)5 NOS]4-
d) [Fe (CN)5 NOS]3-
Answer:
c) [Fe (CN)5 NOS]4-

Question 24.
An organic Compound weighing 0.15 g gave on carius estimation, 0.12 g of silver bromide. The percentage of bromine in the Compound will be close to
a) 46 %
b) 34 %
c) 3.4 %
d) 4.6 %
Answer:
b) 34 %

Question 25.
A sample of 0.5 g of an organic compound was treated according to Kjeldahl’s method. The ammonia evolved was absorbed in 50mL of 0.5 M H2SO4 The remaining acid after neutralization by ammonia consumed 80 mL of 0.5 M NaOH. The percentage of nitrogen in the organic compound is.
a) 14 %
b) 28 %
c) 42 %
d) 56 %
Answer:
b) 28 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 26.
In an organic compound, phosphorus is estimated as
a) Mg2P2O7
b) Mg3(PO4)2
c) H3PO4
d) P2O 5
Answer:
a) Mg2P2O7

Question 27.
Ortho and para – nitro phenol can be separated by
a) azeotropic distillation
b) destructive distillation
c) steam distillation
d) cannot be separated
Answer:
c) steam distillation

Question 28.
The purity of an organic – compound is determined by
a) Chromatography
b) Crystallization
c) melting or boiling point
d) both (a) and (c)
Answer:
d) both (a) and (c)

Question 29.
A liquid which decomposes at its boiling point can be purified by
a) distillation at atmospheric pressure
b) distillation under reduced pressure
c) fractional distillation
d) steam distillation
Answer:
b) distillation under reduced pressure

Question 30.
Assertion:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 13
Reason:
The principal functional group gets lowest number followed by double bond (or) triple bond.
a) both the assertion and reason are true and the reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
b) both assertion and reason are true and the reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
c) assertion is true but reason is false.
d) both the assertion and reason are false
Answer:
a) both the assertion and reason are true and the reason is the correct explanation of assertion.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

II. Write brief answers to the following questions:

Question 31.
Give the general characteristics of organic compounds.
Answer:
All organic compounds have the following characteristic properties.

  1. They are covalent compounds of carbon and generally insoluble in water and readily soluble in organic solvent such as benzene, toluene, ether, chloroform etc…
  2. Many of the organic compounds are inflammable (except CCl4). They possess low boiling and melting points due to their covalent nature.
  3. Organic compounds are characterized by functional groups. A functional group is an atom or a specific combination of bonded atoms that react in a characteristic way, irrespective of the organic molecule in which it is present. In almost all the cases, the reaction of an organic compound takes place at the functional group. They exhibit isomerism which is a unique phenomenon.

Question 32.
Describe the classification of organic compounds based on their structure.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 15

Question 33.
Write a note on homologous series.
Answer:
Homologous series:
A series of organic compounds each containing a characteric functional group and the successive members differ from each other in molecular formula by a CH2 group is called homologous series.
Example:
Alkanes:
Methane (CH4), Ethane (C2H6), Propane (C3H8) etc..
Alcohols:
Methanol (CH3OH), Ethanol (C2H5OH) Propanol (C3H7OH) etc…

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 34.
What is meant by a functional group?
Identify the functional group in the following compounds.
a) acetaldehyde
b) oxalic acid
e) dimethyl ether
d) methylamine
Answer:
Functional group:
An atom or group of atoms within a molecule that shows characteristics set of physical and chemical properties.
a) acetaldehyde → – CHO
b) oxalic acid → – COOH
c) di methyl ether → – O –
d) methyiamine → – NH2

Question 35.
Give the general formula for the following classes of organic compounds
a) Aliphatic monohydric alcohol
b) Aliphatic ketones
c) Aliphatic amines
Answer:
a) Aliphatic monohydric alcohol → CnH2n + 2O
b) Aliphatic ketones → CnH2nO
c) Aliphatic amines → CnH3n + 2N

Question 36.
Write the molecular formula of the first six members of homologous series of nitre alkanes.
Answer:

  • CH3NO2
  • C2H5NO2
  • C3H7NO2
  • C4H9NO2
  • C5H11NO2
  • C6H13NO2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 37.
Write the molecular formula and possible structural formula of the first four members of homologous series of carboxylic acids.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 16

Question 38.
Give the IUPAC names of the following compounds.
i) (CH3)2CH – CH2 – CH(CH3) – CH(CH3)2

ii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 17

iii) CH3 – O – CH3

iv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 18

v) CH2 = CH – CH – CH2

vi) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 19

vii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 20

viii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 21

ix) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 22

x) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 23

xi) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 24

xii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 25

xiii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 26

xiv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 27

xv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 28

xvi) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 29
Answer:
(i) 2, 3, 5 – trimethyihexane
(ii) 2 – bromo – 3 – methylbutane
(iii) methoxymethane
(iv) 2 – hydroxybutanal
(y) buta – 1 ,3 – diene
(vi) 4 – chloropent – 2 – yne
(vii) 1 – bromobut – 2 – ene
(viii) 5 – oxohexanoic acid
(ix) 3 – ethyl – 4 – ethenylheptane
(x) 2, 4, 4 – trimethylpent – 2 – ene
(xi) 2 – methyl -1 – phenyipropan – 1 -amine
(xii) 2, 2 – dimethyl – 4oxopentanenitrile
(xiii) 2 – ethoxypropane
(xiv) 1 – fluoro – 4 – methyl – 2 -nitrobenzene
(xv) 3 – bromo – 2 – methylpentanal
(xvi) Acetophenone

Question 39.
Give the structure for the following compound
(i) 3 – ethyl – 2 methyl – 1 – pentene
(ii) 1, 3, 5 – Trimethyl cyclohex – 1 – ene
(iii) tetry butyl iodide
(iv) 3 – Chlorobutanal
(V) 3 – Chlorobutanol
(vi) 2 – Chloro – 2 – methyl propane
(vii) 2, 2 – dimethyl – 1 – chloropropane
(viii) 3 – methylbut -1- ene
(ix) Butan – 2, 2 – diol
(x) Octane – 1, 3 – diene
(xi) 1, 3 – Dimethylcyclohexane
(xii) 3 – Chlorobut – 1 – ene
(xiii) 2 – methylbutan – 3 – ol
(xiv) acetaldehyde
Answer:
(i) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 30

(ii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 31

(iii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 32

(iv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 33

(v) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 34

(vi) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 35

(vii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 36

(viii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 37

(ix) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 38

(x) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 39

(xi) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 40

(xii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 41

(xiii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 42

(xiv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 43

Question 40.
Describe the reactions involved in the detection of nitrogen in an organic compound by Lassaigne method.
Answer:
This method involves the conversion of covalently bonded N, S or halogen present in the organic compounds to corresponding water soluble ions in the form of sodium salts For this purpose a freshly cut piece of Na of the size of a paper, dried it by pressing between the folds of a filter paper is taken in a fusion tube in an iron tand clamping it just near the upper end and it is gently heated.

When it melts to a shiñing globule, put a pinch of the organic compound on it. Heat the tube with the tip of the flame till all reaction ceases and it becomes red hot. Now plunges it in about 50 mL of distilled water taken in a china dish and break the bottom of the tube by striding against the dish. Boil the contents of the dish for about 10 mts and filter. This filtrate is known as lassaignes extract or sodium fusion extract and it used for qualitative analysis of nitrogen, sulfur and halogens present in organic compounds.

Test for Nitrogen:
If nitrogen is present it gets converted to sodium cyanide which on reaction with freshly prepared ferrous sulphate and ferric ion followed by cone. HCl gives a Prussian blue color or green color or precipitate. It confirms the presence of nitrogen. HCl is added to dissolve the greenish precipitate of ferrous hydroxide produced by the excess of NaOH on FeSO4 which would otherwise mark the Prussian blue precipitate. The following reaction takes part in the formation of Prussian blue.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 44

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 41.
Give the principle involved in the estimation of halogen in an organic compound by Carius method.
Answer:
Estimation of halogens (Carius method):
A known mass of the organic compound is heated with fuming HNO3 along with AgNO3. C, H & S gets oxidized to CO2, H2O, SO2 and halogen combines with AgNO3 to form a precipitate of silver halide.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 45

The ppt of AgX is filtered, washed, dried and weighed. From the mass of AgX and the mass of the organic compound taken, percentage of halogens are calculated.

A known mass of the substance is taken along with fuming HNO3 and AgNO3 is taken in a clean carius tube. The open end of the Carius tube is sealed and placed in a iron tube for 5 hours in the range at 530 – 540 K Then the tube is allowed to cool and a small hole is made in the tube to allow gases produced to escape. The tube is broken and the ppt is filtered, washed, dried and weighed. From the mass of AgX obtained, calculations are made.

Calculation:
Weight of the organic compound: w g
Weight of AgCl precipitate = a g
143. 5 g of AgCl contains 35.5 g of Cl
∴ a g of AgCl contains \(\frac{35.5}{143.5}\) × a
w g Organic compound gives a g AgCl
Percentage of Cl in w g organic compound = \(\left(\frac{35.5}{143.5} \times \frac{\mathrm{a}}{\mathrm{w}} \times 100\right) \%\)
Let Weight of silver Bromide be ‘b’ g
188 g of AgBr contains 80 g of Br
∴ b g of AgBr contains \(\frac{80}{180} \times \frac{b}{w}\) of Br
w g Organic compound gives b g AgBr
Percentage of Br in w g organic compound = \(\left(\frac{80}{180} \times \frac{b}{w} \times 100\right) \%\)
Let Weight of silver Iodide be ‘c’ g
235 g of AgI contains 127 g of I
∴ C g of AgI contains \(\left(\frac{127}{235} \times \frac{c}{w}\right)\) of I
w g Organic compound gives c g AgI
percentage of I in w g organic compound = \(\left(\frac{80}{180} \times \frac{b}{w} \times 100\right) \%\)

Question 42.
Give a brief description of the principles of
(i) Fractional distillation
(ii) Column Chromatography
Answer:
(i) Fractional distillation:
This is one method to purify and separate liquids present in the mixture having their boiling point close to each other. In the fractional distillation, a fractionating column is fitted with distillation flask and a condenser. A thermometer is fitted in the fractionating column near the mouth of the condenser. This will enable to record the temperature of vapour passing over the condenser.

The process of separation of the components in a liquid mixture at their respective boiling points in the form of vapours and the subsequent condensation of those vapours is called fractional distillation. The process of fractional distillation is repeated, if necessary. This method finds a remarkable application in distillation of petroleum, coal-tar and crude oil.

(ii) Column Chromatography:
This is the simplest chromatographic method carried out in long glass column having a stop cock near the lower end. This method involves separation of a mixture over a column of adsorbent (Stationery phase) packed in a column. In the column a plug of cotton or glass wool is placed at the lower end of the column to support the adsorbent powder. The tube is uniformly packed with suitable adsorbent constitute the stationary phase. (Activated aluminum oxides (alumina), Magnesium oxide, starch are also used as adsorbents).

The mixture to be separated is placed on the top of the adsorbent column. Eluent which is a liquid or a mixture of liquids is allowed to flow down the column slowly. Different components depending upon the degree to which the components are adsorbed and complete separation takes place. The most readily adsorbed substances are retained near the top and others come down to various distances in the column.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 43.
Explain paper chromatography.
Answer:
Paper chromatography (PC) is an example of partition chromatography. The same procedure is followed as in thin layer chromatography except that a strip of ‘ paper acts as an adsorbent. This method involves continues differential portioning of components of a mixture between stationary and mobile phase. In paper chromatography, a special quality paper known as chromatography paper is used. This paper act as a stationary phase.

A strip of chromatographic paper spotted at the base with the solution of the mixture is suspended in a suitable solvent which act as the mobile phase. The solvent rises up and flows over the spot. The paper selectively retains different components according to their different partition in the two phases where a chromatogram is developed. The spots of the separated colored compounds are visible at different heights from the position of initial spots . on the chromatogram. The spots of the separated colorless compounds may be observed either under ultraviolent light or by the use of an appropriate spray reagent.

Question 44.
Explain various types of constitutional isomerism (structural isomerism) in organic compounds.
Answer:
Structural isomerism:
This type of isomers have same molecular formula but differ in their bonding sequence.

(a) Chain or nuclear or skeletal isomerism:
These isomers differ in the way in which the carbon atoms are bonded to each other in a carbon chain or in other words isomers have similar molecular formula but differ in the nature of the carbon skeleton (ie. Straight or branched).
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 46

(b) Position isomerism:
If different compounds belonging to same homologous series with the same molecular formula and carbon skeleton, but differ in the position of substituent or functional group or an unsaturated linkage are said to exhibit position isomerism.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 47

(c) Functional isomerism:
Different compounds having same molecular formula but different functional groups are said to exhibit functional isomerism.
Molecular formula C3H6O
CH3 – CH2 – CHO
propanal (aldehyde group)
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 48

Question 45.
Describe optical isomerism with suitable example.
Answer:
Compounds having same physical and chemical property but differ only in the rotation of plane of the polarized light are known as optical isomers and the phenomenon is known as optical isomerism.
Example:
Some organic compounds such as glucose have the ability to rotate the plane of the plane polarized light and there called are said to be optically active compounds and this property of a compound is called optical activity. The optical isomer, which rotates the plane of the plane polarised light to the right or in clockwise direction is said to be dextrorotary (dexter means right) denoted by the sign (+), whereas the compound which rotates to the left or anticlockwise is said to be leavorotatory (leavues means left) denoted by sign (-). Dextrorotatory compounds are represented as ‘d’ or by sign (+) and leavorotatory compounds are represented as ‘l’ or by sign (-).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 46.
Briefly explain geametrical isomerism in alkene by considering 2-butene as an example.
Answer:
Geometrical isomers are the stereoisomers which have different arrangement of groups or atoms around a rigid frame work of double bonds. This type of isomerism occurs due to restricted rotation of double bonds, or about single bonds in cyclic compounds.

In alkenes, the carbon-carbon double bond is sp2 hybridized. The carbon-carbon double bond consists of a σ bond and a π bond. The π bond is formed by the head on overlap of sp2 hybrid orbitals. The n bond is formed by the side-wise overlap of ‘p’ orbitals. The presence of the π bond lock the molecule in one position. Hence, rotation around C = C bond is not possible. This restriction of rotation about C – C double bond is responsible for geometrical isomerism in alkenes.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 49

These two compounds are termed as geometrical isomers and are distinguished from each other by the terms c is and trans. The c is isomer is one in which two similar groups are on the same side of the double bond. The trans isomers is that in which the two similar groups are on the opposite side of the double bond, hence this type of isomerism is often called cis- trans isomerism.

The cis-isomer can be converted to trans isomer or vice versa is only if either isomer is heated to a high temperature or absorbs light. The heat supplies the energy (about 62kcal/ mole) to break the n bond so that rotation about a bond becomes possible. Upon cooling, the reformation of the n bond can take place in two ways giving a mixture both cis and trans forms of trans-2-butene and cis-2-butene.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 50

Question 47.
0.30 g of a substance gives 0.88 g of carbon dioxide and 0.54 g of water calculate the percentage of carbon and hydrogen in it.
Solution:
Weight of organic compound = 0.30 g
Weight of carbon dioxide = 0.88 g
Weight of water = 0.54 g

Percentage of carbon:
44 g of carbondioxide contains, carbon = 12 g
0.88 g of carbon dioxide contains, carbon = \(\frac{12 \times 0.88}{44}\) g
0.30 g substance contains,
carbon = \(\frac{12 \times 0.88}{44}\) g

100 g substance Contains \(\frac{12 \times 0.88}{44}\) × \(\frac{100}{0.30}\) = 80 g of carbon
Percentage of carbon = 80 %

Percentage of hydrogen:
18 g of water contains, hydrogen = 2 g
0.54 g of water contains, hydrogen = \(\frac{2 \times 0.54}{18}\) g
0.30 g of substance contains hydrogen = \(\frac{2 \times 0.54}{18 \times 0.30}\) g
100 g of substance contains = \(\frac{2 \times 0.54}{18 \times 0.30}\) × 100 g = 20 g of hydrogen
Percentage of hydrogen = 20 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 48.
The ammonia evolved form 0.20 g of an organic compound by Kjeldahl method neutralized 15 ml of N / 20 sulphuric acid solution. Calculate the percentage of Nitrogen.
Answer:
weight of organic compound = 0.20 g
Normality of acid = \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{20}\)
Volume of standard acid neitralized by ammonia = 15 ml
1000 ml of N ammonia contains = 14 g of nitrogen
15 ml of ammonia of normality \(\frac{\mathrm{N}}{20}\) contains nitrogen = \(\frac{14 \times 15 \times 1}{1000 \times 20}\)

0.20 g of compound contains nitrogen = \(\frac{14 \times 15}{1000 \times 20}\)

100 g of compound contains nitrogen = \(\frac{14 \times 15 \times 100}{1000 \times 20 \times 0.20}\) = 5.25 g
Percentage of nitrogen = 5.25 %

Question 49.
0.32 g of an organic compound, after heating with fuming nitric acid and barium nitrate crystals is a sealed tube gave 0. 466 g of barium sulphate. Determine the percentage of sulphur in the compound.
Solution:
Mass of the substance taken = 0.32 g
Mass of BaSO4 formed = 0.466 g
Molecular mass of BaSO4 = 137 + 32 + 64 = 233
Then, mass of S in 0.466 g of BaSO4 = \(\frac{0.466 \times 32}{233}\)

Percentage of S in compound= \(\frac{0.466 \times 32 \times 100}{233 \times 0.32}\) = 20 %

Question 50.
0.24 g of an organic compound gave 0.287 g of silver chloride in the carius method. Calculate the percentage of chlorine in the compound.
Solution:
Mass of organic compound = 0.24 g
Mass of silver chloride = 0.287 g
143. 5 g AgCl contains = 35.5 g chlorine
0.287 g of AgCl contains = \(\frac{35.5}{143.5}\) × 0.287

Percentage of chlorine = \(\frac{35.5}{143.5} \times \frac{0.287}{0.24}\) × 100 = 29.58 %

Question 51.
In the estimation of nitrogen present in an organic compound by Dumas method 0.35 g yielded 20.7 mL of nitrogen at 15° C and 760 mm pressure. Calculate the percentage of nitrogen in the compound.
Solution:
Volume of N2 at NTP = \(\frac{V \times P}{t+273} \times \frac{273}{760}\)
= V0 ml
Substituting the various values in the above equation,
V0 = \(\frac{20.7 \times 760}{288} \times \frac{273}{760}\) = 19.62 ml

weight of 19.62 ml of Nitrogen = \(\frac{28}{22400}\) × 19.62 g

∴ Percentage of Nitrogen = \(\frac{28}{22400}\) × 19.62 × \(\frac{100}{0.35}\)
= 4.9 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

11th Chemistry Guide Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry Additional Questions and Answers

I. Choose the correct answer:

Question 1.
Organic compounds can be formed by
a) Plants only
b) Animals only
c) Plants and Animals
d) Plants, animals and can be synthesized in laboratory
Answer:
d) Plants, animals and can be synthesized in laboratory

Question 2.
Generally, organic compounds are
a) Amorphous
b) Complexes
c) Covalent
d) Electrovalent
Answer:
c) Covalent

Question 3.
The vital force theory was proposed by
a) Wohler
b) Berthlot
c) Berzelius
d) Kolbe
Answer:
c) Berzelius

Question 4.
The first carbon compound prepared from its elements is
a) Urea
b) Acetic acid
c) Methane
d) benzene
Answer:
b) Acetic acid

Question 5.
The first organic compound was synthesized in laboratory by
a) Wohler
b) Kolbe
c) Berzelius
d) Neil Barthlot
Answer:
a) Wohler

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 6.
The first organic compound synthesized in the laboratory from an inorganic compound is
a) NH4NCO
b) NH2 – CO – NH2
c) CH3COOH
d) CH4
Answer:
b) NH2 – CO – NH2

Question 7.
Marsh gas mainly contains
a) C2H2
b) C2H4
c) CH4
d) C2H6
Answer:
c) CH4

Question 8.
Hybridization at 2nd carbon in CH2 = CH – CH3 is
a) sp
b) sp2
c) sp3
d) sp3d
Answer:
b) sp2

Question 9.
Number of possible position isomers for Dichlorobenzene is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
Answer:
b) 3

Question 10.
n – Butane and isobutane are a pair of
a) chain isomers
b) position isomers
c) metamers
d) functional isomers
Answer:
a) chain isomers

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 11.
Alkanols and Alkoxyalkanes are
a) Functional isomers
b) Keto – enol tautomers
c) Geometrical isomers
d) Not isomers at all
Answer:
a) Functional isomers

Question 12.
n – propyl alcohol and isopropyl alcohol are examples of
a) Position isomerism
b) Chain isomerism
c) Tautomerism
d) Geometrical isomerism
Answer:
a) Position isomerism

Question 13.
The number of structural alcoholic isomers for C4H10O is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
Answer:
c) 4

Question 14.
Cycloalkanes are isomeric with
a) Alkadienes
b) Alkynes
c) Aromatic compounds
d) Olefins
Answer:
d) Olefins

Question 15.
Number of possible monochloro benzenes is
a) 1
b) 3
c) 5
d) 6
Answer:
a) 1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 16.
Diethyl ether and n – propyl methyl ether are
a) Metamers
b) Chain isomers
c) Geometrical isomers
d) Position isomers
Answer:
a) Metamers

Question 17.
The total number of structural isomers for the compound of the formula C4H10O is
a) 7
b) 6
c) 4
d) 3
Answer:
a) 7

Question 18.
The number of primary alcoholic isomers with the formula C4H10O is
a) 1
b) 2
c) 3
d) 4
Answer:
b) 2

Question 19.
The compound which is not isomeric with diethyl ether is
a) n – propyl methyl ether
b) Butan – 1 – ol
c) 2 – Methylpropan – 2 – ol
d) Butanone
Answer:
d) Butanone

Question 20.
The number of isomeric amines possible for the formula C3H9N
a) 4
b) 3
c) 5
d) 6
Answer:
a) 4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 21.
Which hybrid orbitals are involved in the CH3 – CH = CH – CH3 compound
a) sp and sp3
b) sp2 and sp3
c) sp and sp2
d) only sp3
Answer:
b) sp2 and sp3

Question 22.
Which of the following bonds is strongest?
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 51

b) > C = C <

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 52

d) – C – C –
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 51

Question 23.
According to Huckel’s rule a compound, is said to be aromatic if’ it contains
a) 4n bonds
b) 4n atoms
c) (4n + 2) atoms
d) (4n + 2) π electrons
Answer:
d) (4n + 2) π electrons

Question 24.
Which of the following is an aromatic compound
a) Phenol
b) Naphthalene
c) Pyridine
d) All
Answer:
d) All

Question 25.
Which is a saturated compound?
a) alkanes
b) alkenes
c) alkynes
d) cyclo alkenes
Answer:
a) alkanes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 26.
Which is an alicyclic compound?
a) benzene
b) cyclohexane
c) pyridine
d) pyrrole
Answer:
b) cyclohexane

Question 27.
Which of the following is not a cyclic compound?
a) Anthracene
b) Pyrrole
c) Phenol
d) Isobutylene
Answer:
d) Isobutylene

Question 28.
Functional group present in amides is
a) – COOH
b) – NH2
c) – CONH2
d) – COO –
Answer:
c) – CONH2

Question 29.
IUPAC name of ester is
a) Alkoxy alkane
b) Alkyl alkanoate
c) Alkanoyl halide
d) Alkanoic anhydride
Answer:
b) Alkyl alkanoate

Question 30.
IUPAC name of methyl cyanide is
a) Cyano methane
b) Ethanenitrile
c) Methane nitrile
d) Methyl – n – butyl amine
Answer:
b) Ethanenitrile

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 31.
The correct IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 53 is
a) 1, 2 – diethyl butene
b) 2 – ethyl – 3- methyl pentene
c) 3, 4 – dimethyl hex – 3 – ene
d) 2, 3 – dimethyl pent – 2 – ene
Answer:
d) 2, 3 – dimethyl pent – 2 – ene

Question 32.
IUPAC name of CH2OH – CH2OH is
a) 1, 2 – dihydroxy ethane
b) ethylene glycol
c) ethane – 1, 2 – diol
d) ethane – 1, 2 – dial
Answer:
c) ethane – 1, 2 – diol

Question 33.
IUPAC name of CH ≡ C – CH = CH2 is
a) but – 3 – ene – 1 – yne
b) but – 1 – ene – 3 – yne
c) but – 1 – yne – 3 – ene
d) but – 3 – yne – 1 – ene
Answer:
b) but – 1 – ene – 3 – yne

Question 34.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 54 is
a) 4 – hydroxy – 2 – methyl pentanal
b) 2 – hydroxy – 4 – methyl pentanal
c) 4 – hydroxy – 2 – methyl pentanol
d) 2 – hydroxy – 4 – methyl pentanol
Answer:
a) 4 – hydroxy – 2 – methyl pentanal

Question 35.
3 – methyl penta -1, 3- diene is
a) CH2 = CH (CH2)2 CH3
b) CH2 = CHCH (CH3) CH2CH3
c) CH3CH = C(CH3)CH = CH2
d) CH3 = C = CH (CH3)2
Answer:
c) CH3CH = C(CH3)CH = CH2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 36.
The structural formula of methyl amino methane is
a) (CH3)2 CH NH2
b) (CH3)3 N
c) (CH3)2 NH
d) CH3NH2
Answer:
c) (CH3)2 NH

Question 37.
Which of the following is the functional isomer of methyl acetate?
a) Ethyl acetate
b) Propanoic acid
c) Ethyl formate
d) Propanone
Answer:
b) Propanoic acid

Question 38.
The compound which is not isomeric with diethyl ether is
a) n – propyl methyl ether
b) 1 – Butanol
c) 2 – Methyl – 2 – propanol
d) Butanone
Answer:
d) Butanone

Question 39.
Which of the following pairs of compounds are tautomers?
a) Propanol & propanone
b) Ethanol & vinyl alcohol
c) Ethanol & allyl alcohol
d) Vinyl alcohol & ethanal
Answer:
d) Vinyl alcohol & ethanal

Question 40.
Which of the following compounds does not have any tertiary hydrogen atoms?
a) (CH3)3 CCH2 CH3
b) (CH3)2 CHCH2 CH3
c) (CH3)2 CHCH (CH3)2
d) (CH3)3 CH
Answer:
a) (CH3)3 CCH2 CH3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 41.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 55 is
a) 2 – Methyl – 2 – butenoic acid
b) 3 – Methyl – 3 – butenoic acid
c) 3 – Methyl – 2 – butenoic acid
d) 2 – Methyl – 3 – butenoic acid
Answer:
c) 3 – Methyl – 2 – butenoic acid

Question 42.
The IUPAC name of Cinnamaldehyde is
a) 3 – Phenyl prop – 2 – enal
b) 1 – Phenyl – prop – 1 – enal
c) 1 – Phenyl – prop – 2 – enal
d) 3 – Phenyl – prop – 1 – enal
Answer:
a) 3 – Phenyl prop – 2 – enal

Question 43.
The IUPAC name of the Compound CH3 – CH(OH) – COOH is
a) Lactic acid
b) 2 – Hydroxy propanoic acid
c) 3 – Hydroxy propanoic acid
d) Carboxy propanol
Answer:
b) 2 – Hydroxy propanoic acid

Question 44.
The IUPAC name of the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 56 is
a) 2 – Ethyl – ethyl acetate
b) Ethyl – 3 – methy1butanoate
c) Ethyl – 2 – methyl butanoate
d) 2- methyl butanoic acid
Answer:
c) Ethyl – 2 – methyl butanoate

Question 45.
The IUPAC name of the given compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 57 is
a) 2,2 — Dimethyl butane
b) lsohexane
c) 2, 3 – Dimethyl butane
d) Di isohexane
Answer:
c) 2, 3 – Dimethyl butane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 46.
The IUPAC name of the given compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 58 is
a) Octyl cyclopentane
b) 3 – cyclopentyl octane
c) Cyclopentane octane
d) 6 – cyclopentyl octane
Answer:
b) 3 – cyclopentyl octane

Question 47.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 59 is
a) but – 2- ene – 2,3 – diol
b) pent – 2- ene – 2,3 – diol
c) 2 – methyl but – 2 – ene – 2,3 – diol
d) hex – 2- ene – 2,3 – diol
Answer:
b) pent – 2- ene – 2,3 – diol

Question 48.
The structure of 3-bromoprop-1-ene is
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 60

b) CH3 – CH = CH – Br

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 61

d) Br – CH2 – CH ≡ CH2
Answer:
d) Br – CH2 – CH ≡ CH2

Question 49.
Neo-heptyl alcohol is correctly represented as
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 62

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 63

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 64

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 65
Answer:
c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 64

Question 50.
Number of dibromo derivatives possible for propane are
a) 2
b) 3
c) 1
d) 4
Answer:
d) 4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 51.
The number of aromatic isomers possible for C7H8O is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
Answer:
d) 5

Question 52.
Isomers of propanoic acid are
a) HCOOC2H5 and CH3COOCH3
b) H – COOC2H5 and C3H7COOH
c) CH3COOCH3 and C3H7OH
d) C3H7OH and CH3COCH3
Answer:
a) HCOOC2H5 and CH3COOCH3

Question 53.
IUPAC name of CH3 – CH (OCH3) – CH2 – NH2
a) 2-methoxy propanamine
b) 1-amino – 2-methoxy propane
c) 1-amino – 2-methyl – 2-methoxy ethane
d) 1 – methoxy- 2-amino propane
Answer:
a) 2-methoxy propanamine

Question 54.
IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 66 is
a) 3 – cyanopentane – 1, 5 – dinitrile
b) Propane – 1, 2, 3-tri nitrile
c) 1, 2, 3-tri cyano propane
d) Propane 1, 2, 3-tricarbonitrile
Answer:
d) Propane 1, 2, 3-tricarbonitrile

Question 55.
The IUPAC name of the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 67 is
a) 3 – Carboxylic pentane – 1,5 -dioic acid
b) Propane – 1, 2, 3 – trioic acid
c) 1, 2, 3- tricarboxylic propane
d) Propane – 1,2, 3 – tricarboxylic acid
Answer:
b) Propane – 1, 2, 3 – trioic acid

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 56.
The IUPAC name of the following compound
CH3 – C(CH3)2 – CH2 – CH = CH2 is
a) 2, 2 – Dimethyl – 4 – pentene
b) 4, 4 – Dimethyl – 1 – pentene
c) 1, 1, 1 – trimethyl – 3 – butene
d) 4, 4, 4 – trimethyl – 1 – butene
Answer:
b) 4, 4 – Dimethyl – 1 – pentene

Question 57.
The IUPAC name of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 68 is
a) 2, 4 – Dimethyl pentan – 2 – ol
b) 2, 4 – Dimethyl pentan – 4 – ol
c) 2,2 – Dimethyl butan – 2- ol
d) Butan – 2 – ol
Answer:
a) 2, 4 – Dimethyl pentan – 2 – ol

Question 58.
The IUPAC name the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 69 is
a) Butane – 2, 3, 4 – triol
b) Butane – 1,2, 3 – triol
c) Pentane – 1, 2, 3 – triol
d) 2, 3 dihydroxy butanol
Answer:
b) Butane – 1,2, 3 – triol

Question 59.
The IUPAC name the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 70 is
a) 3, 3 – Dimethyl – 1 – cyclohexanol
b) 1, 1- Dimethyl – 3 – hydroxy cyclohexane
c) 3, 3 – Dimethyl – 1 – hydroxy cyclohexane
d) 1, 1 – Dimethyl – 3 – cyclohexanol
Answer:
a) 3, 3 – Dimethyl – 1 – cyclohexanol

Question 60.
The IUPAC name of the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 71 is
a) 2 – Ethylprop – 2 – en – 1 – ol
b) 2 – Hydroxymethyl butan – 1- ol
c) 2 – Methylene butan – 1 – ol
d) 2 – Ethyl -3 hydroxyprop – 1 – ene
Answer:
a) 2 – Ethylprop – 2 – en – 1 – ol

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 61.
The number of possible alkynes with molecular formula C5H8 is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
Answer:
b) 3

Question 62.
What is the IUPAC name of the following Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 72 is
a) 3 – chloro cyclo hexa – 1, 5 – diene
b) 5 – chloro cyclo hexa – 1, 3 – diene
c) 1 – chloro cyclo hexa – 2, 5 – diene
d) 2 – chloro cyclo hexa – 1, 4 – diene
Answer:
b) 5 – chloro cyclo hexa – 1, 3 – diene

Question 63.
What is the IUPAC name of the following Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 73 is
a) 6 – hydroxy cyclohex – 2 – ene – 1 – al
b) 4 – hydroxy cyclohex – 1 – ene – 3 – al
C) 2 – hydroxy cyclohex – 5 – ene – 1 – al
d) 1 – formyl cyclohex – 5 – ene – 2 – ol
Answer:
a) 6 – hydroxy cyclohex – 2 – ene – 1 – al

Question 64.
What is the IUPAC name of the following?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 74
a) 1 – chloro – 2 – bromo – 4 – nitrobenzene
b) 1 – bromo – 2- chloro – 4 – mtrobenzene
c) 3 – bromo – 4 – chloro – nitrobenzene
d) 2 – bromo – 1 – chloro – 4- nitrobenzene
Answer:
d) 2 – bromo – 1 – chloro – 4- nitrobenzene

Question 65.
What is the IUPAC name of the following?
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 75
a) Ethenyl cyclo pentane
b) cyclopentyl ethene
c) cyclopentyl ethylene
d) vinyl cyclopentane
Answer:
b) cyclopentyl ethene

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 66.
The hybridization of carbon atoms in C – C single bond is HC ≡ C – CH = CH2 is
a) sp3 – sp3
b) sp2 – sp3
c) sp – sp2
d) sp3 – sp
Answer:
c) sp – sp2

Question 67.
The correct IUPAC name of the compound Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 76 is
a) 1, 4 – Butane dioicacid
b) Ethane – 1, 2 – dicarboxylic acid
c) Succinic acid
d) 1, 2 – Ethane dioic acid
Answer:
a) 1, 4 – Butane dioic acid

Question 68.
Correct statements about CH3 – CH2 – CN is
a) common name of the compound is ethylcyanide.
b) IUPAC name of the compound propane – 1 – nitrile.
c) secondary suffix of the compound is nitrile.
d) IUPAC name of the compound is ethane nitrile.
Answer:
a) common name of the compound is ethylcyanide.

Question 69.
Tautomerism is shown by
a) R – C ≡ N
b) R – NO2
c) R – OH
d) R – COOH
Answer:
b) R – NO2

Question 70.
Stereo isomers have different
a) Molecular mass
b) Molecular formula
c) Structural formula
d) Configuration
Answer:
d) Configuration

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 71.
Geometrical isomerism may be exhibited by compounds having atleast.
a) One double bond
b) One triple bond
c) One asymmetric carbon
d) One polar bond
Answer:
a) One double bond

Question 72.
The prefixes syn – and anti – are used to denote
a) structural isomers
b) conformational isomers
c) geometrical isomers
d) optical isomers
Answer:
c) geometrical isomers

Question 73.
d – tartaric acid and l – tartaric acid are
a) geometrical isomers
b) conformers
c) enantiomers
d) diastereomers
Answer:
c) enantiomers

Question 74.
The method of separation of enantiomers from racemic mixture is known as
a) inversion
b) recemisation
c) resolution
d) asymmetric synthesis
Answer:
c) resolution

Question 75.
Racemic mixture is optically inactive due to
a) internal compensation
b) external compensation
c) inversion
d) plane of symmetry
Answer:
c) inversion

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 76.
Meso isomers are possible when the organic compound contains
a) one asymmetric carbon
b) two or more dissimilar asymmetric carbons
c) similar asymmetric carbons
d) unsaturation
Answer:
c) similar asymmetric carbons

Question 77.
Optical inactivity of meso isomer is due to
a) element of symmetry and element of asymmetry
b) internal compensation
c) due to lack of asymmetric carbon
d) External compensation
Answer:
b) internal compensation

Question 78.
A racemic mixture is a mixture of
a) meso and its isomers
b) d and l isomers of same compound in equimolar proportions
c) d and l isomers of same compound in different proportions
d) mixture of d and meso isomers
Answer:
b) d and 1 isomers of same compound in equimolar proportions

Question 79.
Which of the following is optically active?
a) HOOC – CH2 – COOH
b) CH3 – CO – COOH
c) CH3 – CH(OH) – COOH
d) CH3 – CH2 – COOH
Answer:
c) CH3 – CH(OH) – COOH

Question 80.
Which of the following is optically active?
a) n – propanal
b) 2 – chlorobutane
c) n – butanal
d) 3 – pentanol
Answer:
b) 2 – chlorobutane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 81.
The number of optical enantiomers of tartaric acid
a) 3
b) 2
c) 4
d) 1
Answer:
b) 2

Question 82.
Geometrical isomers differ in
a) position of substituents
b) Position of double bond
c) C – C bond length
d) Spatial arrangement of groups
Answer:
d) Spatial arrangement of groups

Question 83.
Which of the following exhibit cis – trans isomerism
a) propene
b) 1 – butene
c) 2 – butene
d) benzene
Answer:
c) 2 – butene

Question 84.
Which of the following show geometrical isomerism?
a) CH3CH = CHCH3
b) (CH3)2C = CH2
c) C2H5CH = CH2
d) CH3CH = CH2
Answer:
a) CH3CH = CHCH3

Question 85.
Which of the following does not show geometrical isomerism?
a) 1, 2 – dichloro – 1 – pentene
b) 1, 3 – dichloro – 2 – pentene
c) 1, 1 – dichloro – 1 – pentene
d) 1, 4 – dichloro – 2 – pentene
Answer:
c) 1, 1 – dichloro – 1 – pentene

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 86.
Geometrical isomerism is not shown by
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 77

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 78

c) CH2 = C(CI) CH3

d) CH3 – CH = CH – CH = CH2
Answer:
c) CH2 = C(CI) CH3

Question 87.
Which of the following is optically active?
a) Glycerine
b) Acetaldehyde
c) Glyceraldehyde
d) Acetone
Answer:
c) Glyceraldehyde

Question 88.
The minimum number of C atoms for a hydrocarbon to exhibit optical isomerism
a) 4
b) 5
c) 6
d) 7
Answer:
d) 7

Question 89.
Which of the following can form cis – trans isomers?
a) C2H5Br
b) (CH)2(COOH)2
c) CH3CHO
d) (CH2)2COOH
Answer:
b) (CH)2(COOH)2

Question 90.
No.of geometrical isomers possible for the compound CH3 – CH = CH – CH = CH – C2H5
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
Answer:
c) 4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 91.
The number of geometrical isomers of CH3 – CH = CH – CH = CH – CH = CHCl is
a) 2
b) 4
c) 6
d) 8
Answer:
d) 8

Question 92.
Minimum number of C atoms for an alkene hydrocarbon, that shows geometrical & optical isomerism both
a) 5
b) 6
c) 7
d) 8
Answer:
c) 7

Question 93.
Among the following compounds which exhibits optical isomerism?
a) propanol
b) 2 – propanol
c) 1 – butanol
d) 2 – butanol
Answer:
d) 2 – butanol

Question 94.
Which of the mesoisomer?
a) CH2OHCHOHCHO
b) CH2OHCHOHCHOHCHO
c) HOOCCHOHCHOHCOOH
d) HOH2CCHOHCHOHCOOH
Answer:
c) HOOCCHOHCHOHCOOH

Question 95.
d – tartaric acid and l – tartaric acid can be separated by
a) Salt formation
b) Fractional distillation
c) Fractional crystallization
d) Chromatography
Answer:
a) Salt formation

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 96.
Paper chromatography is
a) Adsorption chromatography
b) partition chromatography
c) Ion exchange chromatography
d) all of these
Answer:
b) partition chromatography

Question 97.
Simple distillation can be used to separate liquids which differ in their boiling points at least by
a) 5°C
b) 10°C
c) 40 – 50°C
d) 100°C
Answer:
c) 40 – 50°C

Question 98.
In adsorption chromatography mobile phase will be
a) Only solid
b) Only liquid
c) Only gas
d) Liquid as well as gas
Answer:
d) Liquid as well as gas

Question 99.
Which of the following can be used as adsorbent in adsorption chromatography?
a) Silica gel
b) Alumina
c) Cellulose powder
d) All of these
Answer:
d) All of these

Question 100.
Two substances when separated out on the basis of their extent of adsorption by one material, the phenomenon is called
a) Chromatography
b) Crystallization
c) Sublimation
d) Steam distillation
Answer:
a) Chromatography

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 101.
Chromatographic technique is used for the separation of
a) Camphor
b) Alcohol & Water
c) Acetone and Methanol
d) Plant pigments
Answer:
d) Plant pigments

Question 102.
In column chromatography stationary phase is
a) only solid
b) only liquid
c) only gas
d) All of these
Answer:
a) only solid

Question 103.
Which of the following method is used for the purification of solids?
a) Distillation under reduced pressure
b) Distillation
c) Strain distillation
d) Sublimation
Answer:
d) Sublimation

Question 104.
Vacuum distillation is used to purify liquids which
a) are highly volatile
b) are explosive in nature
c) soluble in water
d) decomposes below their B.P’s
Answer:
c) soluble in water

Question 105.
Impure Napthalene is purified by
a) Fractional crystallization
b) Fractional distillation
C) solvent extraction
d) sublimation
Answer:
d) sublimation

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 106.
A very common adsorbent used in coloun^n chromatography is
a) Powdered charcoal
b) Alumina
c) Chalk
d) Sodium carbonate
Answer:
b) Alumina

Question 107.
Simple distillation of liquids involves simultaneously
a) Vapourisation and condensation
b) Condensation and vapourisation
c) Vapourisation and sublimation
d) Sublimation and condensation
Answer:
a) Vapourisation and condensation

Question 108.
The latest technique for the purification of organic compounds is
a) Fractional distillation
b) Chromatography
c) Vacuum distillation
d) Crystallization
Answer:
b) Chromatography

Question 109.
Fixed melting point of an organic compound informs
a) Purity of an organic compound
b) Conductivity of compound
c) Chemical nature of compound
d) Whether the compound is liquid or gas
Answer:
a) Purity of an organic compound

Question 110.
Lassaigne’s test is used in qualitative analysis to detect
a) Nitrogen
b) Sulphur
c) Chlorine
d) All of these
Answer:
d) All of these

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 111.
In Lassaigne’s method organic compound is fused with
a) Sodium metal
b) Zinc dust
c) Sodium carbonate and Zinc dust
d) Calcium metal
Answer:
a) Sodium metal

Question 112.
Presence of nitrogen in organic compound in Lassaigne’s extract as
a) Nitrogen gas
b) NH3
c) NO
d) CN
Answer:
d) CN

Question 113.
Medium of Sodium extract is
a) Neutral
b) Basic
c) Acidic
d) Depends on organic compound
Answer:
b) Basic

Question 114.
H2O vapours on passing through anhydrous CuSO4 turns it to
a) Green
b) Blue
c) Violet
d) White
Answer:
b) Blue

Question 115.
When a nitrogenous organic compound is fused with sodium, the nitrogen present in the compound is converted into
a) Sodium Nitrate
b) Sodium nitrite
c) Sodamide
d) Sodium cyanide
Answer:
d) Sodium cyanide

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 116.
In the Lassainge’s test the Sulphur present in the organic compound first changes into
a) Na2SO3
b) CS2
c) Na2SO4
d) Na2S
Answer:
d) Na2S

Question 117.
Which of the following elements in an organic compound cannot be detected by Lassaigne’s test?
a) N
b) S
c) Cl
d) H
Answer:
d) H

Question 118.
A compound which does not give a positive result in the Lassaigne’s test for nitrogen is
a) Urea
b) Hydroxyl amine
c) Glycine
d) Phenylhydrazine
Answer:
b) Hydroxyl amine

Question 119.
Lassaigne’s test gives a violet colouration with sodium nitroprusside, it indicates presence of
a) N
b) S
c) O
d) Cl
Answer:
b) S

Question 120.
The presence of halogen in an organic compound is detected by
a) Iodoform test
b) Silver nitrate test
c) Beilstein’s test
d) Million’s test
Answer:
c) Beilstein’s test

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 121.
The Beilstein’s test in a rapid test used for . organic compound^ to^ detect
a) Phosphorous
b) Sulphur
c) Halogens
d) Nitrogen
Answer:
c) Halogens

Question 122.
Liebig’s method is used for the estimation of
a) Nitrogen
b) Sulphur
c) Carbon and hydrogen
d) Halogens
Answer:
c) Carbon and hydrogen

Question 123.
In Kjeldahl’s method of estimation of nitrogen, copper sulphate act as
a) Oxidizing agent
b) reducing agent
c) Catalytic agent
d) Hydrolysing agent
Answer:
c) Catalytic agent

Question 124.
Percentage of carbon in an organic compound is determined by
a) Duma’s method
b) Kjeldahl’s method
c) Carius method
d) Liebig’s method
Answer:
d) Liebig’s method

Question 125.
Halogen can be estimated by
a) Duma’s method
b) Carius method
c) Leibig’s method
d) All of these
Answer:
b) Carius method

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 126.
In Garius method halogens are estimated
a) X2
b) BaX2
c) PbX2
d) AgX
Answer:
d) AgX

Question 127.
In Duma’s method nitrogen in organic compound is estimated in the form of
a) N2
b) NO
c) NH3
d) N2O5
Answer:
a) N2

Question 128.
In Kjeldahl’s method to estimate nitrogen, compound is heated with conc.H2SO4 in presence of
a) CaSO4
b) (NH4)2SO4
c) CuSO4
d) P2O5
Answer:
c) CuSO4

Question 129.
In organic compounds, Sulphur is estimated as
a) BaSO4
b) BaCl2
c) Ba3(PO4)2
d) H2SO4
Answer:
a) BaSO4

Question 130.
In the Liebig’s method, if ‘w’ is the mass of compound taken and ‘x’ is the amount of C0„ formed then
a) %C = \(\frac{12 \times x}{16 \times w}\)

b) %C = \(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{\mathrm{w}}{\mathrm{x}} \times 100\)

c) %C = \(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\)

d) %C = \(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{x}{w}\)
Answer:
c) %C = \(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 131.
In Dumas method for estimating nitrogen in organic compound, the gas finally collected is
a) N2
b) NO
c) NH3
d) H2
Answer:
a) N2

Question 132.
In Dumas method, the gas which is collected in Nitrometer is
a) N2
b) NO
c) NH3
d) H2
Answer:
a) N2

Question 133.
In Kjeldahl’s method, the nitrogen presence is estimated as
a) N2
b) NH3
c) NO2
d) N2O3
Answer:
b) NH3

Question 134.
In Kjeldahl’s method, nitrogen present in the organic compound is first converted into
a) NH3
b) (NH4)2SO4
c) N2
d) NO
Answer:
b) (NH4)2SO4

Question 135.
In Liebig’s method for the estimation of C and H, the combustion tube is passed over
a) CuO pellets
b) Copper turnings
c) Iron fillings
d) Zinc – copper couple
Answer:
a) CuO pellets

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 136.
Which gas is introduced into the combustion tube in Liebig’s method?
a) Pure and dry CO2
b) Pure and dry N2
c) Pure and dry O2
d) Pure and dry He
Answer:
c) Pure and dry O2

Question 137.
Chromatographic techniques of purification can be used for
a) Coloured compounds
b) Liquids
c) Solids
d) All of these
Answer:
d) All of these

Question 138.
Two substances when separated on the basis of partition co – efficient between two liquid phase, then the technique is known as
a) column chromatography
b) Paper chromatography
c) GLC
d) TLC
Answer:
b) Paper chromatography

Question 139.
Ortho and para nitro phenols can be separated by
a) crystallization
b) distillation
c) sublimation
d) solvent extraction
Answer:
b) distillation

Question 140.
In steam distillation, the sum of the vapour pressure of the volatile compound and that of water is
a) Equal to atmospheric pressure
b) Less than atmospheric pressure
c) More than atmospheric pressure
d) Exactly half of the atmospheric pressure
Answer:
a) Equal to atmospheric pressure

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 141.
Organic compound is fused with metallic sodium for testing nitrogen, sulphur, and halogens because
a) To make the solution alkaline
b) To convert into elemental state of nitrogen, sulphur, and halogens
c) To convert covalent compound into ionic compound
d) To decrease fusion temperature
Answer:
c) To convert covalent compound into ionic compound

Question 142.
Sodium extract gives blood red colour when treated with FeCl3, Formation of blood-red colour confirms the presence of
a) Only nitrogen
b) Only sulphur
c) Only halogens
d) Both Nitrogen and Sulphur
Answer:
d) Both Nitrogen and Sulphur

Question 143.
The compound not formed in the positive test for nitrogen with the Lussaigne’s solution of an organic compound is
a) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3
b) Na3[Fe(CN)6]
c) Fe(CN)3
d) Na3[Fe(CN)5NOS]
a) b, c, d
b) a, b
c) a, b, c
d) a only
Answer:
a) b, c, d

Question 144.
The Lassaigne’s solution when heated with ferrous sulphate and acidified with sulphuric acid gave intense blue colour indicating the presence of nitrogen. The blue colour is due to the formation of
a) Na4[Fe(CN)6]
b) Fe3[Fe(CN)6]2
c) Fe2[Fe(CN)6]
d) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3
Answer:
d) Fe4[Fe(CN)6]3

Question 145.
Which of the following compounds will answer Lassaigne’s test for nitrogen?
a) NH2NH2
b) NH2OH
c) NaCN
d) NaNO3
Answer:
c) NaCN

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 146.
In Dumas method 0.5 g of an organic compound containing nitrogen gave 112 ml of nitrogen at S.T.P. The percentage of nitrogen in the given compound is
a) 28
b) 38
c) 18
d) 48
Answer:
a) 28

Question 147.
0.73 g of organic compound on oxidation gave 1.32 g of carbon dioxide. The percentage of carbon in the given compound will be
a) 49.32
b) 59.32
c) 29.32
d) 98.64
Answer:
a) 49.32

Question 148.
In an estimation of S by Carius method 0.217 g of the compound gave 0.5825 g of BaSO4. Percentage of S is
a) 36.78 %
b) 35.50 %
c) 36.48 %
d) 35.69 %
Answer:
a) 36.78 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

II. Very short question and answers (2 Marks):

Question 1.
What are Acyclic compounds? Give suitable example.
Answer:
These are the compounds in which carbon atoms are linked to form open chain (straight or branched). These compounds may be saturated (all single bonds) or unsaturated (multiple bonds).
Example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 79

These acyclic compounds are known as open chain or aliphatic compounds.

Question 2.
What arc Alicyclic Compounds? Give suitable example.
Answer:
These are saturated or unsaturated carbo-cyclic compounds which resemble the corresponding acylic compounds in their properties.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 80

Question 3.
What are Aromatic heterocyclic Compounds? Give example.
Answer:
These are the heterocyclic compounds which possess aromaticity and resemble, the corresponding aromatic compounds in most of their properties. These are also called non-benzenoid aromatic compounds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 81

Question 4.
What is functional group? Give example.
Answer:
An atom or group of atoms within a molecule that shows a characteristics set of physical and chemical properties.
Example:
(i) – NH2 – amines
(ii) = NH – Imines
(iii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 82

Question 5.
Explain the following terms in IUPAC system of nomenclature. of organic compounds.
(i) Root word
(ii) prefix
(iii) suffix
Answer:
(i) Root word:
Root word denotes the number of carbon atoms in the longest continuous chain in molecules.
(ii) prefix:
Prefix denotes the group(s) attached to the main chain which is placed before the root.
(iii) suffix:
Suffix denotes the funtional group and is paced after the root word.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 6.
What is Metamerism? With suitable examples.
Answer:
Metamerism:
This type of isomerism is a special kind of structural isomerism arises due to the unequal distribution of carbon atoms on either side of the functional group or different alkyl groups attached to the either side of the same functional group and having same molecular formula. This isomerism is shown by compounds having functional group such as ethers, ketones, esters and secondary amines between two alkyl groups.
C4H10O
CH3 – O – C3H7 – Methyl propyl ether 1 – methoxypropane

C2H5 – O – C2H5 – diethyl ether ethoxyethane

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 83 – methyl iso – propyl ether 2 – methoxypropane.

Question 7.
What is meant by stereochemistry?
Answer:
The isomers which have same bond connectivity but different arrangement of groups or atoms in space are known as stereoisomers. This branch of chemistry dealing with the study of three-dimensional nature (spactial arrangement) of molecules is known as stereo chemistry. The metabolic activities in living organisms, natural synthesis and drug synthesis involve various stereoisomers.

Question 8.
What is enantiomerism?
Answer:
An optically active substance may exist in two or more isomeric forms which have same physical & chemical properties but differ in terms of direction of rotation of plane polarized light, such optical isomers which rotate the plane of polarized light with equal angle but in opposite direction are known as enantiomers and the phenom-enon is known as enantiomerism.
Example: d and l lactic acid.

Question 9.
What are the conditions for an organic compound is said to be optically active?
Answer:
(1) The molecule must contains at least one chiral or Asymmetric carbon atom.
(2) The object molecule should not be super impossable with its own mirror image.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 84

Question 10.
How will you detect phosphorus present in the given organic compound?
Answer:
Test for phosphorous:
A solid compound is strongly heated with a mixture of Na2CO3 & KNO3. Phosphorous present in the compound is oxidized to sodium phosphate. The residue is extracted with water and boiled with Conc. HNO3.. A solution of ammonium molybdate is added to the above solution. A canary yellow coloration or precipitate shows the presence of phosphorous.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 11.
Explain the sublimation process for the purification of organic compounds.
Answer:
Few substances like benzoic acid, naphthalene and camphor when heated pass directly from solid to vapor without melting (ie liquid). On cooling the vapours will give back solids. Such phenomenon is called sublimation. It is a useful technique to separate volatile and non-volatile solid. It has limited application because only a few substance will sublime.
Example:
naphthalene, benzoic acid.

Question 12.
What is the need for purifying an organic compound?
Answer:
In order to study the structure, physical properties, chemical properties and biological properties of organic compounds they must be in the pure state.

III. Short question and answers (3 Marks):

Question 1.
What is Homologous Series? Give suitable example.
Answer:
Homologous series:
It is a series of compounds in which the adjacent members differ by a – CH2 unit. Individual members of such series are called homologues, and the phenomenon is called as homology. All the members of such a series of alkane have general formula CnH2n + 2. Few members of this family are
CH4 – Methane
C2H6 – Ethane
C3H8 – Propane
C4H10 – Butane
C5H12 – Pentane

Question 2.
What are Alicycic heterocyclic Compounds? Give example.
Answer:
These heterocyclic compounds resemble the corresponding aliphatic compounds in most of their properties.
Example:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 85

Question 3.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 86

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 87

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 88

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 89
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 90

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 91

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 92

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 93

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 4.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 94
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 95

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 96

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 97

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 98

Question 5.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 99
b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 100

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 101

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 102
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 103

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 104

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 105

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 106

Question 6.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 112
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 113

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 114

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 115

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 116

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 7.
Write the IUPAC name of the following compounds.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 107
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 108

b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 109

c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 110

d) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 111

Question 8.
Classify the following compounds based on the structure.
i) CH ≡ C – CH2 – C ≡ CH

ii) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3

iii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 117

iv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 118
Answer:
i) CH ≡ C – CH2 – C ≡ CH is unsaturated open chain compound

ii) CH3 – CH2 – CH2 – CH2 – CH3 is saturated open chain compound

iii) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 117 is aromatic benzenoid compound

iv) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 118 is alicyclic compound

Question 9.
Give two examples for each of the following type of organic compounds.
(i) non-benzenoid aromatic
(ii) aromatic heterocyclic
(iii) alicyclic
(iv) aliphatic open chain
Answer:
(i) non-benzenoid aromatic
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 118

(ii) aromatic heterocyclic
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 119

(iii) alicyclic
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 120

(iv) aliphatic open chain
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 121

Question 10.
Explain the copper oxide test for the detection of carbon and hydrogen present in the given organic compound.
Answer:
Copper oxide test:
The organic substance is mixed intimately with about three times its weight of dry copper oxide by grinding. The mixture is then placed in a hard glass test tube fitted with a bent delivery tube. The other end of which is dipping into lime water in an another test tube. The mixture is heated strongly and the following reaction take place.
C + 2CuO → CO2 + 2CuO
2H + CuO → H2O + Cu

Thus if carbon is present, it is oxidized to CO2 which turns lime water millcy. If hydrogen is also present, it will be oxidized to water which condenses in small droplets on the cooler wall of the test tube and inside the bulb. Water collected in the bulb is separated on anhydrous CuSO4 which turn blue. This confirms the presence of C and H in the compound. If however, H is not present water droplet is not obtained in the bulb.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 11.
In an estimation of sulphur by carius method. 0.2175 g of the substance gave 0.5825 g of BaSO4 calculate the percentage composition of S in the compound.
Solution:
Weight of organic compound = 0.2175 g
Weight of BaSO4 = 0.5825 g
233 g of BaSO4 contains = \(\left(\frac{32}{233} \times \frac{0.5825}{0.2175}\right)\)
0.5825 g of BaSO4 contains
Percentage of S = \(\left(\frac{32}{233} \times \frac{0.5825}{0.2175} \times 100\right)\)
= 36.78 %

Question 12.
0.16 g of an organic compound was heated in a carius tube and H2SO4 acid formed
was precipitated with BaCl2. The mass of BaSO4 was 0.35 g. Find the percentage of
sulphur [30.04]
Answer:
Weight of organic substance (w) = 0.16 g
Weight of Barium sulphate (x) = 0.35 g
Percentage of sulphur = \(\left(\frac{32}{233} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\right)\)

= \(\left(\frac{32}{233} \times \frac{0.35}{0.16} \times 100\right)\)
= 30.04 %

Question 13.
0.284 g of an organic substance gave 0.287 g AgCl in a Carius method for the estimation of halogen. Find the percentage of Cl in the compound.
Solution:
Weight of the organic substance = 0.284 g
Weight of AgCl is = 0.287 g
143.5 g of AgCl contains = 35.5 g of chlorine
0.287 g of AgCl contains = \(\left(\frac{35.5}{143.5} \times \frac{0.287}{0.284}\right)\)

% of chlorine is = \(\left(\frac{35.5}{143.5} \times \frac{0.287}{0.284} \times 100\right)\)
= 24.56 %

Question 14.
0.185 g of an organic compound when treated with Conc. HNO3 and silver nitrate gave 0.320 g of silver bromide. Calculate the % of bromine in the compound.
(Ag = 108, Br = 80)
Answer:
Weight of organic substance (w) = 0.185 g
Weight of silver bromide (x) = 0.320 g
Percentage of bromine = \(\left(\frac{80}{188} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\right)\)

= \(\left(\frac{80}{188} \times \frac{0.32}{0.185} \times 100\right)\)
= 73.6%

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 15.
0.40 g of an lodo – substituted organic compound gave 0.235 g of AgI by carlus method. Calculate the percentage of iodine in the compound. (Ag = 108 I = 127).
Solution:
Weight of organic substance (w) = 0.40 g
Weight of silver iodide (x) = 0.235 g
Percentage of iodine = \(\left(\frac{127}{235} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\right)\)

= \(\left(\frac{127}{235} \times \frac{0.235}{0.40} \times 100\right)\)
= 31.75%

Question 16.
0.24 g of organic compound containing phosphorous gave 0.66 g of Mg2P2O7 by the usual analysis. Calculate the percentage of phosphorous in the compound.
Solution:
Weight of an organic compound = 0.24 g
Weight of Mg2P2O7 = 0.66 g
222 g of Mg2P2O7 contains = 62 g of P
0.66 g contains = \(\frac{62}{222} \times \frac{0.66}{0.24}\)

Percentage of p = \(\frac{80}{180} \times \frac{0.66}{0.24}\) = 76.80%

Question 17.
0.33 g of an organic compound containing phosphorous gave 0.397 g of Mg2P2O7 by the analysis. Calculate the percentage of P in the compound.
Solution:
Weight of organic substance (w) = 0.33 g
Weight of Mg2P2O7 (x) = 0.397 g
Percentage of phosphorous = \(\frac{62}{222} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\)

= \(\frac{62}{222} \times \frac{0.397}{0.33} \times 100\) = 33. 59 %

Question 18.
Explain simple distillation process with suitable example.
Answer:
The process of distillation involves the impure liquid when boiled gives out vapour and the vapour so formed is collected and condensed to give back the pure liquid in the receiver. This method is called simple distillation. Liquids with large difference in boiling point(about 40k) and do not decompose under ordinary pressure can be purified by simple distillation.
Example:
The mixture of C6H5NO2 (b.p 484K) &
C6H6 (354 K) and mixture of diethyl ether (b.p 308K) and ethyl alcohol (b.p 35 K).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 19.
How will you purify an organic compound by differential extraction process?
Answer:
The process of removing a substance from its aqueous solution by shaking with a suitable organic solvent is termed extraction. When an organic substance present as solution in water can be recovered from the solution by means of a separating funnel. The aqueous solution is taken in a separating funnel with little quantity of ether or chloroform (CHCl3).

The organic solvent immiscible with water will form a separate layer and the contents are shaken gently. The solute being more soluble in the organic solvent is transfered to it. The solvent layer is then separated by opening the tap of the separating funnel, and the substance is recovered.

Question 20.
Explain the steam distillation process for purifying organic compound.
Answer:
This method is applicable for solids and liquids. If the compound to be steam distilled the compound should not decompose at the steam temperature, should have a fairly high vapour pressure at 373 K, it should be insoluble in water; the impurities present should be non-volatile.

The impure liquid along with little water is taken in a round-bottom flask which is connected to a boiler on one side and water condenser on the other side, the flask is kept in a slanting position so that no droplets of the mixture will enter into the condenser on the brisk boiling and bubbling of steam. The mixture in the flask is heated and then a current of steam passed in to it. The vapours of the compound mix up with steam and escape into the condenser.

The condensate obtained is a mixture of water and organic compound which can be separated. This method is used to recover essential oils from plants and flowers, also in the manufacture of aniline and turpentine oil.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 21.
Write a note on azeotropic distillation with suitable example.
Answer:
These are the mixture of liquids that cannot be separated by fractional distillation. The mixtures that can be purified only by azeotropic distillation are called as azeotropes. These azeotropes are constant boiling mixtures, which distil as a single compound at a fixed temperature. Ethanol and water are the most common examples of azeotropic mixture in the ratio of 95.87 : 4.13.

In this method apart from azeotropic mixture a third component like C6H6, CCl4, ether, glycerol, glycol which act as a dehydrating agent depress the partial pressure of one component so that the boiling point of that component is raised sufficiently and thus other component will distill over.

Dehydrating agents like C6H6, CCl4 have low boiling points and reduce the partial vapour pressure of alcohol more than that of water whereas glycerol & glycol, etc. have high boiling point and reduce the partial vapour pressure of water more than that of alcohol.

Question 22.
What is Ring chain isomerism? Give an example.
Answer:
In this type of isomerism, compounds having same molecular formula but differ terms of bonding of carbon atom to form open-chain and cyclic structures.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 123

Question 23.
Briefly explain geometrical isomerism in oximes with suitable example.
Ans:
Restricted rotation around C = N (oximes) gives rise to geometrical isomerism in oximes. Here ‘syn’ and ‘anti’ are used instead of cis and trans respectively. In the syn isomer the H atom of a doubly bonded carbon and -OH group of doubly bonded nitrogen lie on the same side of the double bond, while in the anti isomer, they lie on the opposite side of the double bond.
For eg:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 124

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

IV. Long Question and answers (5 Marks):

Question 1.
Write the structure of the following compounds.
a) Cinnamic acid
b) Lactic acid
c) Phthalic acid
d) Tartaric acid
d) Benzoic acid
Answer:
a) Cinnamic acid
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 125

b) Lactic acid
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 126

c) Phthalic acid
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 127

d) Tartaric acid
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 128

d) Benzoic acid
C6H5COOH

Question 2.
Explain the methods for the representation of structure of organic compounds with suitable example.
Answer:
The structure of an organic compound can he represented using any one of the below mentioned methods.

  1. Lewis structure or dot structure,
  2. Dash structure or line bond structure,
  3. Condensed structure
  4. Bond line structure

We know how to draw the Lewis structure for a molecule. The line bond structure is obtained by representing the two electron covalent bond by a dash or line (-) in a Lewis structure. A single line or dash represents single a covalent bond, double line represents double bond (1 σ bond, 2 π bond) and a triple line represents triple bond (1 σ bond, 2 π bond). Lone pair of electrons on hetero atoms may or may not be shown. This represents the complete structural formula.

This structural formula can be further abbreviated by omitting some or all of the dashes representing covalent bonds and by indicating the number of identical groups attached to an atom by a subscript. The resulting expression of the compound is called a condensed structural formula.

For further simplification, organic chemists use another way of representing the structures in which only lines are used. In this type of representation of organic compounds, carbon and hydrogen atoms are not shown and the lines representing carbon-carbon bonds are shown in a zigzag fashion. The only atoms specifically written are oxygen, chlorine, nitrogen etc. These representations can be easily understood by the following illustration.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 129

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 3.
Explain the molecular model method for the representation of structure of organic compounds.
Answer:
Molecular models:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 130

Molecular models are physical devices that are used for a better visualisation and perception of three dimensional shapes of organic molecules. These are made of wood, plastic or metal and are commercially available.
(i) Frame work model
(ii) Ball and stick model &
(iii) space filling model.

In the frame work model only the bonds connecting the atoms themselves are shown. This model emphasizes the pattern of bonds of a molecule while ignoring the size of the atom.

In the ball and stick model, both the atoms and the bonds are shown. Ball represent atoms and the stick a bond. Compounds containing C = C can be best represented by using springs in place of sticks and this model is termed as ball and spring model.

The space filling model emphasizes the relative size of each atom based on its Vander Waals radius.

Question 4.
Explain briefly
(i) Fisher projection
(ii) sawhorse projection
(iii) Newman projection formula with neat example.
Answer:
(i) Fisher projection formula:
This is a method of representing three dimensional structures in two dimension. In this method, the chiral atom(s) lies in the plane of paper. The horizontal substituents are pointing towards the observer and the vertical substituents are away from the observer. Fisher projection formula for tartaric acid is given below.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 131

Sawhorse projection formula:
Here the bond between two carbon atoms is drawn diagonally and slightly elongated. The lower left hand carbon is considered lying towards the front and the upper right hand carbon towards the back. The Fischer projection inadequately portrays the spatial relationship between ligands attached to adjacent atoms. The sawhorse projection attempts to clarify the relative location of the groups.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 132

Newman projection formula:
In this method the molecules are viewed from the front along the carbon-carbon bond axis. The two carbon atom forming a bond is represented by two circles. One behind the other so that only the front carbon is seen. The front carbon atom is shown by a point whereas the carbon lying further from the eye is represented by the origin of the circle. Therefore, the C-H bonds of the front carbon are depicted from the circle while C-H bonds of the back carbon are drawn from the circumference of the circle with an angle of 120° to each other.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 133

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 5.
What is Tautomerism? Explain different types of Tautomerism with suitable example.
Answer:
Tautomerism:
It is a special type of functional isomerism in which a single compound exists in two readily inter con-vertible structures that differ markedly in the relative position of atleast one atomic nucleus, generally hydrogen. The two dif¬ferent structures are known as tautomers. There are several types of tautomerism and the two important types are dyad and triad systems.

Dyad system:
In this system hydrogen atom oscillates between two directly linked polyvalent atoms.
Example:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 134

In this example hydrogen atom oscillates between carbon & nitrogen atom.

Triad system:
In this system hydrogen atom oscillates between three polyvalent atoms. It involves 1, 3 migration of hydrogen atom from one polyvalent atom to other within the molecule. The most important type of triad system is keto-enol tautomerism and the two groups of tautomers are ketoform and enol-form. The polyvalent atoms involved are one oxygen and two carbon atoms. Enolisation is a process in which keto-form is converted to enol form. Both tautomeric forms are not equally stable. The less stable form is known as labile form.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 135

Question 6.
How is sulphur detected by Lassaigne test?
Answer:
a) To a portion of the lassaigne’s extract, add freshly prepared sodium nitro prusside solution. A deep violet colouration is obtained. This test is also used to detect S2- in inorganic salt analysis.
Na2S + Na2 [Fe(CN5) NO] → Na4 [Fe (CN5) NOS]
sodium nitro prusside

b) Acidify another portion of lassaigne’s extract with acetic acid and add lead acetate solution. A black precipitate is obtained.
(CH3COO)2Pb + Na2S → PbS↓ + 2CH3COONa
(black ppt)

c) Oxidation test:
The organic substances are fused with a mixture of KNO3 and Na2CO3. The sulphur, if present is oxidized to sulphate.
Na2CO3 + S + 3O + Na2SO4 + CO2
The fused mass is extracted with water, acidified with HCl and then BaCl2 solution is added to it. A white precipitate indicates the pressure of sulphur.
BaCl2 + Na2SO4 -> BaSO4 + 2NaCl

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 7.
How is halogen detected by using Lassaigne test?
Answer:
To another portion of the Lassaigne’s filtrate add dil HNO3 warm gently and add AgNO3
Solution:
a) Appearance of curdy white precipitate soluble in ammonia solution indicates the presence of chlorine.
b) Appearance of pale yellow precipitate sparingly soluble in ammonia solution indicates the presence of bromine.
c) Appearance of a yellow precipitate insoluble in ammonia solution indicates the presence of iodine.

Na + Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 136 NaX ( where X = Cl, Br, I)
from organic compound
NaX + AgNO3 → AgX + NaNO3

If N or S is present in the compound along with the halogen, we might obtain NaCN and Na2S in the solution, which interfere with the detection of the halogen in the AgNO3 test Therefore we boil the lassaignes extract with HNO3 which decomposes NaCN and Na2S as

NaCN + HNO3 Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 137 NaNO3 + HCN T
Na2S + 2HNO3 Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 137 2NaNO3 + H2S
NaCN + AgNO3 Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 138 AgCN + NaNO3
white ppt confusing with AgCl
Na2S + AgNO3 → Ag2S ↓ + NaNO3
black ppt

Question 8.
How will you estimate carbon and hydrogen present in the given organic compound?
Answer:
Both carbon and hydrogen are estimated by the same method. A known weight of the organic substance is burnt in excess of oxygen and the carbon and hydrogen present in it are oxidized to carbon dioxide and water, respectively.
CXHY + O2 + XCO2 + \(\frac{\mathrm{y}}{2}\)H2O

The weight of carbon dioxide and water thus formed are determined and the amount of carbon and hydrogen in the original substance is calculated. The apparatus employed for the purpose consists of three units (1) oxygen supply (2) combustion tube (3) absorption apparatus.

Oxygen supply:
To remove the moisture from oxygen it is allowed to bubble through sulphuric acid contained in a drech gel bottle and then passed through a U-tube charged with soda lime to remove CO2. The oxygen gas free from moisture and carbon dioxide enters the combustion tube.

Combustion tube:
A hard glass tube open at both end is used for the combustion of the organic substance. It is filled with
(i) a role of oxidized copper gauze to prevent the backward diffusion of the product of combustion
(ii) a porcelain boat containing a known weight of the organic substance
(iii) coarse copper oxide packed in about 2/3 of the entire length of the tube, and kept in position by loose asbestos plugs on either side and
(iv) a roll of oxidized copper gauze placed towards the end of the combustion tube to prevent any vapours of the organic substance having the tube unoxidized. The combustion tube is enclosed in a furnace, and heated by a gas burner.

Absorption Apparatus:
The products of combustion containing moisture and carbon dioxide are then passed through the absorption apparatus which consists of
(i) a weighed U-tube packed with pumice soaked in Conc. H2SO4 to absorb water
(ii) a set of bulbs containing strong solution of KOH to absorb CO2 and finally
(iii) a guard tube filled with anhydrous CaCl2 to prevent the entry of moisture from atmosphere.

Procedure:
To start with, before loading it with the boat, the combustion tube is detached from the absorption unit. The tube is heated strongly to dry its content and CO2 present in it is removed by passing a current of pure, dry oxygen through it. It is then cooled slightly and connected to the absorption apparatus. The other end of the combustion tube is open for a while and the boat containing weighed organic substance is introduced.

The tube is again heated strongly till the substance in the boat is burnt away. This takes about 2 hours. Finally, a strong current of oxygen is passed through the combustion tube to sweep away any traces of carbon dioxide or moisture which may have been left in it. The U-tube and the potash bulbs are then detached and the increase in weight of each of them is determined.

Calculation:
Weight of the organic substance taken = w g
Increase in weight of H2O = x g
Increase in weight of CO2 = y g
18 g of H2O contain 2 g of hydrogen
∴ x g of H2O contain = \(\left(\frac{2}{18} \times \frac{x}{w}\right)\)
% of hydrogen = \(\left(\frac{2}{18} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\right)\) %

44 g of CO2 contains = 12 g of carbon
∴ y g of CO2 contain = \(\left(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{y}{w}\right)\) g of carbon
Percentage of carbon = \(\left(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{y}{w} \times 100\right)\) %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 9.
Explain the Carius method for the estimation of sulphur in an organic compound.
Answer:
Estimation of sulphur Carius method:
A known mass of the organic substance is heated strongly with fuming HNO3, C & H get oxidized to CO2 & H2O while sulphur is oxidized to sulphuric acid as per the following reaction.

C Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 139 CO2
2H Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 139 H2O
S → SO2 Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 140 H2SO4

The resulting solution is treated with excess of BaCl2 solution H2SO4 present in the solution in quantitatively converted into BaSO4, from the mass of BaSO4, the mass of sulphur and hence the percentage of sulphur in the compound can be calculated.

Procedure:
A known mass of the organic compound is taken in clean carius tube and added a few mL of fuming HNO3. The tube is the sealed. It is then placed in an iron tube and heated for about 5 hours. The tube is allowed to cool to temperature and a small hole is made to allow gases produced inside to escape.

The carius tube is broken and the content collected in a beaker. Excess of BaCl2 is added to the beaker H2SO4 acid formed as a result of the reaction is converted to BaSO4. The precipitate of BaSO4 is filtered, washed, dried and weighed. From the mass of BaSO4, percentage of S is found.

Mass of the organic compound = w g
Mass of the BaSO4 formed = x g
233 g of BaSO4 contains = 32 g of sulphur

∴ x g of BaSO4 contain = \(\left(\frac{32}{233} \times \frac{x}{w}\right)\) g of S

Percentage of sulphur = (\(\left(\frac{32}{233} \times \frac{x}{w}\right)\) × 100) %

Question 10.
0.26 g of an organic compound gave 0.039 g of water and 0.245 g of carbon dioxide on combustion. Calculate the percentage of C & H.
Answer:
Weight of organic compound = 0.26 g
Weight of water = 0.039 g
Weight of CO2 = 0.245 g
Percentage of hydrogen
18 g of water contain 2 g of hydrogen
0.039 of water contain = \(\left(\frac{2}{18} \times \frac{0.039}{0.26}\right)\) of hydrogen

% of hydrogen = \(\left(\frac{0.039}{0.26} \times \frac{2}{18} \times 100\right)\) = 1.66%
Percentage of Carbon
44 g of CO2 contain 12 g of C
0.245 g of CO2 contains \(\left(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{0.245}{0.26}\right)\) g of C

% of Carbon = \(\left(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{0.245}{0.26} \times 100\right)\) = 25.69 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 11.
0.2346 of an organic compound yielded C, H & 0 0.2754 g of H2O and 0.4488 g CO2. Calculate the % composition.
Solution:
Weight of organic substance w = 0.2346 g
Weight of water (x) = 0.2754 g
Weight of CO2 (y), = 0.4488 g
Percentage of carbon = \(\left(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{y}{w} \times 100\right)\)

= \(\left(\frac{12}{44} \times \frac{0.4488}{0.2346} \times 100\right)\) = 52.17 %

Percentage of hydrogen = \(\left(\frac{2}{18} \times \frac{x}{w} \times 100\right)\)
= \(\left(\frac{2}{18} \times \frac{0.2754}{0.2346} \times 100\right)\) = 13. 04%
Percentage of oxygen= [100 – (52.17 + 13.04)]
= 100 – 65.21 = 34.79 %

Question 12.
Explain the estimation of phosphours by Carius method.
Answer:
Carius method:
A known mass of the organic compound (w) containing phosphorous is heated with fuming HNO in a sealed tube where C is converted into CO2 and H to H2O. phosphorous present in organic compound is oxidized to phosphoric acid which is precipitated, as ammonium phosphomolybdate by heating with Cone. HNO3 and then adding ammonium molybdate.

H3PO4 + 12(NH4)2MoO4 + 21 HNO3 Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 141 (NH4)3PO4 + 21 NH4NO3 + 12HNO3

The precipitate of ammonium phosphomolybdate thus formed is filtered washed, dried, and weighed. In an alternative method, the phosphoric acid is precipitated as magnesium-ammonium phosphate by adding magnesia mixture (a mixture containing MgCl2, NH4Cl, and ammonia) This ppt is washed, dried, and ignited to get magnesium pyrophosphate which is washed, dried a weighed. The following are the reaction that takes place.

By knowing the mass of the organic compound and the, mass of ammonium phosphomolybdate or magnesium pyrophosphate formed, the percentage of P is calculated.

Mass of organic compound = w g
Weight of ammonium phosphomolybdate = x g
Weight of magnesium pyrophosphate = y g
Mole mass of (NH4)3PO4. 12MoO3 is = 1877 g
[3 × (14 + 4) + 31 + 4(16)]+ 12(96 + 3 × 16)
Molar mass of Mg3P2O7 is 222 g
(2 × 24) + (31 × 2) + (7 × 16)
1877 g of (NH4)3PO4. 12 MoO3 contains 31 g of P
X g of (NH4)3PO4. 12 MoO3 in w g of organic
compound contains \(\frac{31}{1877} \times \frac{x}{w}\) of phosphorous
Percentage of phosphorous = \(\frac{31}{1877} \times \frac{x}{w}\) (or)
227 of Mg2P2O7 contains 62 g of P
y g of Mg2P2O2 in w g of Organic compound contains = \(\frac{62}{227} \times \frac{y}{w}\) of P

Percentage of phosphorous = \(\frac{62}{227} \times \frac{y}{w}\)%

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 13.
Explain the estimation of nitrogen by Dumas method.
Answer:
1. Dumas method:
This method is based upon the fact that nitrogenous compound when heated with cupric oxide in an atmosphere of CO2 yields free nitrogen. Thus
Cx Hy Nz + (2x + y/2) CuO → x CO2 + y/2 H2O Z/2 N2 +(2X + y/2)Cu.

Traces of oxide of nitrogen, which may be formed in some cases, are reduced to elemental nitrogen by passing overheated copper spiral. The apparatus used in Dumas method consists of CO2 generator, combustion tube, Schiffs nitrometer.

CO2 generator:
CO2 needed in this process is prepared by heating magnetite or sodium bicarbonate contained in a hard glass tube or by the action of dil. HCl on marble in a kipps apparatus. The gas is passed through the combustion tube after being dried by bubbling through Cone. H2SO4 contained in a Drechel bottle.

Combustion Tube:
The combustion tube is heated in a furnace is charged with
a) A roll of oxidized copper gauze to prevent the back diffusion of the products of combustion and to heat the organic substance mixed with CuO by radiation
b) a weighed amount of the organic substance mixed with an excess of CuO,
c) a layer, of course, CuO packed in about 2/3 of the entire length of the tube and kept in position by loose asbestos plug on either side; this oxidizes the organic vapors passing through it, and
d) a reduced copper spiral which reduces any oxides of nitrogen formed during combustion to nitrogen.

Schiff’s nitro meter:
The nitrogen gas obtained by the decomposition of the substance in the combustion tube is mixed with considerable excess of CO2 It is estimated by passing nitrometer when CO2 is absorbed by KOH and the nitrogen gets collected in the upper part of graduated tube.

Procedure:
To start with the tap of nitro meter is left open. CO2 is passed through the combustion tube to expels the air in it. When the gas bubbles rising through, the potash solution fails to reach the top of it and is completely absorbed it shows that only CO2 is coming and that all air has been expelled from the combustion tube. The nitrometer is then filled with KOH solution by lowering the reservoir and the tap is closed. The combustion tube is now heated in the furnace and the temperature rises gradually.

The nitrogen set free from the compound collects in the nitro meter. When the combustion is complete a strong current of CO2 is sent through, the apparatus in order to sweep the last trace of nitrogen from it. The volume of the gas gets collected is noted after adjusting the reservoir so that the solution in it and the graduated tube is the same. The atmospheric pressure and the temperature are also recorded.

Calculation:
Weight of the substance taken = w g
Volume of nitrogen = V1 L
Room Temperature = T1 K
Atmospheric Pressure = P mm of Hg
Aqueous tension at room temperature = P’ mm of Hg
Pressure of diy nitrogen = (P – P’) = P’ mm of Hg.
Let P0V0 and T0 be the pressure, volume and temperature respectively of dry nitrogen at STP,
Then,

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 142

Calculation of percentage of nitrogen, 22.4 L of N2 at STP weight 28 g of N2
∴ V0 L of N2 at S.T.P weigh = \(\frac{28}{22.4}\) × V0
Wg Organic compound contain = \(\left(\frac{28}{22.4} \times \frac{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{o}}}{\mathrm{W}}\right)\) of nitrogen

∴ percentage of nitrogen = \(\left(\frac{28}{22.4} \times \frac{\mathrm{V}_{\mathrm{o}}}{\mathrm{W}}\right)\) × 100

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 14.
0.1688 g when analyzed by the Dumas method yield 31.7 ml of moist nitrogen measured at 14°C and 758 mm mercury pressure. Determine the % of N in the substance (Aqueous tension at 14°C = 12 mm)
Solution:
Weight of Organic compound = 0.168 g
Volume of moist nitrogen (V1) = 31.7 mL
= 31.7 × 10-3 L
Temperature (T1) = 14°C = 14 + 273 = 287 K
Pressure of Moist nitrogen (P) = 758 mm Hg
Aqueous tension at 14°C =12 mm of Hg
∴ Pressure of dry nitrogen = (P – P1)
= 758 – 12 = 746 mm of Hg
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry 143

Question 15.
Explain the estimation of nitrogen by Kjeldahl’s method.
Answer:
This method is carried much more easily than the Dumas method. It is used largely in the analysis of foods and fertilizers. Kjeldahl’s method is based on the fact that when an organic compound containing nitrogen is heated with Conc. H2SO4, the nitrogen in it is quantitatively converted to ammonium sulphate. The resultant liquid is then treated with excess of alkali and then liberated ammonia gas absorbed in excess of standard acid. The amount of ammonia (and hence nitrogen) is determined by finding the amount of acid neutralized by back titration with same standard alkali.

Procedure:
A weighed quantity of the substance (0.3 to 0.5 g) is placed in a special long – necked Kjeldahl flask made of pyrex glass. About 25 mL of Cone. H2SO4 together with a little K2SO4 and CuSO 4 (catalyst) are added to it the flask is loosely stoppered by a glass bulb and heated gently in an inclined position. The heating is continued till the brown color of the liquid first produced, disappears leaving the contents clear as before. At this point all the nitrogen in the substance is converted to (NH4)2SO4.

The Kjeldahl flask is then cooled and its contents are diluted with same distilled water and then carefully transferred into a 1 lit round bottom flask. An excess NaOH solution is poured down the side of the flask and it is fitted with a Kjeldahl trap and a water condenser. The lower end of the condenser dips in a measured volume of excess the H2SO4 solution. The liquid in the round bottom flask is then heated and the liberated ammonia is distilled into sulphuric acid. The Kjeldahl trap serves to retain any alkali splashed up on vigorous boiling.

When no more ammonia passes over (test the distillate with red litmus) the receiver is removed. The excess of acid is then determined by titration with alkali, using phenolphthalein as the indicator.

Calculation:
Weight of the substance = w g
Volume of H2SO4 required for the complete neutralization of evolved NH3 = V ml.
Strength of H2S04 used to neutralize NH3 = N
Let the Volume and the strength of NH3 formed are V1 and N1 respectively.
We know that V1N1 = VN
The amount of nitrogen present in the = \(\frac{14 \times \mathrm{NV}}{1 \times 1000 \times \mathrm{w}}\)

Percentage of Nitrogen = \(\left(\frac{14 \times \mathrm{NV}}{1000 \times \mathrm{w}}\right)\) × 100 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 16.
0.6 g of an organic compound was kjeldalised and NH3 evolved was absorbed into 50 mL of semi – normal solution of H2SO4. The residual acid solution was diluted with distilled water and the volume made up to 150 mL. 20 mL of this diluted solution required 35 mL of \(\frac{\mathbf{N}}{20}\) NaOH solution for complete neutralization. Calculate the % of N in the compound.
Solution:
Weight of Organic compound = 0.6 g
Volume of sulphuric acid taken = 50 mL
Strength of sulphuric acid taken = 0.5 N
20ml of diluted solution of unreacted sulphuric acid was neutralized by 35 mL of 0.05 N Sodium hydroxide
Strength of the diluted sulphuric aicd = \(\frac{35 \times 0.05}{20}\) = 0.0875 N
Volume of the sulphuric acid remaining after reaction with Organic compound = V1 mL
Strength of the diluted H2SO4 = 0.5 N
Volume of the diluted H2SO4 = 150 mL
Strength of the diluted H2SO4 = 0.0875 N
V1 = \(\frac{150 \times 0.0875}{0.5}\) = 26.25 ml
Volume of H2SO4 consumed by ammonia = 50 – 26.25 = 23.75 ml
23.75 ml of 0.5 N H2SO4 = 23.75 ml of 0.5 N NH3
The amount of Nitrogen present in the 0.6 g of organic compound = \(\frac{14 g}{1000 m L \times 1 N}\) × 23.75 × 0.5 N = 0.166 g
Percentage of Nitrogen = \(\frac{0.166}{0.6}\) × 100 = 27.66%

Question 17.
Explain the various steps involved in the purification of organic compounds by crystallization process.
Answer:
(i) Selection of solvent:
Most of the organic substances being covalent do not dissolve in polar solvents like water, hence selection of solvent (suitable) becomes necessary. Hence the powdered organic substance is taken in a test tube and the solvent is added little by little with constant stirring and heating, till the amount added is just sufficient to dissolve the solute (ie) organic compound. If the solid dissolves upon heating and throws out maximum crystals on cooling, then the solvent is suitable. This process is repeated with other solvents like benzene, ether, acetone, and alcohol till the most suitably one is sorted out.

(ii) Preparation of solution:
The quantity to be purified is taken in a conical flash fitted with a reflux condenser. The solvent selected in first stage is also taken along with solute and the quantity of the solvent just enough to dissolve the whole solid on boiling. Small amount of are animal char-coal can be added before boiling to decolorize any colored substance. The heating may be done over a wire gauze or water bath depending upon the nature of liquid (ie) whether the solvent is low boiling or high boiling.

(iii) Filtration of hot solution:
The solution so obtained is filtered through a fluted filter paper placed in a hot water funnel.

(iv) Crystallization:
The hot filtrate is then allowed to cool. Most of the impurities are removed on the filter paper, the pure solid substance separate as crystal. When copious amount of crystal has been obtained, then the crystallization is complete. If the rate of crystallization is slow, it is induced either by scratching the walls of the beaker with a glass rod or by adding a few crystals of the pure compounds to the solution.

(v) Isolation and drying of crystals:
The crystals are separated from the mother liquor by filtration. Filtration is done under reduced pressure using a Bucher funnel. When the whole of the mother liquor has been drained into the filtration flask, the crystals are washed with small quantities of the pure cold solvent and then dried.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 11 Fundamentals of Organic Chemistry

Question 18.
How will you purify an organic compound by Thin layer chromatography?
Answer:
This method is another type of adsorption chromatography with this method it is possible to separate even minute quantities of mixtures. A sheet of a glass is coated with a thin layer of adsorbent (cellulose, silica gel or alumina). This sheet of glass is called chromoplate or thin layer chromatography plate. After drying the plate, a drop of the mixture is placed just above one edge and the plate is then placed in a closed jar containing eluent (solvent). The eluent is drawn up to the adsorbent layer by capillary action.

The components of the mixture move up along with the eluent to different distances depending upon their degree of adsorption of each component of the mixture. It is expressed in terms of its retardation factors (ie) Rf value
Rf = \(\frac{\text { Distance moved by the substance from baseline }(\mathrm{x})}{\text { Distance moved by the solvent from baseline }(\mathrm{y})}\)

The spots of colored compounds are visible on TLC plate due to their original color. The colorless compounds are viewed under UV light or in another method using iodine crystals or by using an appropriate reagent.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Pdf Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Solutions Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

11th Chemistry Guide Chemical Bonding Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Textbook Evaluation:

I. Choose the best answer:

Question 1.
In which of the following compound does the central atom obey the octet rule?
a) XeF4
b) AlCl3
c) SF6
d) SCl2
Answer:
d) SCl2

Question 2.
In the molecule OA = C = OB, the formal charge on OA, C and OB are respectively.
a) -1, 0, +1
b) +1, 0, -1
c) -2, 0, +2
d) 0, 0, 0
Answer:
d) 0, 0, 0

Question 3.
Which of the following is electron deficient?
a) PH3
b) (CH3)2
c) BH3
d) NH3
Answer:
c) BH3

Question 4.
Which of the following molecule contain no π bond?
a) SO2
b) NO2
c) CO2
d) H2O
Answer:
d) H2O

Question 5.
The ratio of number of sigma (σ) bond and pi (π) bonds in 2 – butynal is
a) 8/3
b) 5/3
c) 8/2
d) 9/2
Answer:
a) 8/3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 6.
Which one of the following is the likely bond angles of sulphur tetrafluo-ride molecule?
a) 120°, 80°
b) 109°28’
c) 90°
d) 89°, 117°
Answer:
d) 89°, 117°

Question 7.
Assertion:
Oxygen molecule is paramagnetic.
Reason :
It has two unpaired electron in its bonding molecular orbital
a) both assertion and reason are true and reason is the correct explanation of assertion.
b) both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
c) assertion is true but reason is false.
d) both assertion and reason are false.
Answer:
c) assertion is true but reason is false.

Question 8.
According to Valence bond theory, a bond between two atoms is formed when
a) fully filled atomic orbitals overlap
b) half filled atomic orbitals overlap
c) non – bonding atomic orbitals overlap
d) empty atomic orbitals overlap
Answer:
b) half filled atomic orbitals overlap

Question 9.
In ClF3, NF3 and BF3 molecules the chlorine, nitrogen and boron atoms are
a) sp3 hybridised
b) sp3, sp3 and sp2 respectively
c) sp3 hybridised
d) sp3d, sp3 and sp hybridised respectively
Answer:
d) sp3d, sp3 and sp hybridised respectively

Question 10.
When one s and three p orbitals hybridise,
a) four equivalent orbitals at 90° to each other will be formed
b) four equivalent orbitals at 109°28’ to each other will be formed
c) four equivalent orbitals, that are lying the same plane will be formed
d) none of these
Answer:
b) four equivalent orbitals at 109°28’ to each other will be formed

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 11.
Which of these represents the correct order of their increasing bond order.
a) C2+ < C22- < O22- < O2
b) C22- < C2+ < O2 < O22-
c) O22- < O2 < C22- < C2+
d) O22- < C2+ < O2 < C22-
Answer:
d) O22- < C2+ < O2 < C22-

Question 12.
Hybridisation of central atom in PCl5 involves the mixing of orbitals.
a) s, Px, Py, dx2, dx2 – y2
b) s, px, py, pxy, dx2 – y2
c) s, px, py, pz, dx2 – y2
d) s, px, Py, dxy, dx2 – y2
Answer:
c) s, px, py, pz, dx2 – y2

Question 13.
The correct order of O – O bond length in hydrogen peroxide, ozone and oxygen is
a) H2O2 > O3 > O2
b) O2 > O3 > H2O2
c) O2 > H2O2 > O3
d) O3 > O2 > H2O2
Answer:
b) O2 > O3 > H2O2

Question 14.
Which one of the following is diamagnetic?
a) O2
b) O22-
c) O2+
d) None of these
Answer:
b) O22-

Question 15.
Bond order of a species is 2.5 and the number of electrons in its bonding molecular orbital is formed to be 8. The no. of electrons in its antibonding molecular orbital is
a) three
b) four
c) Zero
d) can not be calculated from the given information
Answer:
a) three

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 16.
Shape and hybridisation of IF5 are
a) Trigonal bipyramidal, sp3d2
b) Trigonal bipyramidal, sp3d
c) Square pyramidal, sp3d2
d) Octahedral, sp3d2
Answer:
c) Square pyramidal, sp3d2

Question 17.
Pick out the incorrect statement from the following:
a) sp3 hybrid orbitals are equivalent and are at an angle of 109°28’ with each other
b) dsp2 hybrid orbitals are equivalent and bond angle between any two of them is 90°
c) All five sp3d hybrid orbitals are not equivalent out of these five sp3d hybrid orbitals, three are at an angle of 120° remaining two are perpendicular to the plane containing the other three
d) none of these
Answer:
c) All five sp3d hybrid orbitals are not equivalent out of these five sp3d hybrid orbitals, three are at an angle of 120° remaining two are perpendicular to the plane containing the other three

Question 18.
The molecules having same hybridisation, shape and number of lone pairs of electrons are
a) SeF4, XeO2F2
b) SF4, XeF2
c) XeOF4, TeF4
d) SeCl4, XeF4
Answer:
a) SeF4, XeO2F2

Question 19.
In which of the following molecules / ions BF3, NO2 H20 the central atom is sp2 hybridised?
a) NH2 and H2O
b) NO2 and H2O
c) BF3 and NO2
d) BF3 and NH2
Answer:
c) BF3 and NO2

Question 20.
Some of the following properties of two species, NO3 and H3O+ are described below. Which one of them is correct?
a) dissimilar in hybridisation for the central atom with different structure
b) isostructural with same hybridisation for the central atom.
c) different hybridisation for the central atom with same structure.
d) none of these
Answer:
a) dissimilar in hybridisation for the central atom with different structure

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 21.
The types of hybridisation on the five-carbon atom from right to left in the, 2,3 pentadiene.
a) sp3, sp2, sp, sp2, sp3
b) sp3, sp, sp, sp, sp3
c) sp2, sp, sp2, sp2, sp3
d) sp3, sp3, sp2, sp3, sp3
Answer:
a) sp3, sp2, sp, sp2, sp3

Question 22.
XeF2 is isostructural with
a) SbCl2
b) BaCl2
c) TeF2
d) ICl2
Answer:
d) ICl2

Question 23.
The percentage of s-character of the hybrid orbitals in methane, ethane, ethene, and ethyne are respectively
a) 25, 25, 33.3, 50
b) 50, 50, 33.3, 25
c) 50, 25, 33.3, 50
d) 50, 25, 25, 50
Answer:
a) 25, 25, 33.3, 50

Question 24.
Of the following molecules, which have shape similar to carbondioxide?
a) SnCl2
b) NO2
c) C2H2
d) All of these
Answer:
c) C2H2

Question 25.
According to VSEPR theory, the repulsion between different parts of electrons obey the order
a) 1. p – 1. p > b. p – b. p > 1. p – b. p
b) b. p – b. p > b. p – 1. p > 1. p – b. p
c) 1. p – 1. p > b. p – 1. p > b. p – b. p
d) b. p – b. p > 1. p – 1. p > b. p – 1. p
Answer:
c) 1. p – 1. p > b. p – 1. p > b. p – b. p

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 26.
Shape of ClF3 is
a) Planar triangular
b) Pyramidal
c) “T” Shaped
d) none of these
Answer:
c) “T” Shaped

Question 27.
Non – Zero dipole moment is shown by
a) CO2
b) p – dichlorobenzene
c) carbontetrachloride
d) water
Answer:
d) water

Question 28.
Which of the following conditions is not correct for resonating structures?
a) the contributing structure must have the same number of unpaired electrons
b) the contributing structures should have similar energies
c) the resonance hybrid should have higher energy than any of the contributing structure.
d) none of these
Answer:
c) the resonance hybrid should have higher energy than any of the contributing structure.

Question 29.
Among the following, the compound that contains, ionic, covalent, and Coordinate linkage is
a) NH4Cl
b) NH3
c) NaCl
d) none of these
Answer:
a) NH4Cl

Question 30.
CaO and NaCl have the same crystal structure and approximately the same radii. If U is the lattice energy of NaCl, the approximate lattice energy of CaO is
a) U
b) 2U
c) U /2
d) 4U
Answer:
d) 4U

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

II. Write brief answer to the following questions:

Question 31.
Define the following:
i) Bond order
ii) Hybridisation
iii) σ – bond
Answer:
i) Bond order:
The number of bonds formed between the two bonded atoms in a molecule is called the bond order.

ii) Hybridisation:
Hybridisation is the process of mixing of atomic orbitals of the same atom with comparable energy to form an equal number of new equivalent orbitals with the same energy.

iii) σ – bond:
When two atomic orbitals overlap linearly along the axis, the resultant bond is called a sigma (σ) bond.

Question 32.
What is a pi – bond?
Answer:
When two atomic orbitals overlaps sideways, the resultant covalent bond is called a pi (π) bond. When we consider x – axis as molecular axis, the py – py and pz – pz overlaps will result in the formation of a π – bond.

Question 33.
In CH4, NH3 and H2O, the central atom undergoes sp3 hybridization – yet their bond angles are different. Why?
Answer:
According to VSEPR theory, as H2O has two lone pairs so it repels the bond pairs much more and makes bond angle shorter of 104.5 degrees, and as NH3 has one lone pair that repels the three bond pairs but not much effectively and strongly as two lone pairs of water repel one bond pair.

So the bond angle between Hydrogen atom of ammonia is 107.5 greater than that of water. Similarly, methane molecule have no lone pair and bond pair repels each other with the equal bond angle between two adjacent hydrogen atoms becomes 109°.28′.

Question 34.
Explain Sp2 hybridization in BF3.
Answer:
Consider boron trifluoride molecule. The valence shell electronic configuration of boron atom is [He]2s2 2p1.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 2

In the ground state boron has only one unpaired electron in the valence shell. In order to form three covalent bonds with fluorine atoms, three unpaired electrons are required. To achieve this, one of the paired electrons in the 2s orbital is promoted to the 2py orbital in the excite state. In boron, the s orbital and two p orbitals (px and py) in the valence shell hybridises, to generate three equivalent sp2 orbitals as shown in the Figure. These three orbitals lie in the same xy plane and the angle between any two orbitals is equal to 120°.

Overlap with 2pz orbitals of flourine:
The three sp2 hybridised orbitals of boron now overlap with the 2pz orbitals of fluorine (3 atoms). This overlap takes place along the axis as shown below.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 35.
Draw the M.O diagram for oxygen molecule calculate its bond order and show that O2 is paramagnetic.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 4
Electronic configuration of O atom:
1s2 2s2 2p4

Electronic configuration of O2 molecule:
σ1s2, σ1s*2, σ2s2, σ2s*2, σ2px2, π2py2 π2pz2 π2py*1 π2pz*1

Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}\)
= \(\frac{10-6}{2}\) = 2
Molecule has two unpaired electrons hence it is paramagnetic.

Question 36.
Draw MO diagram of CO and calculate its bond order.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 5

Bonding in some hetero nuclear di-atomic molecules:
Molecular orbital diagram of Carbon monoxide molecule (CO)
Electronic configuration of C atom: 1s2 2s2 2p2
Electronic configuration of O atom: 1s2 2s2 2p4
Electronic configuration of CO molecule :
σ1s2, σ1s*2, σ2s2, σ2s*2, π2py2, π2pz2 σ2px2

Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}\)
= \(\frac{10-4}{2}\)
= 3
Molecule has no unpaired electrons hence it is diamagnetic.

Question 37.
What do you understand by Linear combination of atomic orbitals in MO theory?
Answer:
The wave functions for the molecular orbitals can be obtained by solving Schrodinger wave equation for the molecule. Since solving the Schrodinger equation is too complex, approximation methods are used to obtain the wave function for molecular orbitals. The most common method is the linear combination of atomic orbitals (LCAO).

We know that the atomic orbitals are represented by the wave function ψ. Let us consider two atomic orbitals represented by the wave function ψA and ψB with comparable energy, combines to form two molecular orbitals. One is bonding molecular orbital(ψbonding) and the other is antibonding molecular orbital (ψantibonding) The wave functions for these two molecular orbitals can be obtained by the linear combination of the atomic orbitals ψA and ψB as below,

ψbonding = ψA + ψB;
ψantibonding = ψA – ψB

The formation of bonding molecular orbital can be considered as the result of constructive interference of the atomic orbitals and the formation of anti-bonding molecular orbital can be the result of the destructive interference of the atomic orbitals. The formation of the two molecular orbitals from two is orbitals is shown below.

Constructive interaction:
The two 1s orbitals are in phase and have the same sign,
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 6

Destructive interaction:
The two orbitals are out phase
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 7

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 38.
Discuss the formation of N2 molecule using MO theory.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 8
Molecular orbital diagram of nitrogen molecule (N2)
Electronic configuration of N atom 1s2 2s2 2p3
Electronic configuration of N2 molecule:
σ1s2, σ1s*2, σ2s2, σ2s*2, π2py2, π2pz2 σ2px2
Bondorder = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}\)
= \(\frac{10-4}{2}\) = 3
Molecule has no unpaired electrons hence it is diamagnetic.

Question 39.
What is dipole moment?
Answer:
The polarity of a covalent bond can be measured in terms of dipole moment which is defined as
μ = q × 2d
Where μ is the dipole moment, q is the charge and 2d is the distance between the two charges. The dipole moment is a vector and the direction of the dipole moment vector points from the negative charge to positive charge.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 9
representation of dipole

The unit of dipole moment is coloumb meter (C m). It is usually expressed in Debye unit (d). The conversion factor is 1 Debye = 3.336 × 10-30 C m.

Question 40.
Linear form of carbondioxide molecule has two polar bonds. Yet the molecule has Zero dipole moment. Why?
Answer:
The linear form of carbon dioxide has zero dipole moment, even though it has two polar bonds. In CO2, the dipole moments of two polar bonds (CO) are equal in magnitude but have opposite direction. Hence, the net dipole moment of the CO2 is,
μ = μ1 + μ2 = μ1 + (-μ1) = 0
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 10

Question 41.
Draw the Lewis structures for the following species.
(i) NO3
(ii) SO42-
(iii) HNO3
(iv) O3
Answer:
(i) NO3
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 12

(ii) SO42-
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 13

(iii) HNO3
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 11

(iv) O3
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 14

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 42.
Explain the bond formation if BeCl2 and MgCl2.
Answer:
Bond formation of BeCl2:
Be = 4;
Electronic configuration of Be atom is = 1s2 2s2
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 15

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 16
Bond formation of MgCl2:
Mg (Z = 12), 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 it loses two of its valence electron and became Mg2+ with inert gas configuration Neon.
The chlorine accept one electron in its valence shell and because Cl ion with Ar electron configuration.
Mg + Cl2 → Mg2+ + 2 Cl → MgCl2
Magnesium cation and two chlorides are attracted by strong electro static force to form MgCl2 crystals.
Mg = 12,
Electronic configuration: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2
Mg+2:
Electronic configuration: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s0
Cl = 17, 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5
Cl:
Electronic configuration: 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 17

Question 43.
Which bond is stronger σ or π? Why?
Answer:
σ bond is stronger than π bond. A sigma bond is formed by head on overlapping of orbital is more effective. Hence it is stronger bond. But pi bonds are formed by sidewise overlapping of orbitals. The sidewise overlapping of orbitals is less effective than head on overlapping. Hence it is a weaker bond.

Question 44.
Define bond energy.
Answer:
The bond enthalpy is defined as the minimum amount of energy required to break one mole of a particular bond in molecules in their gaseous state. The unit of bond enthalpy is kJ mol-1.

Question 45.
Hydrogen gas is diatomic where as inert gases are monoatomic – Explain on the basis of MO theory.
Answer:
The molecular orbital electronic configuration of hydrogen molecule is (σ1s2). The molecular orbital energy level diagram of H2 molecule is given in
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 18
Here, N2 = 2, Na = 0
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{2-0}{2}\) = 1

He2: σ1s2 σ1s*2
The molecular orbital energy level diagram of He2 (hypothetical) is given in
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 19

Here, Nb = 2 and Na = 2
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{2-2}{2}\) = 0

As the bond order for He2 comes out to formed between two hydrogen atoms. But as the bond order of helium is zero, there is no bond between helium atoms and hence it is mono atomic.

Result:
As the bond order of H2 molecule is one, it is diatomic and a single bond is formed between two hydrogen atoms. But as the bond order of helium is zero, there is no bond between helium atoms and hence it is mono atomic.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 46.
What is the Polar Covalent bond? Explain with example.
Answer:
Polar covalent bond is a chemical bond in which the electrons required to form a bond is unequally shared between two atoms. The atom which is more electronegative attracts more electrons from the bonded pair than the other atom. As a result there is a slight separation of charges in a molecule in which more electronegative atom (comparatively) carries a slight negative charge and less electronegative atom carries a positive charge. The bonds formed between two atoms have a permanent electric dipole.

In water (H2O) molecule, covalent bond exists between Hydrogen and Oxygen. Being more electronegative Oxygen carries negative charge and Hydrogen carries positive charge. In a water molecule Oxygen carries negative charge (anionic in nature) and hydrogen’s carries positive charge (cationic in nature) which forms a polar covalent bond. The size of an oxygen atom is comparatively higher than a hydrogen atom, hence it polarizes the molecule towards itself i.e., it attracts shared pair of bonding electrons towards itself and makes the bond to be more polarized. Hydrogen which is comparatively a small sized cation makes the bond to be polarized better.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 20

Question 47.
considering x-axis as molecular axis which out of the following will form a sigma bond.
i) 1s and 2py
ii) 2px and 2py
iii) 2px and 2pz
iv) 1s and 2pz
Answer:
i) 1s and 2py: No sigma bond
ii) 2px and 2py: sigma bond
iii) 2px and 2pz: No sigma bond
iv) 1s and 2pz: No sigma bond

Question 48.
Explain resonance with reference to carbonate ion.
Answer:
It is evident from the experimental results that all carbon – oxygen bonds in carbonate ions are equivalent. The actual structure of the molecules is said to be resonance hybrid, an average of these three resonance forms. It is important to note that carbonate ion does not change from one structure to another and vice versa. is not possible to picturise the reasonance hybrid by drawing a single Lewis structure. However, the following structure gives a qualitative idea about the correct structure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 21

(b) Resonance structure of CO32-:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 22

Resonance Hybrid structure of CO32-:
It is found that the energy of the resonance hybrid (structure 4) is lower than that of all possible canonical structures (Structure 1, 2 & 3). The difference in energy between structure 1 or 2 or 3, (most stable canonical structure) and structure 4 (resonance hybrid) is called resonance energy.

Question 49.
Explain the bond formation in ethylene and acetylene.
Answer:
Bonding in ethylene:
The bonding in ethylene can be explained using hybridization concept. The molecular formula of ethylene is C2H4. The valency of carbon is 4. The electronic configuration of valence shell of carbon in ground state is [He] 2s2 2px1 2py1 2pz0. To satisfy the valency of carbon promote an electron from 2s orbital to 2pz orbital in the excited state.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 23

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 24

In ethylene both the carbon atoms undergoes sp2 hybridisation involving 2s, 2px, and 2py, orbitals, resulting in three equivalent sp2 hybridised orbitals lying in the xy plane at an angle of 120° to each other. The unhybridised 2pz orbital lies perpendicular to the xy plane.

Formation of sigma bond:
One of the sp2 hybridised orbitals of each carbon lying on the molecular axis (x-axis) linearly overlaps with each other resulting in the formation a C-C sigma bond. Other two sp2 hybridised orbitals of both carbons linearly overlap with the four is orbitals of four hydrogen atoms leading to the formation of two C-H sigma bonds on each carbon.

Formation of sigma bond:
The unhybridized 2pz orbital of both carbon atoms can overlap only sideways as they are not in the molecular axis. This lateral overlap results in the formation of a pi bond between the two carbon atoms as shown in the figure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 25

Bonding in acetylene :

Similar to ethylene, the bonding in acetylene can also be explained using hybridisation concept. The molecular formula of acetylene is C2H2. The electronic configuration of valence shell of carbon in ground state is [He] 2s2 2px1 2py1 2pz0. To satisfy the valency of carbon promote an electron from 2s orbital to 2pz orbital in the excited state.

In acetylene molecule, both the carbon atoms are in sp hybridized state. The 2s and 2px orbitals, resulting in two equivalent sp hybridized orbitals lying in a straight line along the molecular axis (x-axis). The unhybridized 2py and 2pz orbitals lie perpendicular to the molecular axis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 26

Formation of sigma bond:
One of the two sp hybridized orbitals of each carbon lineraly overlaps with each other resulting in the formation a C – C sigma bond. The other sp hybridized orbitals of both carbons linearly overlap with the two 1s orbitals of two hydrogen atoms leading to the formation of one C – H sigma bonds on each carbon.

Formation of pi bond :
The unhybridized 2py and 2pz orbitals of each carbon overlap sideways. This lateral overlap results in the formation of two pi bonds (py – py and pz – pz) between the two carbon atoms as shown in the figure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 27

Question 50.
What type of hybridisations are possible in the following geometries?
a) octahedral b) tetrahedral c) square planar
Answer:
a) octahedral: sp3d2
b) tetrahedral: sp3
c) square planar: dsp2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 51.
Explain VSEPR theory. Applying this theory to predict the shapes of IF7 and SF6.
Answer:
Lewis concept of structure of molecules deals with the relative position of atoms in the molecules and sharing of electron pairs between them. However, we cannot predict the shape of the molecule using Lewis concept. Lewis theory in combination with VSEPR theory will be useful in predicting the shape of molecules.

IF7:
Iodine has 7 valence electrons in the valence shell. In excited state it has 6 valency electrons by 1st and 2nd excited state & under sp3d2, hybridization and combines with 7 Fluorine to get pentagonal bipyramidal shape. There are no lone pairs.
I = ns2 np5 nd0
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 29

SF6:
Sulphar attain six valence electron in 1st and 2nd excited states undergoes sp3d2 hybridization and combines with six ‘F’ atoms, as there no lone pair electrons it geometry in octahedral.
S = 16 = ns2 np4 nd0
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 28

Question 52.
CO2 and H2O both are triatomic molecule but their dipole moment values are different. Why?
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 30
Sum of the dipole moment are cancelled.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 31
Water is ‘v’ shape sum of the dipole moments are not equal to zero.

Question 53.
Which one of the following has highest bond order?
(i) N2
(ii) N2+
(iii) N2
Answer:
(i) N2
N2 = 14
σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2 σ2s*2 π2py2 π2pz2 π2px2
Bond order = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3

(ii) N2+
σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2 σ2s*2 π2py2 π2pz2 π2px1
Bond order = \(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2.5

(iii) N2
σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2 σ2s*2 π2py2 π2pz2 π2px*1
Bond order = \(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2.5
The highest bond order is N2

Question 54.
Explain the covalent character in ionic bond.
Answer:
Like the partial ionic character in covalent compounds, ionic compounds show partial covalent character. For example, the ionic compound, lithium chloride shows covalent character and is soluble in organic solvents such as ethanol.

The partial covalent character in ionic compounds can be explained on the basis of a phenomenon called polarisation. We know that in an ionic compound, there is an electrostatic attractive force between the cation and anion. The positively charged cation attracts the valence electrons of anion while repelling the nucleus.

This causes a distortion in the electron cloud of the anion and its electron density shift towards the cation, which results in some sharing of the valence electrons between these ions. Thus, a partial covalent character is developed between them. This phenomenon is called polarisation.

The ability of a cation to polarise an anion is called its polarising ability and the tendency of an anion to get polarised is called its polarisability.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 55.
Describe Fajan’s rule.
Answer:
(i) To show greater covalent character, both the cation and anion should have high charge on them. Higher the positive charge on the cation, greater will be the attraction on the electron cloud of the anion. Similarly higher the magnitude of negative charge on the anion, greater is its polarisabiity. Hence, the increase in charge on cation or in anion increases the covalent character.

Let us consider three ionic compounds aluminum chloride, magnesium chloride and sodium chloride. Since the charge of the cation increase in the order Na+ < Mg2+ <Al3+ the covalent character also follows the same order NaCl < MgCl2 < AlCl3.

(ii) The smaller cation and larger anion show greater covalent character due to the greater extent of polarisation. Lithium chloride is more covalent than sodium chloride. The size of Li+ is smaller than Na+ and hence the polarizing power of Li+ is more. Lithium iodide is more covalent than lithium chloride as the size of I is larger than the Cl. Hence I will be more polarized than Cl by the cation, Li+.

(iii) Cations having ns2 np6 nd10 configuration show greater polarizing power than the cations with ns2 np6 configuration. Hence, they show greater covalent character. CuCl is more covalent than NaCl. Compared to Na+ (1.13 Å). Cu+(0.6 Å) is small and have 3s2 3p6 3d10 configuration.
Electronic configuration of Cu+: [Ar] 3s2, 3p6, 3d10
Electronic Configuration of Na+: [He] 2s2, 2p6.

11th Chemistry Guide Chemical Bonding Additional Questions and Answers

I. Choose the best answer:

Question 1.
Which among the following elements has the tendency to form covalent compounds?
a) Ba
b) Be
c) Mg
d) Ca
Answer:
b) Be

Question 2.
The valency of C in CO32- is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) -3
Answer:
c) 4

Question 3.
Two elements X and Y have following electronic configurations
X = 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p6 4s2
Y = 1s2 2s2 2p6 3s2 3p5
The expressed compound formed by combination of X and Y will be expressed as
a) X2
b) X5Y2
c) X2Y5
d) XY5
Answer:
a) X2

Question 4.
Lattice energy of an ionic compound depends upon:
a) Charge on the ions only
b) Size of the ions only
c) Packing of the ions only
d) Charge and size of the ion
Answer:
d) Charge and size of the ion

Question 5.
If the cyanide ion, the formal negative charge is on
a) C
b) N
c) Both C and N
d) Resonate between C and N
Answer:
b) N

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 6.
The formal charge of the O – atoms in the ion Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 32 is
a) -2
b) + 1
c) – 1
d) 0
Answer:
d) 0

Question 7.
A compound with the maximum ionic character is formed from
a) Na and F
b) Cs and F
c) Cs and I
d) Na and Cl
Answer:
b) Cs and F

Question 8.
Which of the following has the highest ionic character?
a) MgCl2
b) CaCl2
c) BaCl2
d) BeCl2
Answer:
c) BaCl2

Question 9.
Which of the following compounds has the maximum covalent nature?
a) LiCl
b) NaCl
c) KCl
d) CsCl
Answer:
a) LiCl

Question 10.
Among the following the maximum covalent character is shown by the compound
a) FeCl2
b) SnCl2
c) AlCl3
d) MgCl2
Answer:
c) AlCl3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 11.
Polarization is the distortion of the shape of an anion by an adjacently placed cation. Which of the following statements is correct?
a) maximum polarization is brought about by a cation of high charge
b) Minimum polarization is brought about by a cation of low radius
c) A large cation is likely to bring about a large degree of polarization
d) A small anion is likely to undergo a large degree of polarization
Answer:
a) maximum polarization is brought about by a cation of high charge

Question 12.
Which of the following Lewis structure does not contribute in resonance?

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 33
a) I
b) II
c) III
d) IV
Answer:
b) II

Question 13.
Point out incorrect statement about resonance
a) Resonance structures should have equal energy
b) In resonance structures, the constituent atoms should be in the same position
c) In resonance structures, there should not be the same number of electron pairs
d) Resonance structures should differ only in the location of electrons around the constituent atoms
Answer:
c) In resonance structures, there should not be the same number of electron pairs

Question 14.
A diatomic molecule has dipole moment of 1.2 D. If the bond distance is 1 Å. What percentage of electronic charge exists on each atom?
a) 12 % of e
b) 19 % of e
c) 25 % of e
d) 29 % of e
Answer:
c) 25 % of e

Question 15.
The electronegativity difference between two atoms A and B is 2, then percentage of covalent character in the molecule is
a) 54 %
b) 46 %
c) 23 %
d) 72 %
Answer:
a) 54 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 16.
The electronegativity of H and Cl are 2.1 and 3.0 respectively. The correct statement (s) about the nature of HCl is/are:
a) 17 % ionic
b) 83 % ionic
c) 50 % ionic
d) 100 % ionic
Answer:
a) 17 % ionic

Question 17.
For the formation of covalent bond, the difference in the value of electronegativities should be
a) Equal to or less than 1.7
b) More than 1.7
c) 1.7 or more
d) None of these
Answer:
a) Equal to or less than 1.7

Question 18.
Pick out the molecule which has zero dipole moment
a) NH3
b) H2O
c) BCl3
d) SO2
Answer:
c) BCl3

Question 19.
The dipole moment of HBr is 1.6 × 10-30 cm and interatomic spacing is 1 Å. The % ionic character of HBr is
a) 7
b) 10
c) 15
d) 27
Answer:
b) 10

Question 20.
In a polar molecule, the ionic charge is 4.8 × 10-10 esu. If the inter ionic distance is 1 Å unit, then the dipole moment is
a) 41.8 debye
b) 4.18 debye
c) 4.8 debye
d) 0.48 debye
Answer:
c) 4.8 debye

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 21.
Of the following molecules, the one, which has permanent dipole moment is:
a) SiF4
b) BF3
c) PF3
d) PF5
Answer:
c) PF3

Question 22.
Increasing order of dipole moment is:
a) CF4 < NH3 < NF3 < H2O
b) CF4 < NH3 < H2O < NF3
c) CF4 < NF3 < H2O < NH3
d) CF4 < NF3 < NH3 < H2O
Answer:
d) CF4 < NF3 < NH3 < H2O

Question 23.
The correct sequence of dipole moments among the chlorides of methane is
a) CHCl3 < CH2Cl2 > CH3Cl > CCl4
b) CH2Cl2 > CH3Cl > CHCl3 > CCl4
c) CH3Cl > CH2Cl2 > CHCl3 > CCl4
d) CH2Cl2 > CHCl3 > CH3Cl > CCl4
Answer:
c) CH3Cl > CH2Cl2 > CHCl3 > CCl4

Question 24.
Which of the following has been arranged in order of decreasing dipole moment?
a) CH3Cl > CH3F > CH3Br > CH3I
b) CH3F > CH3Cl > CH3Br > CH3I
c) CH3Cl > CH3Br > CH3I > CH3F
d) CH3F > CH3Cl > CH3I > CH3Br
Answer:
a) CH3Cl > CH3F > CH3Br > CH3I

Question 25.
Which of the following has the least dipole moment?
a) NF3
b) CO2
c) SO2
d) NH3
Answer:
b) CO2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 26.
Among the following compounds, the one that is polar and has central atom with sp2 hybridization is
a) H2CO3
b) SiF4
c) BF3
d) HClO2
Answer:
a) H2CO3

Question 27.
Which of the following will provide the most efficient overlap?
a) s – s
b) s – p
c) sp2 – sp2
d) sp – sp
Answer:
d) sp – sp

Question 28.
The number and type of bonds between two carbon atoms in CaC2 are:
a) one sigma (σ) and one pi (π) bonds
b) one sigma (σ) and two pi (π) bonds
c) one sigma (σ) and one half pi (π) bonds
d) one sigma (σ) bond
Answer:
b) one sigma (σ) and two pi (π) bonds

Question 29.
Which is not true according to VBT?
a) A covalent bond is formed by the overlapping of orbitals with unpaired electrons of opposite spins
b) A covalent bond is formed by the overlapping of orbitals with unpaired electrons of same spins
c) The greater the extent of overlapping the stronger is the bond
d) Overlapping takes place only in the direction of maximum electron density of the orbital
Answer:
b) A covalent bond is formed by the overlapping of orbitals with unpaired electrons of same spins

Question 30.
The hybridization of carbon atoms in C – C single bond of H – C ≡ C = CH = CH2 is
a) sp3 – sp3
b) sp2 – sp
c) sp – sp2
d) sp3 – sp
Answer:
b) sp2 – sp

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 31.
The bond in the formation of fluorine molecule will be
a) Due to s – s overlapping
b) Due to s – p overlapping
c) Due to p – p overlapping
d) Due to hybridization
Answer:
c) Due to p – p overlapping

Question 32.
Which of the following overlaps gives a a bond with x as internuclear axis?
a) Pz and Pz
b) s and pz
c) s and Px
d) dx2 – y2 and dx2 – y2
Answer:
c) s and Px

Question 33.
The strength of bonds by overlapping of atomic orbitals is in the order
a) s – s > s – p > p – p
b) s – s < p – p < s – p
c) s – p < s – s < p – p
d) p – p < s – s < s – p
Answer:
a) s – s > s – p > p – p

Question 34.
Which cannot be explained by VBT?
a) Overlapping
b) Bond formation
c) Paramagnetic nature of oxygen
d) Shapes of molecules
Answer:
c) Paramagnetic nature of oxygen

Question 35.
The structure of IF7 is
a) square pyramidal
b) trigonal bipyramidal
c) octahedral
d) pentagonal bipyramidal
Answer:
d) pentagonal bipyramidal

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 36.
The structure of XeOF4 is
a) tetrahedral
b) square pyramidal
c) square planner
d) octahedral
Answer:
b) square pyramidal

Question 37.
The molecule that has linear structure is :
a) CO2
b) NO2
c) SO2
d) SiO2
Answer:
a) CO2

Question 38.
The molecule which has pyramidal shape is:
a) PCl5
b) SO3
c) CO32-
d) NO3
Answer:
a) PCl5

Question 39.
The type of hybrid orbitals used by the chlorine atom in ClO2
a) sp3
b) sp2
c) sp
d) none of these
Answer:
a) sp3

Question 40.
Which one of the following molecule is planar?
a) NF3
b) NCl3
c) PH3
d) BF3
Answer:
d) BF3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 41.
Which one of the following compounds has sp2 hybridization?
a) CO2
b) SO2
c) NO2+
d) CO
Answer:
b) SO2

Question 42.
Which of the following molecules has trigonal planar geometry?
a) IF3
b) PCl3
c) NH3
d) BF3
Answer:
d) BF3

Question 43.
The percentage s – character of the hybrid orbitals in methane, ethane, and ethyne are respectively
a) 25, 33, 50
b) 25, 50, 75
c) 50, 75, 100
d) 10, 20, 40
Answer:
a) 25, 33, 50

Question 44.
Number of lone pair (s) in XeOF4 is / are
a) 0
b) 1
c) 2
d) 3
Answer:
b) 1

Question 45.
Which of the following molecule contains one pair of non – bonding electrons?
a) CH4
b) NH3
c) H2O
d) HF
Answer:
b) NH3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 46.
If XeF2, XeF4 and XeF6, the number of lone pair of electrons on Xe are respectively.
a) 2, 3, 1
b) 1, 2, 3
c) 4, 1, 2
d) 3, 2, 1
Answer:
d) 3, 2, 1

Question 47.
The shape of XeO2 F2 molecule is
a) Trigonal bipyramidal
b) square planar
c) tetrahedral
d) see – saw
Answer:
d) see – saw

Question 48.
According to MO theory,
a) O2+ is paramagnetic and bond order is greater than O2
b) O2+ is paramagnetic and bond order is less than O2
c) O2+ is diamagnetic and bond order is less than O2
d) O2+ is diamagnetic and bond order is more than O2
Answer:
a) O2+ is paramagnetic and bond order is greater than O2

Question 49.
Bond order of O2, O2+, O2 and O22- is in order
a) O2< O22-  < O2 < O2+
b) O22 < O2 < O2, < O2+
c) O2+ < O2 < O2 < O22-
d) O2, < O2+ < O2 < O22-
Answer:
b) O22 < O2 < O2, < O2+

Question 50.
Which of the following pairs have Identical values of bond order?
a) N2+ and O2+
b) F2 and Ne2
c) O2 and B2
d) C2 and N2
Answer:
a) N2+ and O2+

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 51.
Which of the following is paramagnetic?
a) O2
b) CN
c) CO
d) NO+
Answer:
a) O2

Question 52.
Which of the following compounds is paramagnetic?
a) CO
b) NO
c) O22-
d) O3
Answer:
b) NO

Question 53.
The number of antibonding electron pairs O22- molecular ion on the basis of molecular orbital theory is
a) 4
b) 3
c) 2
d) 5
Answer:
a) 4

Question 54.
The bond length of the species O2, O2+ and O2 if are in the order of
a) O2+ > O2 > O
b) O2+ > O2 > O2
c) O2 > O2+ > O2
d) O2 > O2 > O2+
Answer:
a) O2+ > O2 > O

Question 55.
Which of the following is a zero overlap which leads to non – bonding?
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 34
b) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 35
c) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 36
d) All
Answer:
a) Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 34

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 56.
Identify the least stable ion amongst the following:
a) Li
b) Be
c) B
d) C
Answer:
b) Be

Question 57.
Which of the following molecular species has unpaired electrons(s)?
a) N2
b) F2
c) O2
d) O22-
Answer:
c) O2

Question 58.
Among the following species which has minimum bond length?
a) B2
b) C2
c) F2
d) O2
Answer:
c) F2

Question 59.
The correct order of bond strength is :
a) O2 < O2 < O2+ < O22-
b) O22- < O2 < O2 < O2+
c) O2 < O22- < O2 < O2+
d) O2+ < O2 < O2 < O22-
Answer:
b) O22- < O2 < O2 < O2+

Question 60.
The species having bond order different from that in CO is
a) NO
b) NO+
c) CN
d) N2
Answer:
a) NO

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 61.
Which one of the following species is diamagnetic in nature?
a) He2+
b) H2
c) H2+
d) H2
Answer:
b) H2

Question 62.
Which of the following species exhibits the diamagnetic behavior?
a) O22-
b) O2+
c) O2
d) NO
Answer:
a) O22-

Question 63.
Which one of the following pairs of species have the same bond order?
a) CN and NO+
b) CN and CN+
c) O2 and CN
d) NO+ and CN+
Answer:
b) CN and CN+

Question 64.
Which one is the the electron deficient compound?
a) ICl
b) NH3
c) BCl3
d) PCl3
Answer:
c) BCl3

Question 65.
The number of electrons shared by each outermost shell of N2 is
a) 2
b) 3
c) 4
d) 5
Answer:
b) 3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 66.
Which of the following has zero dipole moment?
a) CH2Cl2
b) CH4
c) NH3
d) PH3
Answer:
b) CH4

Question 67.
Which of the following statement is not correct?
a) Hybridization is the mixing of atomic orbitals prior to their combining into molecular orbitals
b) sp2 hybrid orbitals are formed from two p atomic orbitals and one s atomic orbital.
c) d2sp3 hybrid orbitals are directed towards the corners of a regular octahedron
d) dsp3 hybrid orbitals are all at 90° to one another
Answer:
d) dsp3 hybrid orbitals are all at 90° to one another

Question 68.
Shape of XeF4 molecule is
a) linear
b) pyramidal
c) tetrahedral
d) square planar
Answer:
d) square planar

Question 69.
Which of the following compounds, the one having a linear structure is
a) NH2
b) CH4
c) C2H2
d) H2O
Answer:
c) C2H2

Question 70.
The isoelectronic pair is
a) Cl2, ICl2
b) ICl2, ClO2
c) IF2+, I3
d) ClO2, ClF2+
Answer:
d) ClO2, ClF2+

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 71.
The bond order is maximum in
a) O2
b) O2
c) O2+
d) O22-
Answer:
c) O2+

Question 72.
Which of the following does not exist on the basis of molecular orbital theory?
a) H2+
b) He2+
c) He2
d) Li2
Answer:
c) He2

Question 73.
Which of the following species have maximum number of unpaired electrons?
a) O2
b) O2+
c) O2
d) O22-
Answer:
a) O2

Question 74.
In a polar molecule, the ionic charge is 4.8 × 10-10 esu. If the inter ionic distance is 1 Å unit, then the dipole moment is
a) 41.8 debye
b) 4.18 debye
c) 4.8 debye
d) 0.48 debye
Answer:
c) 4.8 debye

Question 75.
The molecule of CO2 has 180° bond angle. It can be explained on the basis of
a) sp3 hybridisation
b) sp2 hybridisation
c) sp hybridisation
d) d2sp3 hybridisation
Answer:
c) sp hybridisation

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 76.
Which of the following have both polar and non – polar bonds?
a) C2H6
b) NH4Cl
c) HCl
d) AlCl3
Answer:
b) NH4Cl

Question 77.
Blue vitriol has
a) Ionic bond
b) Coordinate bond
c) Hydrogen bond
d) All the above
Answer:
d) All the above

Question 78.
The number of ionic, covalent, and coordinate bond NH4Cl are respectively
a) 1, 3 and 1
b) 1, 3 and 2
c) 1, 2 and 3
d) 1, 1 and 3
Answer:
b) 1, 3 and 2

Question 79.
Which of the following does not contain a coordinate bond?
a) H3O+
b) BF4
c) HF2
d) NH4+
Answer:
c) HF2

Question 80.
Maximum covalent character is associated with the compound
a) NaI
b) MgI2
c) AlCl3
d) AlI3
Answer:
d) AlI3

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 81.
Amongst LiCl, RbCl, BeCl3, and MgCl2 the compounds with the greatest and the least ionic character, respectively, are
a) LiCl and RbCl
b) RbCl and BeCl2
c) RbCl and MgCl2
d) MgCl2 and BeCl2
Answer:
b) RbCl and BeCl2

Question 82.
LiF is least soluble among the fluorides of alkali metals, because
a) smaller size Li+ impart significant covalent character in LiF
b) the hydration energies of Li+ and F are quite higher
c) lattice energy of LiF is quite higher due to the smaller size of Li+ and F
d) LiF has strong polymeric network in solid
Answer:
c) lattice energy of LiF is quite higher due to the smaller size of Li+ and F

Question 83.
The molecule which has zero dipole moment is
a) CH2Cl2
b) BF3
c) NF3
d) ClO2
Answer:
b) BF3

Question 84.
Carbon tetrachloride has no net dipole moment because of
a) Its planar structure
b) Its regular tetrahedral structure
c) similar sizes of carbon and chlorine atoms
d) Similar electron affinities of carbon and chlorine
Answer:
b) Its regular tetrahedral structure

Question 85.
Of the following compounds, which will have a zero dipole moment?
a) 1, 1 dichloroethylene
b) cis – 1,2 dichloroethylene
c) trans – 1,2 dichloroethylene
d) none of these
Answer:
c) trans – 1,2 dichloroethylene

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 86.
Which contains both polar and non – polar bonds?
a) NH 4Cl
b) HCN
c) H2O2
d) CH4
Answer:
c) H2O2

Question 87.
In which of the following species, is the underlined carbon has sp3 hybridisation:
a) CH3COOH
b) CH3CH2OH
c) CH3COCH3
d) CH2 = CH – CH3
Answer:
b) CH3CH2OH

Question 88.
Ration of a and bonds is maximum in
a) naphthalene
b) tetracyano methane
c) enolic form of urea
d) equal
Answer:
c) enolic form of urea

Question 89.
HCN and HNC molecules have equal number of
a) lone pair of σ bonds
b) σ bonds and π bonds
c) π bonds and lone pairs
d) lone pairs, σ bonds, and π bonds
Answer:
d) lone pairs, σ bonds, and π bonds

Question 90.
Allyl cyanide has
a) 9 sigma bonds and 4 pi bonds
b) 9 sigma bonds, 3 pi bonds, and 1 lone pair
c) 8 sigma bonds and 5 pi bonds
d) 8 sigma bonds, 3 pi bonds
Answer:
b) 9 sigma bonds, 3 pi bonds, and 1 lone pair

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 91.
Effective overlapping will be shown by:
a) \(\oplus \Theta+\oplus \Theta\)

b) \(\left(\frac{\oplus}{\Theta}\right)+\left(\frac{\Theta}{\oplus}\right)\)

c) \(\oplus \Theta+\Theta \oplus\)
d) All the above
Answer:
c) \(\oplus \Theta+\Theta \oplus\)

Question 92.
In which of the following pairs, the two species are not Isostructural?
a) CO32- and NO3
b) PCl4+; and SiCl4
c) PF5 and BrF5
d) AlF63- and SF6
Answer:
c) PF5 and BrF5

Question 93.
The hybridization of orbitals of N atom in NO3, NO3+ and NH4+ are respectively.
a) sp, sp2, sp3
b) sp2, sp, sp3
c) sp, sp3, sp2
d) sp2, sp3, sp
Answer:
b) sp2, sp, sp3

Question 94.
On hybridization of one s and one p -orbital we get:
a) two mutually perpendicular orbitals
b) two orbitals at 180°
c) four orbitals directed tetrahedrally
d) three orbitais in a plane
Answer:
b) two orbitals at 180°

Question 95.
A molecule XY2 contains two σ bonds, two π bonds, and one lone pair of electrons in the valence shell of X. The arrangement of lone pair, as well as bond pairs, is
a) Square pyramidal
b) Linear
c) Trigonal planar
d) Unpredictable
Answer:
c) Trigonal planar

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 96.
The maximum number of 90° angles between bond pair of electron is observed in :
a) sp3d2 hybridisation
b) sp3d hybridisation
c) dsp2 hybridisation
d) dsp3 hybridisation
Answer:
a) sp3 d2 hybridisation

Question 97.
Which of the following has a 3 centred 2 electron bond?
a) BF3
b) NH3
c) CO2
d) B2H6
Answer:
d) B2H6

Question 98.
Which has regular tetrahedral geometry?
a) SF4
b) BF4
c) XeF4
d) [Ni(CN)4]2-
Answer:
b) BF4

Question 99.
Which of the following statement is incorrect?
a) During N2+ formation, one electron is removed from the bonding molecular orbital of N2.
b) During O2+ formation, one electron is removed from the anti-bonding molecular orbital of O2.
c) During O2 formation, one electron is added to the bonding molecular orbital of O2
d) During CN formation, one electron is added to the bonding molecular orbital of CN
Answer:
c) During O2 formation, one electron is added to the bonding molecular orbital of O2

Question 100.
Which concept best explains that O – nitrophenol is more volatile than p – nitrophenol?
a) Resonance
b) Hyper conjugation
c) Hydrogen bonding
d) Steric hindrance
Answer:
c) Hydrogen bonding

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

II. Very short question and answers (2 Marks):

Question 1.
State Octet rule.
Answer:
“The atoms transfer or share electrons so that all atoms involved in chemical bonding obtain 8 electrons in their outer shell (valence shell)”.

Question 2.
What is an electrovalent bond?
Answer:
The complete transfer of electron leads to the formation of a cation and an anion. Both these ions are held together by the electrostatic attractive force which is known as ionic bond.

Question 3.
What is covalent bond?
Answer:
This type of mutual sharing of one or more pairs of electrons between two combining atoms results in the formation of a chemical bond called a covalent bond

Question 4.
What is Co-ordinate bond?
Answer:
One of the combining atoms donates a pair of electrons i.e., two electrons which are necessary for the covalent bond formation, and these electrons are shared by both the combining atoms. These type of bonds are called coordinate covalent bond or coordinate bond.

Question 5.
Draw the lewis dot structure of the following.
(i) SO3
(ii) NH3
(iii) N2O5
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 37

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 6.
What is bond length?
Answer:
The distance between the nuclei of the two covalently bonded atoms is called bond length.
Example:
Carbon-carbon single bond length (1.54 Å).

Question 7.
What is bond angle?
Answer:
Covalent bonds are directional in nature and are oriented in specific directions in space. This directional nature creates a fixed angle between two covalent bonds in a molecule and this angle is termed as bond angle.
Example :
Molecule = CH4;
Atoms defining the angle = H-C-H
Bond angle is 109° 28′
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 38

Question 8.
What is resonance?
Answer:
When we write Lewis structures for a molecule, more than one valid Lewis structures are possible in certain cases.
They only differ in the position of bonding and lone pair of electrons. Such structures are called structures (canonical structures) and this phenomenon is called resonance.

Question 9.
Draw the resonance structure of CO32- ion?
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 39

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

III. Short question and answers (3 Marks):

Question 1.
What is dipole moment of a covalent bond in a polar molecule?
Answer:
Dipole moment of a covalent bond in a polar molecule is defined as the product of the magnitude of the charge present on either of the two atoms and the distance by which the two atoms are separated in the molecule. It is a vector quantity and works in the direction of the line joining the positively charged end to the negatively charged end.
The unit of dipole moment is Debye.
Thus 1D = 1 × 10-18 e.s.u.cm.

Question 2.
Distinguish between σ – molecular orbital & π – molecular orbital.
Answer:

σ molecular orbital π molecular orbital
1. It is formed by head on overlapping of atomic orbitals. It is formed by the sidewise overlapping of atomic orbitals.
2. The overlapping of atomic orbital is maximum. The overlapping of atomic orbital is less.
3. The orbital is symmetrical to rotation about the intemuclear axis. The orbital is not symmetrical to rotation about the internuclear axis.
4. The resulting covalent bond is strong. The resulting covalent bond is weak.

Question 3.
Explain formation of H2 molecule by MO theory.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 40

Molecular orbital diagram of hydrogen molecule (H2)
Electronic configuration of H atom 1s1
Electronic configuration of H2 molecule: σ1s2
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{2-0}{2}\) = 1
Molecule has no impaired electrons hence it is dimagnetic.

Question 4.
Explain the formation of Li2 molecule by MOT.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 41

Molecular orbital diagram of Lithium molecule (Li2)
Electronic configuration of Li atom 1s2 2s1
Electronic configuration of Li2 molecule: σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{4-2}{2}\) = 1
Molecule has no impaired electrons hence it is dimagnetic.

Question 5.
Explain the formation of B2 molecule by MOT.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 42

Molecular orbital diagram of Boron molecule (B2)
Electronic configuration of B atom 1s2 2s2 2P1
Electronic configuration of B2 molecule: σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2 σ2s*2 π2py1 π2pz1
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{6-4}{2}\) = 1
Molecule has two unpaired electrons hence it is paramagnetic.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 6.
Explain the formation of C2 molecule by MOT.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 43

Molecular orbital diagram of Carbon molecule (B2)
Electronic configuration of C atom 1s2 2s2 2p1
Electronic configuration of C2 molecule: σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2 σ2s*2 π2py1 π2pz1
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{8-4}{2}\) = 2
Molecule has two unpaired electrons hence it is diamagnetic.

Question 7.
How is σ and π – bond formed?
Answer:
When two atomic orbitals overlap linearly along the axis, the resultant bond is called a sigma (σ) bond. This overlap is also called ‘Tread – on overlap” or “axial overlap”. Overlap involves an orbital (s- s and s – p overlaps) will always result in a sigma bond as the s orbital is spherical. Overlap between two p orbitals along the molecular axis will also result in sigma bond formation. When we consider x-axis as molecular axis, the px – px overlap will result in σ – bond.

When two atomic orbitals overlaps sideways, the resultant covalent bond is called a pi bond. When we consider x – axis as molecular axis, py – py and pz – pz overlap will result in the formation of a π – bond.

Question 8.
Explain Salient features of VB theory?
Answer:
Salient features :

  1. When half filled orbitais of two atoms overlap, a covalent bond will be formed between them.
  2. The resultant overlapping orbital is occupied by the two electrons with opposite spins. For example, when H2 is formed, the two is electrons of two hydrogen atoms get paired up and occupy the overlapped orbital.
  3. The strength of a covalent bond depends upon the extent of overlap of atomic orbitals. Greater the overlap, larger is the energy released and stronger will be the bond formed.
  4. Each atomic orbital has a specific direction (except s-orbital which is spherical) and hence orbital overlap takes place in the direction that maximizes overlap.
  5. Let us explain the covalent bond formation in hydrogen, fluorine, and hydrogen fluoride using VB theory.

Question 9.
How is HF & F2 molecule formed by using VB theory?
Answer:
Formation of HF molecule:
1. Electronic configuration of hydrogen atom is 1s1
2. Valence shell electronic configuration of fluorine atom: 2s2, 2px2, 2py2, 2pz1
3. When half filled 1s orbital of hydrogen linearly overlaps with a half filled 2pz orbital of fluorine, a σ – covalent bond is formed between hydrogen and fluorine.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 44

Formation of fluorine molecule (F2):
1. Valence shell electronic configuration of fluorine atom: 2s2, 2px2, 2Py2 2pz1
2. When the half filled pz orbitals of two fluorine overlaps along the z-axis, a σ – covalent bond is formed between them.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

IV. Long question and answers (5 Marks):

Question 1.
Explain the Postulates of VSEPR theory.
Answer:

  1. The shape of the molecule depends on the number of valence shell electron pair around the central atom.
  2. There are two types of electron pairs namely bond pairs and lone pairs. The bond pair of electrons are those shared between two atoms, while the lone pairs are the valence electron pairs that are not involved in bonding.
  3. Each pair of valence electrons around the central atom repels each other and hence, they are located as far away as possible in three dimensional space to minimize the repulsion between them.
  4. The repulsive interaction between the different types of electron pairs is in the following order.
    1p – 1p > 1p – bp > bp – bp
    1p – lone pair; bp – bond pair
  5. The lone pair of electrons are localised only on the central atom and interacts with only one nucleus whereas the bond pairs are shared between two atoms and they interact with two nuclei.
  6. Because of this lone pairs occupy more space and have greater repulsive power than the bond pairs in a molecule.

Question 2.
Explain the qualitative treatment of VB theory for the formation of H2 molecule.
Answer:
A simple qualitative treatment of VB theory for the formation of hydrogen molecule is discussed below.
Consider a situation where in two hydrogen atoms (Ha and Hb) are separated by infinite distance. At this stage there is no interaction between these two atoms and the potential energy of this system is arbitrarily taken as zero. As these two atoms approach each other, in addition to the electrostatic attractive force between the nucleus and its own electron (purple arrows), the following new forces begins to operate.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 45
VB theory for the formation of hydrogen molecule

The new attractive forces (green arrows) arise between
(i) nucleus of Ha and valence electron of Hb
(ii) nucleus of Hb and the valence electron of Ha.

The new repulsive forces (red arrows) arise between
(i) nucleus of Ha and Hb
(ii) valence electrons of Ha and Hb

The attractive forces tend to bring Ha and Hb together whereas the repulsive forces tends to push them apart. At the initial stage, as the two hydrogen atoms approach each other, the attractive forces are stronger than the repulsive forces and the potential energy decreases. A stage is reached where the net attractive forces are exactly balanced by repulsive forces and the potential energy of the system acquires a minimum energy.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 46

At this stage, there is a maximum overlap between the atomic orbitals of Ha and Hb, and the atoms Ha and Hb are now said to be bonded together by a covalent bond. The internuclear distance at this stage gives the H – H bond length and is equal to 74 pm.

The liberated energy is 436 kJ mol-1 and is known as bond energy. Since the energy is released during the bond formation, the resultant molecule is more stable. If the distance between the two atoms is decreased further, the repulsive forces dominate the attractive forces and the potential energy of the system sharply increases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 3.
Explain hybridization and geometry of BeCl2 molecule.
Answer:
Let us consider the bond formation in beryllium chloride. The valence shell electronic configuration of beryllium in the ground state is shown in the figure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 47
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 48

In BeCl2 both the Be-Cl bonds are equivalent and it was observed that the molecule is linear. VB theory explain this observed behaviour by sp hybridisation. One of the paired electrons in the 2s orbital gets excited to 2p orbital and the electronic configuration at the excited state is shown.

Now, the 2s and 2p orbitals hybridise and produce two equivalent sp hybridised orbitals which have 50% s-character and 50% p-character. These sp hybridised orbitals are oriented in opposite direction as shown in the figure.

Overlap with orbital of chlorine:
Each of the sp hybridized orbitals linearly overlap with pz orbital of the chlorine to form a covalent bond between Be and Cl as shown in the Figure
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 49
sp hybridization of BeCl2

Question 4.
Distinguish between σ – bond and π – bond.
Answer:

Sigma (σ) Bond Pi (π) Bond
1. Sigma (σ) bond is formed by axial overlap of atomic orbitals. Pi (π) bond is formed by the sidewise overlap of atomic orbitals.
2. This bond can be formed by overlap of s-s, s-p or p-p orbitals. It involves of overlap of p-p orbitals only.
3. The bond is strong because, overlapping can take place to a large extent. The bond is weak because the overlapping occurs to a small extent.
4. The electron cloud formed by axial overlap is symmetrical about the inter nuclear axis and consists of single charged cloud. The electron cloud of Pi bond is discontinuous and consists of two changed clouds above and below the plane of atoms.
5. There can be a free rotation of atoms about the σ bond. Free rotation of atoms around π bond is not possible because it involves breaking of π -bond.
6. The bond may be present between the two atoms either alone or along with a π -bond. The bond is always present between the two  atoms along with the sigma (σ) bond.
7. The shape of molecule is determined by the sigma framework around the central atom. The π bonds do not contribute to the shape.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 5.
Explain hybridisation & geometry of methane molecule?
Answer:
sp3 hybridisation can be explained by considering methane as an example. In methane molecule the central carbon atom bound to four hydrogen atoms. The ground state valence shell electronic configuration of carbon is [He]2s2 2px1 2py1 2Pz0.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 50

In order to form four covalent bonds with the four hydrogen atoms, one of the paired electrons in the 2s orbital of
carbon is promoted to its 2pz orbital in the excite state. The one 2s orbital and the three 2p orbitals of carbon mixes to give four equivalent sp3 hybridised orbitals. The angle between any two sp3 hybridised orbitals is 109° 28′.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 51

Overlap with 1s orbitals of hydrogen:
The 1s orbitals of the four hydrogen atoms overlap linearly with the four sp3 hybridised orbitals of carbon to form four C-H σ-bonds in the methane molecule, as shown below.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 52
sp3 hybridization of CH4

Question 6.
Explain hybridization & geometry of PCl5 molecule.
Answer:
In the molecules such as PCl5, the central atom phosphorus is covalently bound to five chlorine atoms. Here the atomic orbitals of phosphorous undergoes sp3d hybridization which involves its one 3s orbital, three 3p orbitals and one vacant 3d orbital (dz2). The ground state electronic configuration of phosphorous is [Ne] 3s2 3px2 3py1 3pz1 as shown below.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 53
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 54

One of the paired electrons in the 3s orbital of phosphorous is promoted to one of its vacant 3d orbital (dz2) in the excite state. One 3s orbital, three 3p orbitals, and one 3dz2. orbital of phosphorus atom mixes to give five equivalent sp3d hybridised orbitals. The orbitals geometry of sp3d hyrbridised orbitals is trigonal bi – pyramidal.

Overlap with 3pz orbitals of chlorine :
The 3pz orbitals of the five chlorine atoms linearly overlap along the axis with the five sp3d hybridized orbitals of phosphorous to form the five P – Cl σ – bonds, as shown below.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 55

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 7.
Explain hybridization & geometry of SF6 molecule.
Answer:
In sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) the central atom sulphur extend its octet to undergo sp3d2 hybridization to generate six sp3d2 hybridized orbitals which accounts for six equivalent S – F bonds. The ground state electronic configuration of sulphur is [Ne] 3s2 3px2, 3py2, 3pz1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 56
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 57

One electron each from 3s orbital and 3p orbital of sulphur is promoted to its two vacant 3d orbitals (dz2 and dx2 – y2) in the excite state. A total of six valence orbitals from sulphur (one 3s orbital, three 3p orbitals, and two 3d orbitals) mixes to give six equivalent sp3d2 hybridized orbitals. The orbital geometry is octahedral as shown in the figure.

Overlap with 2pz orbitals of fluorine:
The six sp3d2 hybridized orbitals of sulphur overlaps linearly with 2pz orbitals of six fluorine atoms to form the six S – F bonds in the sulphur hexafluoride molecule.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 58

Question 8.
Write the postulates of molecular orbital theory.
Answer:

  1. When atoms combines to form molecules, their individual atomic orbitals lose their identity and forms new orbitals called molecule orbitals.
  2. The shapes of molecular orbitals depend upon the shapes of combining atomic orbitals.
  3. The number of molecular orbitals formed is the same as the number of combining atomic orbitals. Half the number of molecular orbitals formed will have lower energy than the corresponding atomic orbital, while the remaining molecular orbitals will have higher energy.
  4. The molecular orbital with lower energy is called bonding molecular orbital and the one with higher energy is called anti-bonding molecular orbital. The bonding molecular orbitals are represented as σ (Sigma), π (pi), δ (delta) and the corresponding antibonding orbitals are denoted as σ*, π* and δ*.
  5. The electrons in a molecule are accommodated in the newly formed molecular orbitals. The filling of electrons in these orbitals follows Aufbau’s principle, Pauli’s exclusion principle, and Hund’s rule as in the case of filling of electrons in atomic orbitals.
  6. Bond order gives the number of covalent bonds between the two combining atoms. The bond order of a molecule can be calculated using the following equation
  7. Bond order = \(\frac{\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{b}}-\mathrm{N}_{\mathrm{a}}}{2}\)
    Where, Nb = Total number of electrons present in the bonding molecular orbitals.
    Na = Total number of electrons present in the antibonding molecular orbitals.
    A bond order of zero value indicates that the molecule doesn’t exist.

Question 9.
Distinguish between molecular orbital & anti bonding molecular orbitals.
Answer:

Bonding molecular orbital Anti-bonding molecular orbital
1. A bonding molecular orbital is formed when the electron waves of combining atoms are in phase, i.e the lobes of atomic orbitals have same sign. An anti-bonding molecular orbital is formed when the electron waves of the combining atoms are not in phase ie the lobes of atomic orbital have opposite sign.
2. For bonding molecular orbital wave function are summed up. For anti-bonding molecular orbital, the wave functions are subtracted.
3. The electron density is centered between the nuclei of the combining atoms. The probability of finding the electron between the nuclei of the combining atom is negligible.
4. The energy of bonding molecular orbital is less than that of the atomic orbitals of the combining atoms. The energy of an antibonding molecular orbital is higher than the atomic orbitals of combining atoms.
5. Electron present in bonding molecular orbital lead to attraction between the atoms and stabilize the molecule. Electrons present in anti-bonding molecular orbitals lead to repulsion between the atoms and destabilize the molecule.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding

Question 10.
Explain the formation of NO by MOT?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Chapter 10 Chemical Bonding 59
Molecular orbital diagram of nitrogen molecule (NO)

Electronic configuration of N atom 1s2 2s2 2p3
Electronic configuration of NO molecule
σ1s2 σ1s*2 σ2s2 σ2s*2 π2py2 π2pz2 σ2px2 π2py*1
Bond order = \(\frac{N_{b}-N_{a}}{2}=\frac{10-5}{2}\) = 2.5
Molecule has one unpaired electrons hence it is paramagnetic.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Guide Book Answers Solutions

Subject Matter Experts at SamacheerKalvi.Guide have created Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Book Answers Solutions Guide Pdf Free Download of Volume 1 and Volume 2 in English Medium and Tamil Medium are part of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Books Solutions.

Let us look at these TN State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Std Physics Guide Pdf of Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes, Chapter Wise Important Questions, Model Question Papers with Answers, Study Material, Question Bank, Formulas and revise our understanding of the subject.

Students can also read Tamil Nadu 11th Physics Model Question Papers 2020-2021 English & Tamil Medium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Book Solutions Answers Guide

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Book Back Answers Solutions Guide Volume 1 and Volume 2.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Book Back Answers

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Book Volume 1 Solutions

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Physics Book Volume 2 Solutions

We hope these Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi Class 11th Physics Book Solutions Answers Guide Volume 1 and Volume 2 Pdf Free Download in English Medium and Tamil Medium will help you get through your subjective questions in the exam.

Let us know if you have any concerns regarding TN State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Standard Physics Guide Pdf Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes, Chapter Wise Important Questions, Model Question Papers with Answers, Study Material, Question Bank, Formulas, drop a comment below and we will get back to you as soon as possible.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Guide Book Answers Solutions

Subject Matter Experts at SamacheerKalvi.Guide have created Tamil Nadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Answers Solutions Guide Pdf Free Download of Volume 1 and Volume 2 in English Medium and Tamil Medium are part of Samacheer Kalvi 11th Books Solutions.

Let us look at these TN State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Std Chemistry Guide Pdf of Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes, Chapter Wise Important Questions, Model Question Papers with Answers, Study Material, Question Bank and revise our understanding of the subject.

Students can also read Tamil Nadu 11th Chemistry Model Question Papers 2020-2021 English & Tamil Medium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Answers Guide

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Back Answers Solutions Guide Volume 1 and Volume 2.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Back Answers

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Volume 1 Solutions

Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi 11th Chemistry Book Volume 2 Solutions

We hope these Tamilnadu State Board Samacheer Kalvi Class 11th Chemistry Book Solutions Answers Guide Volume 1 and Volume 2 Pdf Free Download in English Medium and Tamil Medium will help you get through your subjective questions in the exam.

Let us know if you have any concerns regarding TN State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Standard Chemistry Guide Pdf of Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes, Chapter Wise Important Questions, Model Question Papers with Answers, Study Material, Question Bank, drop a comment below and we will get back to you as soon as possible.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

11th Bio Zoology Guide Body Fluids and Circulation Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
What is the function of lymph?
a. Transport of O2 into brain
b. Transport of CO2 into lungs
c. Bring interstitial fluid in blood
d. Bring RBC and WBC in lymph node
Answer:
c. Bring interstitial fluid in blood

Question 2.
Which one of the following plasma proteins is involved in the coagulation of blood?
a. Globulin
b. Fibrinogen
c. Albumin
d. Serum amylase
Answer:
b. Fibrinogen

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 3.
Which of the following WBCs are found in more numbers?
a. Eosinophil
b. Neutrophil
c. Basophil
d. Monocyte
Answer:
b. Neutrophil

Question 4.
Which of the following is not involved in blood clotting?
a. Fibrin
b. Calcium
c. Platelets
d. Bilirubin
Answer:
d. Bilirubin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 5.
Lymph is colourless because
a. WBC are absent
b. WBC are present
c. Haemoglobin is absent
d. RBC are absent
Answer:
d. RBC are absent

Question 6.
Blood group is due to the presence or absence of surface
a. Antigens on the surface of WBC
b. Antibodies on the surface of RBC
c. Antigens on the surface of RBC
d. Antibodies on the surface of WBC
Answer:
c. Antigens on the surface of RBC

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
A person having both antigen A and antigen B on the surface of RBCs belongs to blood group
a. A
b. B
c. AB
d. O
Answer:
c. AB

Question 8.
Erythroblastosis foetalis is due to the destruction of
a. Foetal RBCs
b. Foetus suffers from atherosclerosis
c. Foetal WBCs
d. Foetus suffers from mianmata
Answer:
a. Foetal RBCs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 9.
Dub sound of heart is caused by
a. Closure of atrio-ventricular valves
b. Opening of semi-lunar valves
c. Closure of semi-lunar values
d. Opening of atrio-ventricular valves.
Answer:

Question 10.
Why is the velocity of blood flow the lowest in the capillaries?
a. The systemic capillaries are supplied by the left ventricle, which has a lower cardiac output than the right ventricle.
b. Capillaries are far from the heart, and blood flow slows as distance from the heart increases.
c. The total surface area of the capillaries is larger than the total surface area of the arterioles.
d. The capillary walls are not thin enough to allow oxygen to exchange with the cells.
e. The diastolic blood pressure is too low to deliver blood to the capillaries at a high flow rate.
Answer:
c. The total surface area of the capillaries is larger than the total surface area of the arterioles.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 11.
An unconscious patient is rushed into the emergency room and needs a fast blood transfusion. Because there is no time to check her medical history or determine her blood type, which type of blood should you as her doctor, give her?
a. A
b. AB
c.  Q+ve
d. O ve
Answer:
d. O ve

Question 12.
Which of these functions could or could not be carried out by a red blood cell?
a. Protein synthesis
b. Cell division
c. Lipid synthesis
d. Active transport
a. Protein synthesis – Red blood cells have no DNA.
b. Cell division – Red blood cells have no nucleus. So do not undergo any mitosis and mesiosis.
c. Lipid synthesis – Red blood contains none of the cellular orgakelles.
d. Active transport – Yes, RBC transport O2 and CO2 with in the cell.
Answer:
d. Active transport – Yes, RBC transport O2 and CO2 with in the cell.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 13.
At the venous end of the capillary bed, the osmotic pressure is
a. Greater than the hydrostatic pressure
b. Result in net outflow of fluids
c. Results in net absorption of fluids
d. No change occurs.
Answer:
a. Greater than the hydrostatic pressure

Question 14.
A patient’s chart reveals that he has a cardiac output of 75G0mL per minute and a stroke volume of 50 mL. What is his pulse rate (in beats/min)
a. 50
b. 100
c. 150
d.400
Answer:
c. 150

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
At any given time there is more blood in the venous system than that of the arterial system. Which of the following features of the veins allows this?
a. relative lack of smooth muscles
b. presence of valves
c. proximity of the veins to lymphatic’s
d. thin endothelial lining
Answer:
b. presence of valves

Question 16.
Distinguish between arteries and veins.
Answer:

Arteries Veins
1. They carry blood away from the heart They carry blood from the parts of the body towards the heart.
2. They lie deep inside the body. They lie on the surface beneath the skin.
3. The walls are thick and non-collapsible They have thinner walls.
4. There are no valves. They have valves.
5. Except for the pulmonary artery all the arteries carry oxygenated blood. Except for the pulmonary vein, all the veins carry deoxygenated blood.
6. Blood pressure is high in the arteries Blood pressure is low in the veins.
7. A small sphincter lies at the junction between the arterioles and capillaries to regulate the blood supply. There is no sphincter muscles

Question 17.
Distinguish between open and closed circulation
Answer:

Open circulation Closed circulation
1. The blood pumps from the heart pass into the coelom through blood vessels. The body cavity is known as haemocoel. The blood pumps from the heart push into the blood vessels.
2. (Eg.) Arthropoda Mollusca (Eg.) Annelida vertebrates

Question 18.
Distinguish between the mitral valve and semilunar valve.
Answer:

Mitral valve Semilunar valve
1. It guards the opening between the left atrium and left ventricle It guards the opening of the pulmonary artery and aorta.
2. It allows the blood to flow from auricle to ventricle It allows the blood to flow from the ventricle to the pulmonary artery and aorta.
3. It prevents the backflow of blood It prevents the backflow of blood.
4. The mitral valve closes during contraction of heart and produces a sound lub. The dub sound is produced due to the closure of lunar valves on dialation of heart
5. The chordae tendinae is not connected to this valve. The chordae tendinae is connected to this valve.

Question 19.
The right ventricular wall is thinner than the left ventricular wall. Why?
Answer:
The right ventricle pumps deoxygenated blood, to the lungs through the pulmonary artery. The left ventricle pumps the oxygenated blood to all parts of the body through the aorta. Hence, the left ventricle has to exert more pressure. Hence the right ventricular wall is thinner but the left ventricular walls are thicker.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 20.
What might be the effect on a person whose diet has less iron content?
Answer:

  • The number of red blood cells decreases.
  • Due to the depletion of haemoglobin he finds it difficult to breath.
  • Due to the deficiency of iron anaemia may develop.
  • Due to the deficiency of iron, the oxygen-carrying capacity of haemoglobin reduces.

Question 21.
Describe the mechanism by which the human heartbeat is initiated and controlled.
Answer:

  • The human heart is myogenic in nature.
  • The heartbeat is originated from a pacemaker. The total rate of heartbeat is decided by this node.
  • This pacemaker is situated in the right sinuatrial node.
  • On the left side of the right atrium is a node called auricula ventricular node.
  • Two special cardiac muscle fibres originate from the auriculo ventricular node and are called the bundle of His which runs down into the interventricular septum and the fibres spread into the ventricle called Purkinje fibres.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 1

Origin of heartbeat:

  • Pacemaker cells produce excitation through depolarisation of their cell membrane. The j excitation is spread in to the auricle. Then this is passed on to bundle of His through auriculo ventricular node.
  • The purkinje fibres cause ventricular contraction.

Regulation:

  • The pacemaker cells produce excitation through depolarisation of their cell membrane. Each polarisation is slow taken place by sodium influx and reduction in potassium efflux.
  • Minimal potential is required to activate voltage gated calcium (Ca+) channels that causes rapid depolarisation which results in action potential.
  • The pacemaker cells repolarise slowly via K+ efflux.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 22.
What is lymph? Write its function.
Answer:
About 90% of the fluid that leaks from capillaries eventually seep back into the capillaries and the remaining 10% is collected and returned to the blood system by me of a series of tubules known as lymph vessels or lymphatics.

The fluid inside the lymphatics is called lymph. The lymphatic system consists of a complex network of thin-walled ducts (lymphatic vessels), filtering bodies (lymph nodes), and a large number of lymphocytic cell concentrations in the various lymphoid organisms.

The lymphatic vessels have smooth walls that run parallel to the blood vessels, in the skin, along the respiratory and digestive tracts. These vessels serve as return ducts for the fluids that are continually diffusing out of the blood capillaries into the body tissues.

Lymph fluid must pass through the lymph nodes before it is returned to the blood. The lymph nodes that filter the fluid from the lymphatic vessels of the skin are highly concentrated in the neck, inguinal, axillaries, respiratory and digestive tracts.

The lymph fluid flowing out of the lymph nodes flows into large collecting duct which finally drains into larger veins that run beneath the collar bone, the subclavian vein, and is emptied into the bloodstream. The narrow passages in the lymph nodes are the sinusoids that are lined with macrophages.

The lymph nodes successfully prevent the invading microorganisms from reaching the bloodstream. Cells found in the lymphatics are lymphocytes. Lymphocytes collected in the lymphatic fluid are carried via the arterial blood and are recycled back to the lymph. Fats are absorbed through lymph in the lacteals present in the villi of the intestinal wall.

Question 23.
What are the heart sounds? When and how are these sounds produced?
Answer:
Rhythmic contraction and expansion of the heart are called heartbeat. The contraction of the heart is called systole and the relaxation of the heart is called diastole. The heart normally beats 70-72 times per minute in a human adult. During each cardiac cycle, two sounds are produced that can be heard through a stethoscope.

The first heart sound (lub) is associated with the closure of the tricuspid and bicuspid valves whereas the Second heart sound (dub) is associated with the closure of the semilunar valves. These sounds are of clinical diagnostic significance. An increased heart rate is called tachycardia and decreased heart rate is called bradycardia.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 24.
Select the correct biological term.
Lymphocytes, red cells, leukocytes, plasma, erythrocytes, white cells, hemoglobin, phagocyte, platelets, blood clot.
Answer:

a. Disc-shaped cells which are concave on both sides. Red cells
b. Most of these have a large bilobed nucleus Leucocytes
c. Enable red cells to transport blood. Haemoglobin
d. The liquid part of the blood Plasma
e. Most of them move and change shape like an amoeba Leucocytes
f. Consists of water and important dissolved substances. Plasma
g. Destroyed in the liver and spleen after circulating in the blood for four months. Red cells
h. The substances which give red cells their colour Haemoglobin
i. Another name for red cells Erythrocytes
j. Blood that has been changing to jelly Blood clot
k. A word that means cell eater Phagocytes
l. Cells without nucleus Red cells
m. White cells made in the lymphatic tissue Lymphocytes
n. Blocks wound and prevents excessive bleeding. Blood clot
o. Fragment of cells which are made in the bone marrows Platelets
p. Another name for white blood cells. Leucocytes
q. Slowly releases oxygen to blood cells. Haemoglobin
r. Their function is to help blood clots in wounds. Platelets

Question 25.
Select the correct biological term. Cardiac muscle, atria, tricuspid systole, auricles, arteries, diastole, ventricles, bicuspid valve, pulmonary artery, cardiac cycle, semilunar valve, veins, pulmonary vein, capillaries, vena cava, aorta.
Answer:

a. The main artery’ of the blood. Dorsal aorta
b. Valves between the left atrium and ventricle. Bicuspid valve
c. Technical name for relaxation of the heart. Diastole
d. Another name for atria. Auricle
e. The main vein. Vena cava
f. Vessels which carry blood away from the heart. Aorta
g.Two names for the upper chambers of the heart. Auricle
h. Thick-walled chambers of the heart. Ventricle
I. Carries blood from the heart to the lungs. Pulmonary artery
j. Takes about 0.8 sec to complete. Cardiac cycle
k. Valves situated at the point where blood flows out of the heart. Semilunar valve
l. Vessels which carry blood towards the heart. Vein
m. Carries blood from the lungs to the heart. Pulmonary vein
n. The two lower chambers of the heart. Ventricle
o. Prevent blood from re-entering the ventricles after entering the aorta. Semilunar valve
P. Technical name for one heartbeat. Cardiac cycle
q. Valves between right atrium and ventricles. Tricuspid valve
r. The technical name for the contraction of the heart. Systole
s. Very narrow blood vessels. Capillaries

Question 26.
Name and Label the given diagrams to show A, B, C, D, E, F, and G.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 2

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Body Fluids and Circulation Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
How much time is taken by the 1ml blood passes from the heart to reach upto the feet and returns to the heart again.
a. 60 seconds
b. 62 seconds
c. 72 seconds
d. 80 seconds
Answer:
a. 60 seconds

Question 2.
Find out the wrong statement.
a. The density of protein in tissue fluid is lesser than plasma
b. Blood is a fluid connective tissue
c. The amount of blood present in the 70 kg man is 5 litre
d. The plasma protein albumin provided immunity.
Answer:
d. The plasma protein albumin provided immunity.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 3.
Where is urea synthesised in a man?
a. Spleen
b. Kidney
c. Liver
d. Pan crease
Answer:
c. Liver

Question 4.
Which of the following is rich in urea?
a. Hepatic vein
b. Splenic vein
c. Pancreatic vein
d. Pulmonary vein
Answer:
a. Hepatic vein

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 5.
Which is considered to be the graveyard of RBCs?
a. Liver
b.Spleen
c. Kidney
d. Bone marrow
Answer:
b.Spleen

Question 6.
Which is a heterophil?
a. Neutrophils
b. Eosinophil
c. Basophil
d. Monocytes
Answer:
a. Neutrophils

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
Name the white cell which is bilobed?
a. Monocyte
b. Lymphocyte
c. Eosinophil
d. Basophils
Answer:
c. Eosinophil

Question 8.
Name the blood cell-secreted by megakaryocytes?
a. Red blood cells
b. White blood cells
c. Platelets
d. None of the above
a. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a
b. I – a, II – d, III – b, IV – c
c. I – a, II – d, III – b, IV – c
d. I – d, II – c, III – a, IV – b
Answer:
c. I – a, II – d, III – b, IV – c

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 10.
Name the protein which is similar to the protein present in the red blood cells of Rhesus Monkey.
a. D – antigen
b. A – antigen
c. B – antigen
d. A, B – antigen
Answer:
a. D – antigen

Question 11.
Confirm A: Red blood cell contains more hemoglobin
Reason B: There are no cell organelles in the red blood cells.
a. A – True, B – False
b. A – True, B – True
c. A – False, B – True
d. A – False, B – False
Answer:
b. A – True, B – True

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 12.
Name the substance that prevents coagulation in the small blood vessels.
a. Serum
b. Heparin
c. Serotonin
d. Histamines
Answer:
b. Heparin

Question 13.
Name the white blood cells present in lymph?
a. Lymphocytes
b. Monocytes
c. Neutrophils
d. Basophils
Answer:
a. Lymphocytes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 14.
Name the layer which is not seen in capillaries
a. Tunica intima
b. Tunica media
c. Tunica external
d. Tunica internal
Answer:
b. Tunica media

Question 15.
How much time is taken for a single cardiac cycle?
a. 0.7 secs
b. 0.8 secs
c. 0.6 secs
d. 10.9 secs
Answer:
b. 0.8 secs

Question 16.
Find out the wrong pair?
a. Time duration of ‘P’ wave – 0.08 – 0.1 secs
b. Time duration of ‘PQ’ wave – 0.12 – 0.28 secs
c. Time duration of ‘QRS’ wave – 0.06 – 0.09 secs
d. Time duration of T wave – 0.02 – 0.4 secs
Answer:
b. Time duration of ‘PQ’ wave – 0.12 – 0.28 secs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 17.
The slow excitation of the ‘QRS’ wave indicates ………………………….. defect.
a. Inflammation of ventricle
b. Defects in bicuspid valve
c. Block in the coronary artery
d. Defects in the atrioventricular node
Answer:
a. Inflammation of ventricle

Question 18.
Who has explained first about blood circulation?
a. Raymond deviessens
b. William Harvey
c. Robert William
d. James Elam
Answer:
b. William Harvey

Question 19.
What is the normal blood pressure of a man?
a. 120/90 mm Hg
b. 120/80 mm Hg
c. 120 /80 mm Hg
d. 130/80 mm Hg
Answer:
c. 120 /80 mm Hg

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 20.
Which of the following is the cause of a stroke?
a. Rupture of blood vessels in the brain
b. A clot in the blood vessels of brain
c. Deposition in the blood vessels of the brain
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Question 21.
Does ischemic heart disease indicate?
a. Myocardial infarction
b. Rheumatoid heart disease
c. Angino pectoralis
d. Stroke
Answer:
a. Myocardial infarction

Question 22.
Which one of the following is correct in relation to rheumatoid heart disease?
a. Fibrous nodules on the mitral valve
b. Fibrosis
c. Accumulation of fluid in the pericardial cavity
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 23.
Match the following and find the correct answer?
I. Erythropoietin – a. Agglutinization
II. Haematocrit – b. It takes an important role in the inflammation of body tissues
III. Heparin – c. Finding the ratio between blood plasma and red blood cells.
IV. Antigen – d. It stimulates the synthesis of RBCs in the bone marrow.
a. I-d, II-c, III – b, IV-a
b. I – a, II – b, III – c, IV – d
c. I – a, II – c, III – d, IV – b
d. I – d, II – c, III – b, IV – a
Answer:
a. I-d, II-c, III – b, IV-a

Question 24.
Note the given diagram and find out the correct answers.
a. T wave represents the repolarisation of auricle
b. The ‘P’ wave represents the functions of auricle
c. Te ‘Q’ wave represents the depolarization of ventricular septum
d. ‘R’ and ‘S’ wave represents depolarization of auricle
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 3
Answer:
b. The ‘P’ wave represents the functions of the auricle

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What are the types of body fluids?
Answer:

  • Intracellular fluid – present inside the cells.
  • Extracellular fluid – present outside the cells.

Question 2.
What is meant by interstitial fluid or tissue fluid?
Answer:
A fluid that surrounds the cell is known as interstitial fluid.
(Eg.) Plasma, Lymph

Question 3.
Give short notes on blood?
Answer:

  • Blood is the most common body fluid that | transports substances from one part of the body j to the other. It is known as fluid connective; tissue.
  • The plasma constitutes 55% of total blood volume.
  • The average blood volume is about 5000 mZ (51) is an adult weighing 70 kg.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 4.
What are the components of blood?
Answer:

  1. Red blood cells
  2. White blood cells.
  3. Platelets

Question 5.
Why is spleen considered as a graveyard of red blood cells?
Answer:

  • The average life span of red cells is 120 days.
  • After 120 days the red cells are destroyed in the spleen. Hence the spleen said to be a graveyard of RBCs.

Question 6.
What is hematocrit?
Answer:
The ratio of red blood cells to blood plasma is expressed as hematocrit (packed cell volume).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
What are the types of lymphocytes? What are its uses?
Answer:

  • B – lymphocytes – Produces antibodies
  • T – lymphocytes – Involves in cell-mediated immunity.

Question 8.
Classify the monocytes based on its location?
Answer:

Location Name
1. Central nervous system Microglia
2. Liver sinuses Kupffer cells
3. Lungs Macrophages of alveolei

Question 9.
What are the types of ‘ABO’ blood groups?
Answer:

  • A -blood group
  • B – blood group
  • AB – blood group
  • O- blood group

Question 10.
What is meant by alleleic genes?
Answer:
The gene that regulates the synthesis of A, B and O blood groups in ‘ABO’ type.

Question 11.
What are agglutinogens? What is it’s composition?
Answer:
Antigens present on the surface of RBCs are called agglutinogens.

Composition:
Sucrose, D – galactose, N – acetyl glucosamine, 11 terminal amino acids

 

Question 12.
What are the steps to be taken to prevent erythroblastosis f oetalis?
Answer:
After the first delivery if the first child is the Rh+ve, we should give anti D – antibodies -Rhocum to the
Rh-ve mother.

Question 13.
What is serum?
Answer:
Plasma without fibrinogen is called serum.

Question 14.
What is an anticoagulant substance ? Where is it synthesized?
Answer:
Heparin is an anti coagulant substance. It is synthesized in the mast cells.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 15.
What are the layers of blood vessels
Answer:

  1. Tunica externa – Outer layer
  2. Tunica media – Mid layer
  3. Tunica indima – Inner layer

Question 16.
Give notes on capillaries.
Answer:

  • There is no tunica media in the capillaries
  • It is the site for the exchange of materials between blood and tissues.
  • The blood volume is high but the flow of blood is low.
  • The walls of the capillaries are guarded by semilunar valves.
  • The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is present in the capillaries.

Question 17.
What is meant by single circulation?
Answer:

  • Single circulation is seen in fishes. There is only one auricle and ventricle in the heart of fishes.
  • The blood flows from heart to gills there it gets oxygenated and supplies to the organ and then returns to the heart.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 18.
What is meant by incomplete double circulation?
Answer:
Reptiles have incompletely divided ventricle. The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is mixed here. Hence it is known as incomplete double circulation.

Question 19.
What is meant by complete double circulation?
Answer:

  • There are well divided 2 auricle and 2 ventricles in the heart of birds, crocodiles and mammals.
  • The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is completely separated.
  • The pulmonary and systemic circulation is well defined.

Question 20.
Differentiate the tachycardia and bradycardia?
Answer:

Tachycardia
1. The rate of heartbeat increases
Bradycardia
The rate of heartbeat decreases.

Question 21.
What is meant by cardiac output?
Answer:
The amount of blood pumped out by each ventricle per minute is called the cardiac output.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 22.
What is meant by pulse or pulse rate?
Answer:
The rate of heartbeat per minute is called a pulse.

Question 23.
What is meant by pulse pressure?
Answer:
Pulse pressure: Systolic pressure -diastolic pressure.

Question 24.
What is meant by stroke volume?
Answer:
Stroke volume is the volume of blood pumped out by one ventricle with each beat.
CO = HR x SV

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 25.
When will the stroke volume double?
Answer:

  • During vigorous exercise, SV may double as a result of venous return.
  • The amount of blood pumps out of the ventricle is also increased.

Question 26.
What is meant by mean arterial pressure?
Answer:
Mean arterial pressure is a function of cardiac output and resistance in the arterioles.

Question 27.
What is the baroreceptor reflex?
Answer:
The primary reflex pathway for homeostatic control of mean arterial pressure is the baroreceptor reflex.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 28.
What is meant by orthostatic hypotension?
Answer:
When we are lying flat the gravitational force is evenly distributed. When you stand up gravity causes blood to pool in the lower extremities. The decrease in blood pressure upon standing is known as orthostatic hypotension.

Question 29.
What is myogenic heart ?
Answer:
The heart beat of man is originated from the cardiac muscles. Hence human heart is a myogonic heart.

Question 30.
Tabulate the cardiac diseases?
Answer:

Diseases Defects
1. Coronary heart disease When the coronary arteries are blocked the amount of blood goes to heart muscles decreases leads to oxygen and nutrient deficiency.
2. Vascular diseases Infection in the arteries veins and lymphatic glands
3. Aorta disease The wall of the aorta weekened and bulges to form a balloon like sacor aneurysm.
4. Pericarditis Inflammation in the layers of pericardium
5. Cardio myopathy An abnormally thick heart muscle causing the heart to pump weaker than normal and leads to heart failure.
6. Heart valve disease One or more of the heart valves does not work.
7. Heart failure The heart cannot pump as powerfully as it need to in order to supply like body with 0, and nutrients carrying heart muscles to overwork and weaker.
8. Arrhythmia The heart beats irregularly

Question 31.
What is edema?
Answer:
The concentration of proteins in the blood becomes much lower than usual leads to the accumulation of fluid.

Question 32.
The walls of arteries nearer to the heart are more elastic than the arteries away from the heart? Why?
Answer:

  • When the heart contracts the blood is pushed into the artery hence the pressure in the arteries increases.
  • To withstand the pressure the artery walls nearer to the heart are more elastic and hence they relax and reduce the pressure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 33.
How is the blood needed for the skeletal muscle during exercise compensated?
Answer:

  • During exercise, more blood is needed for skeletal muscle.
  • Hence the blood is diverted from the digestive system to skeletal muscle.

Question 34.
Define Laplace law? What do you infer from this?
Answer:

  • It states that the tension in the walls of the blood vessel is proportional to the blood pressure and vessel radius.
  • This law is used to understand the structure and function of blood vessels and the heart.

Question 35.
When blood volume drops down abruptly? What happens to the stroke volume?
Answer:
When there is a drop in blood volume the blood flows to the heart decreases hence the blood coming out of the heart during contraction decreases. (Stroke volume decreases)

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
List the characteristics of the circulatory system?
Answer:

  • Oxygen and carbon dioxide are exchanged in the luiìgs and tissues.
  • Nutrients are taken from the digestive system and are carried to the liver and through blood taken to all parts of the body.
  • Wastes from the tissues are carried by the blood and finally removed by the kidneys.
  • The hormones are transported to their target organs.
  • Circulatory system helps to maintain the homeostasis of the body fluids and body temperature.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 4

Question 2.
Give notes on plasma?
Answer:

  • Plasma mainly consists of water. It consists of 80 – 92% of water, 0.9 % plasma protein, 0.1 % organic constituents, and respiratory gases.
  • It consists of proteins like prothrombin fibrinogen albumin and globulin.
  • Albumin maintains the osmotic pressure of the blood.
  • Globulin facilitates the transport of ions hormones and lipids.
  • Prothrombin and fibrinogen are involved in blood clotting.
  • Organic constituents include urea amino acid glucose vitamins and fat.
  • Inorganic constituents include chlorides carbonates phosphate and potassium.

Question 3.
Describe about red blood cells?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 5

  1. Red blood cells are abundant than other blood cells. There are about 5 – 5.5 million RBC mm of blood in a healthy man and 4.5 – 5 million RBC mm” in healthy women.
  2. The red colour of the RBC is due to the respiratory pigment haemoglobin and it involves in the transport of respiratory gases.
  3. The biconcave-shaped RBC s increase the surface area.
  4. The RBCs are devoid of nucleus mitochondria ribosomes and endoplasmic reticulum.
  5. The average life span of RBC is about 120 days after which they are destroyed in the spleen.
  6. RBCs are synthesized in the bone marrow.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 4.
Give notes on platelets?

  • Platelets are known as thrombocytes.
  • They are synthesised by the megakaryocytes of bone marrow.
  • They are devoid of a nucleus.
  • Blood normally contains 150000 -350000 platelets mm”3 of blood.
  • They are involved in blood coagulation.
  • The reduction in platelet number can lead to clotting disorders leads to excessive loss of blood from the body.

Question 5.
Arrange the blood groups, their antigens and antibodies and tabulate them.
Answer:

Blood group Agglutiongens (antigens) on the RBC Agglutinin antibodies in the plasma
A A Anti B
B B Anti A
AB AB No antibodies
O No antigens Anti A and Anti B

Question 6.
What is anastomoses?
Answer:

  • These are connections of one blood vessel with another blood vessel.
  • They provide an alternate route of blood flow if the original blood vessel is blocked.
  • Arteries in the joints contain numerous anastomoses. This allows blood to flow freely even if one of the arteries closes during bending of the joints.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 7.
Write notes on coronary blood vessels.
Answer:

  • Blood vessels that supply blood to the cardiac muscles with all nutrients and remove wastes are the coronary artries and veins.
  • Heart muscle is supplied by two arteries namely the right and left coronary arteries.
  • These arteries are the first branch of the aorta.
  • These arteries usually surround the heart in the manner of a crown hence called the coronary artery.
  • Right ventricle and posterior portion of the left ventricle are supplied by the right coronary artery.
  • Anterior and lateral part of the left ventricle is supplied by the left coronary arteries.

Question 8.
Give notes on the heartbeat.
Answer:
1. Rhythmic contraction and expansion of heart is called heartbeat. The contraction of the heart is called systole and the relaxation of the heart is called diastole.

2. The heart normally beats 70 – 72 times per min in a normal adult. Lub and dub sound is produced. These are heart sounds.

3. The sound lub is associated with the closure of the tricuspid and bicuspid and the dub sound is associated with the closure of the semi lunar valves.

4. The heart sounds can be heard through a stethoscope.

5. These sounds are of clinical diagnostic significance.

6. An increased heart rate is called tachycardia and decreased heart rate is called bradycardia.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 9.
What is blood pressure?
Answer:

  • Blood pressure is the pressure exerted on the surface of blood vessels by the blood.
  • This pressure circulates the blood through arteries veins and capillaries.
  • There are 2 types of pressure the systolic pressure and diastolic pressure.
  • Systolic pressure is the pressure in the arteries as the chambers of the heart contract.
  • Diastolic pressure is the pressure in the arteries when the heart chambers relax
  • Blood pressure is measured using a sphygmomanometer.
  • Normal blood pressure in man is about 120 / 80 mm Hg.

Question 10.
What is single circulation and what is double circulation?
Answer:
Single circulation:

  • The blood circulates once through heart and supplies blood to all the parts of the body. This is single circulation.
  • There is systemic and pulmonary circulation. (Eg.) The two-chambered heart of fishes.

Double circulation:
There are two types of circulation.
Systemic circulation:

  • The oxygenated blood entering the aorta from the left ventricle is carried by a network of arteries to the tissues.
  • The deoxygenated blood from the tissue is collected and emptied into the right atrium.

Pulmonary circulation:
The blood from right ventricle is taken to the lungs by the pulmonary artery and the oxygenated blood from the lungs is emptied into the left auricle by the pulmonary vein.

Question 11.
Why the pressure in the blood vessels nearer to the alveolei of lung is low and the pressure of arteries nearer to the heart is high?
Answer:

  • The alveoli are very thin. Hence exchange of gases are taking place easily.
  • If the pressure of the blood vessels of alveoli increases the blood vessels will damage and there is collection of tissue fluid

Question 12.
Explain about heart failure or myocardial infarction?
Answer:

  • This heart failure is due to decrease in cardiac muscle contractility.
  • When blood supply to the heart muscle is remarkably reduced it leads to death of the muscle fibres.
  • The blood clot or thrombosis blocks the blood supply to the heart and weakens the muscle fibres.
  • It is also called Ischemic heart disease due to lack of oxygen supply to the heart muscles.
  • If this persists it leads to chest pain or angina.
  • Prolonged angina leads to death of the heart muscle resulting in heart failure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 13.
What is cardiopulmonary resuscitation?
Answer:
1. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation is a life-saving procedure that is done at the time of emergency conditions such as when a person’s breath on heartbeat has stopped abruptly in case of drowning electric shock or heart attack.

2. CPR includes rescue of breath which is achieved by mouth to mouth breathing to deliver oxygen to the victim’s lungs by external chest compression which helps to circulate blood to the vital organs.

3. CPR must be performed within 4 to 6 minutes. Brief electric shock is given to the heart to recover the function of the heart (defibrillation).

Question 14.
What is meant by varicose veins?
Answer:

  • The veins are so dilated that the valves prevent the backflow of blood.
  • The veins lose their elasticity and become congested.
  • Common sites are legs rectal anal regions, and spermatic cords.

15. What is embolism?

  • It is the obstruction of the blood vessel.
  • It is due to the abnormal mass of materials such as fragment of the blood clot.
  • If embolus occurs in the lungs coronary artery or liver that leads to death.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 16.
Write notes on Rheumatoid heart disease?
Answer:

  • Rheumatic fever is an auto immense disease.
  • It is due to the streptococcal infection in the throat.
  • The fever occurs 2-4 weeks after the infection.
  • The antibodies developed to combat the infection cause damage to the heart.
  • The symptoms include fibrous nodules on the mitral valve. Fibrosis of the connective tissue and accumulation of fluid in the pericardial cavity.

Question 17.
Write notes on stroke and Angina pectoris?
Answer:
Stroke:
Stroke is a condition when the blood vessels in the brain bursts or when there is a block in the artery that supplies the brain. The part of the brain tissue that is supplied by this damaged artery dies due to lack of oxygen, (cerebral infarction)

Angina Pectoris:
If Atheroma may partially block the coronary artery and reduce the blood supply to the heart. As a result, there is tightness or choking with difficulty in breathing.
This leads to angina or chest pain. It lasts for a short duration of time.
reduces the blood flow.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 19.
Give short notes on heart transplantation?
Answer:

  • The first heart transplantation surgery was performed by South African professor – Christian Bernard in the year 1959.
  • He has done heart transplantation operation in December 3rd 1967 Inkrute shour hospital at Capetown.
  • In India, in 1994 at AIMS hospital on August 3rd Dr. Anangipalli Venu Gopal has performed the heart transplantation surgery.

Question 20.
What is an aneurysm?
Answer:

  • The weekened regions of the wall of the artery orvein bulge to forma baloon like sac. This is called aneurysm.
  • Unruptured aneurysm may exert pressure on the adjacent tissues or may burst causing massive hemorrhage.

( 5 marks)

V. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Describe about white blood cells.
Answer:

  • White blood cells are colourless amoeboid nucleated cells devoid of hemoglobin and hence colourless.
  • 6000 – 8000 per cubic mm of WBC s are seen in the blood. WBCs are synthesized in the bone marrow these are of two types.
  • Granulocytes and agranolocytes.

I Granulocytes:
a) Neutrophils:

  • They are also called heterophils. Hence the nucleus has 3-4 lobes they are called polymorphonuclear.
  • This constitutes about 60 – 65 % of the total WBC.

b) Eosinophils:

  • They have a bilobed nucleus.
    Eosinophils Basophils Neutrophils
  • It constitutes about 2 – 3 % of total WBCs.
  • Their number increases during allergic reactions.

c) Basophils:

  • They are less numerous than any other type of WBCs constituting 0.5 % -1 % of total WBCs.
  • The nucleus is large and has granules in the cytoplasm.
  • They secrete heparin serotonin and histamines.

II A granulocytes:
a) Lymphocytes:

  • They are secreted in the lymph gland and spleen.
  • Lymphocytes constitute 28% of WBCs. They have large nucleus and small amount of cytoplasm.
  • The two types of lymphocytes are B and T cells.
  • B cells produce antibodies to neutralize the harmful effects of foreign substances. T cells are involved in cell-mediated immunity.

b) Monocytes:

  • They are phagocytic cells. They have kidney-shaped nucleus. They constitute 1 – 3 % of the total WBCs.
  • The macrophages of the central nervous system are the microglia and in the liver they are called “Kupffer cells” and in the pulmonary region they are the alveolar macrophages.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 2.
Give notes of Rh factor?
Answer:

  • Rh factor is a protein (D antigen) present on the surface of the red blood cells.
  • This protein is similar to the protein present in Rhesus monkey hence the term ‘Rh’
  • If people have antigen D on the surface of red blood cells are Rh positive (Rh ) and the people who do not carry antigen D ar Rh negative (Rh )
  • Rh factor compatibility is also checked before blood transfusion.
  • When a pregnant women is R1T and the foetus is Rh+ incompatibility is observed.
  • During the first pregnancy the Rh antigens of the foetus does not get exposed to the mother’s blood.
  • However small amount of the foetal antigen becomes exposed to the mother’s blood during the birth of the first child.
  • Mother blood starts to synthesize D antibodies.
  • But during second pregnancies the Rh antibodies from the mother enters the foetal circulation and destroys the foetal RBCs. The foetus dies. This condition is known as erythroblastosis foetalis.
  • This can be avoided by giving anti D antibodies (Rhocum) to the mother immediately after the first child birth.

Question 3.
What is coagulation of blood?
Answer:
The mechanism by which excessive blood loss is prevented by the formation of clot is called blood coagulation.

  • The clotting process begins when the endothelium of the blood vessel is damaged and the connective tissue in its wall is exposed to the blood.
  • Platelets adhere to collagen fibres in the connective tissue and releases blood clotting factors.
  • The blood clotting factors with platelets form the platelet plug which provides emergency protection against blood loss.
  • Clotting factors released from the clumbed platelet mix with clotting factors in the plasma.
  • The inactivated prothrombin is converted into active thrombin in the presence of calcium and vitamin K.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 6

Thrombin converts soluble fibrinogen into insoluble fibrin in plasma Fibrinogen Thrombin Fibrin
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 7

The threads of fibrins become interlinked into a patch that traps blood cell and seals the injured vessel and prevent blood loss.

Question 4.
Give an account of composition of lymph and explains about its significances?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 8

  • About 90% of fluid that leaks from capillaries seeps back into the capillaries and the remaining 10% is collected and returned to blood system by means of lymphvessel.
  • The fluid inside the lymphatics is called lymph.

Lymphatic system:

  • The lymphatic system consists of a complex network of thin walled ducts having group of immune response cells.
  • The lymphatic vessels have smooth walls that run parallel to the blood vessels in the skin along the respiratory and digestive tracts.
  • These vessels serve as return d ucts for the fluids that are continually diffusing out of the blood capillaries into the body tissues.
  • The lymphatic nodes arc concentrated in the neck ingunial axillaries respiratory and digestive tracts.
  • The lymph fluid flowing out of the lymph nodes flow into large collecting ducts which finally drains into larger veins thats runs beneath the collar bone the subclavian vein and is emptied in to the blood stream.
  • The lymph nodes contain macrophage cells and they prevent the invading microorganisms from reaching the blood stream. Cells found in the lymphatics are the lymphocytes.
  • Fats are absorbed through lymph in the lacteals present in the villi of the intestinal wall

Question 5.
Describe the structure of heart with a diagram?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 9

  • The structure of human heart was described byRaymond deviessens in 1706.
  • It is situated in the thoracic cavity and its apex portion is slightly tilted towards left. It weighs about 300 g in a adult. The size of our heart is roughly equal to a closed fist.
  • Heart is divided into four chambers upper two auricles and lower two ventricles.
  • The walls of the ventricles are thicker than the auricle.
  • The heart is covered with pericardium. The pericardial space is filled with pericardial fluid.
  • The heart wall is made up of three layers. The outer epicardium middle myocardium the inner endo cardium.
  • The two auricles are separated by inter auricular septum and the two ventricles are separated by inter ventricular septum.
  • Tricuspid valve is present in between the opening of right auricle and right ventricle and bicuspid valve is present in between the opening of left auricle and left ventricle.
  • From the right ventricle arises pulmonary artery and from the left ventricle arises dorsal aorta.
  • The semilunar valve is present at the beginning of these arteries.
  • The deoxygenated blood from all the parts of body reaches left auricle through superior and inferior venacava.
  • The oxygenated blood reaches the left auricle through four pulmonary vein.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation

Question 6.
Describe the functioning of heart with a diagram or Describe about the cardiac cycle?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 7 Body Fluids and Circulation 10
The events that occur at the beginning of heart beat and lasts until the beginning of next beat is called cardiac cycle. It lasts for 0.8 seconds.

Phase I:
Ventricular diastole – During this phase the blood pressure increases AV valves are opened and the semi lunar valves are closed. Blood flows from the auricles into the ventricles passively.

Phase II:
During atrial systole the ventricle is in relaxed position. The contraction of the auricles pushes maximum volume of blood to the ventricles.
The end diastolic volume is related to the length of the cardiac muscle fibre. More the muscle is stretched greater the EDV and the stroke volume.

Phase III:
Ventricular systole – During this phase the ventricular pressure increases and the AV value closes.
The blood is pumped from the ventricles into the aorta.

Phase IV:
Ventricular systole – During this phase the ventricular pressure increases that forces semi lunar valve to open.
Blood is ejected out of the ventricles without back flow of blood.
This point is the end of systolic volume.

Phase V:
Ventricular diastole – The ventricles begins to relax pressure in the arteries exceeds ventricular pressure resulting in the closure of semilunar valves.
The heart returns to phase I of the cardiac cycle.

Question 7.
How is regulation of cardiac activity taking place?
Answer:

  • The human heart is myogenic hence the heart beat originated from the heart muscles.
  • This activity is controlled through autonomic nervous system that includes sympathetic and para

sympathetic nerves
Sympathetic nervous system:
The epinephrine releases from adrenal medulla and nor-epinephrine releases from sympathetic neurons bind to B – adrenergic receptors and increase the heart rate.
Para sympathetic nervous system:
The acetylcholine secreted by this binds with muscarinic receptors decreases the heart beat.
Vaso pressin and angio tension II involved in the regulation of the Kidneys causes vaso constriction.
Natriuretic peptide promotes vasodialation.
Vagus nerve is a parasympathetic nerve that supplies the atrium especially the SA and AV node.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 6 Respiration Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

11th Bio Zoology Guide Respiration Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
Breathing is controlled by
a) cerebrum
b) medulla oblongata
c) cerebellum
d) pons
Answer:
b) medulla oblongata

Question 2.
Intercostal muscles are found between the
a) vertebral column
b) sternum
c) ribs
d) glottis
Answer:
c) ribs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
The respiratory structures of insects are
a) tracheal tubes
b) gills
c) green glands
d) lungs
Answer:
a) tracheal tubes

Question 4.
Asthma is caused due to
a) inflammation of bronchus and bronchioles
b) inflammation of branchiole
c) damage of diaphragm
d) infection of lungs
Answer:
a) inflammation of bronchus and bronchioles

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 5.
The Oxygen Dissociation Curve is
a) sigmoid
b) straight line
c) curved
d) rectangular hyperbola
Answer:
a) sigmoid

Question 6.
The Tidal Volume of a normal person is
a) 800 mL
b) 1000-1200 mL
c) 500 mL
d) 1100-1200 mL
Answer:
c) 500 mL

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 7.
During inspiration, the diaphragm
a) expands
b) unchanged
c) relaxes to become domed-shaped
d) contracts and flattens
Answer:
d) contracts and flattens

Question 8.
CO2 is transported through blood to lungs as
a) carbonic acid
b) oxyhaemoglobin
c) carbamino haemoglobin
d) carboxy haemoglobin
Answer:
c) carbamino haemoglobin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 9.
When 1500 mL air is in the lungs, it is called
a) vital capacity
b) tidal volume
c) residual volume
d) inspiratory reserve volume
Answer:
c) residual volume

Question 10.
Vital capacity is
a) TV + IRV
b) TV + ERV
c) RV + ERV
d) TV + IRV + ERV
Answer:
d) TV + IRV + ERV

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
After a long deep breath, we do not respire for some seconds due to
a) more CO2 in the blood
b) more O2 in the blood
c) less CO2 in the blood
d) less O2 in the blood
Answer:
b) more O2 in the blood

Question 12.
Which of the following substances in tobacco smoke damage the gas exchange system?
a) carbon monoxide and carcinogens
b) carbon monoxide and nicotine
c) carcinogens and tar
d) nicotine and tar
Answer:
b) carbon monoxide and nicotine

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 13.
Column I represents diseases and column II represents their symptoms Choose the correctly paired option.

Column I Column II
P. Asthma i) Recurring of bronchitis
Q. Emphysema ii) Accumulation of W.B.C in alveolus
R. Pneumonia iii) Allergy

a) P – iii, Q – ii, R – i
b) P – iii, Q – i, R – ii
c) P – ii, Q – iii, R – i
d) P – ii, Q – i, R -iii
Answer:
a) P – iii, Q – ii, R – i

Question 14.
Which of the following best describes the process of gas exchange in the lungs?
a) Air moves in and out of the alveoli during breathing.
b) Carbon dioxide diffuses from deoxygenated blood in capillaries into the alveolar air
c) Oxygen and carbon dioxide diffuse down their concentration gradients between blood and alveolar air
d) Oxygen diffuses from alveolar air into deoxygenated blood.
Answer:
c/d

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 15.
Make the correct pairs.

Column I Column II
PIC i) maximum volume of air breathe in after forced
QEC ii) Volume of air present after expiration in lungs
RVC iii) Volume of air inhaled after expiration
SFRC iv) Volume of air exhaled after inspiration

a) P – i, Q – ii, R – iii, S – iv
b) P – ii, Q – iii R – iv, S – i
c) P – ii, Q – iii, R – i, S – iv
d) P – iii, Q – iv, R – i, S – ii
Answer:
d) P – iii, Q – iv, R – i, S – ii

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 16.
Make the correct pairs.

Column I Column II
P. Tidal volume i) 1000 to 1100 ml
Q. Residual volume ii) 500 ml
R. Expiratory reserve volume iii) 2500 to 3000 ml
S. Inspiratory reserve volume iv) 1100 to 1200 ml

a) P – ii, Q – iv, R – i, S – iii
b) P – iii, Q – ii R – iv, S – i
c) P – ii, Q – iv, R – iii, S – i
d) P – iii, Q – iv, R – i, S – ii
Answer:
a) P – ii, Q – iv, R – i, S – iii

Question 17.
Name the respiratory organs of flatworm earthworm, fish, prawn, cockroach, and cat.
Answer:
Flatworm – Body surface
Earthworm – Moist skin
Fish – Gills
Prawn – Gills
Cockroach – Trachea
Cat – Lungs

Question 18.
Name the enzyme that catalyses the bicarbonate formation in RBCs.
Answer:
Carbonic anhydrase

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 19.
Air moving from the nose to the trachea passes through a number of structures. List in order of the structures.
Answer:
External nostrils, Nasal cavity, pharynx Larynx, trachea, the bronchi bronchioles, and the lungs (alveoli)

Question 20.
Which structures seal the Larynx when we swallow?
Answer:
Epiglottis.

Question 21.
Resistance in the airways is typically low why? Give two reasons.
Answer:
The airway resistance is low because:

  • The diameter of most airways is relatively large.
  • For smaller airways there are many in parallel, making their combined diameter large.
  • Air has a low viscosity.

Question 22.
How the body makes long-term adjustments when living in high altitude?
Answer:

  • When a person travels from sea level to elevations where the atmospheric pressure and partial pressure of O2 lowered there is a poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin leads to acute mountain sickness.
  • When the person lives there for a long time the kidney synthesizes the erythropoietin which stimulates the bone marrow to produce more RBCs

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 23.
Why is pneumonia considered a dangerous disease?
Answer:
Inflammation of the lungs due to infection caused by bacteria or viruses is called pneumonia. The symptoms are sputum production, nasal congestion, shortness of breath, sore throat, etc. The alveoli get filled with fluid or pus, making it difficult to breathe (lung abscesses).

Question 24.
Diffusion of gases occurs in the alveolar region and only not in any other part of the respiratory system discuss.
Answer:

  • The other parts of the respiratory system do the work of passing the air into the lungs only.
  • Real respiration takes place between alveoli and blood capillaries.

The diffusion membrane of the alveolus is made up of three layers.

  1. The thin squamous epithelial cells.
  2. The endothelium of the alveolar capillaries.
  3. The basement substance found in between them.

The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli provide space for gaseous exchange

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 25.
Sketch a flow chart to show the pathway of airflow during respiration.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 9

Question 26.
Explain the conditions which create problems in oxygen transport?
Answer:

When a person travels quickly from sea level to elevations above 8000 ft, where the atmospheric pressure and partial pressure of oxygen are lowered, the individual responds with symptoms of acute mountain sickness (AMS)- headache, shortness of breath, nausea, and dizziness due to poor binding of O2 with hemoglobin. When the person moves on a long-term basis to mountains from sea level his body begins to make respiratory and hematopoietic adjustments.

To overcome this situation kidneys accelerate the production of the hormone erythropoietin, which stimulates the bone marrow to produce more RBCs. When a person descends deep into the sea, the pressure in the surrounding water increases which causes the lungs to decrease in volume.

This decrease in volume increases the partial pressure of the gases within the lungs. This effect can be beneficial, because it tends to drive additional oxygen into the circulation, but this benefit also has a risk, the increased pressure can also drive nitrogen gas into the circulation.

This increase in blood nitrogen content can lead to a condition called nitrogen narcosis. When the diver ascends to the surface too quickly a condition called ‘bends’ or decompression sickness occurs and nitrogen comes out of solution while still in the blood-forming bubbles. Small bubbles in the blood are not harmful, but large bubbles can lodge in small capillaries, blocking blood flow or can press on nerve endings.

Decompression sickness is associated with pain in joints and muscles and neurological problems including a stroke. The risk of nitrogen narcosis and bends is common in scuba divers. During carbon-dioxide poisoning, the demand for oxygen increases. As the O2 level in the blood decreases it leads to suffocation and the skin turns bluish-black.

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Respiration Additional Important Questions and Answers

(1 Mark)

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
What are the respiratory organs of the Limulus?
a) Trachea
b) Gills
c) Bookgills
d) Green glands
Answer:
c) Bookgills

Question 2.
The failure of tissues for any reason to receive an adequate supply of oxygen.
a) apnoea
b) Dyspnoea
c) Hypoxia
d) Opnia
Answer:
c) Hypoxia

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
These are mucous-secreting cells.
a) Oxynctic cells
b) Chief cells
c) Goblet cells
d) Parietal cells
Answer:
c) Goblet cells

Question 4.
These are the respiratory surfaces.
a) brunchioles
b) Terminal bronchiole
c) alveoli
d) small bronchi
Answer:
c) alveoli

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 5.
What is the average rate of respiration of a healthy man?
a) 12-16 times
b) 8-10 times
c) 5-10 times
d) 15 – 30 times
Answer:
a) 12-16 times

Question 6.
Match:
1) Residual volume i) 6000 ml
2) Expiratory reserve volume ii) 2500 – 3000 ml
3) Inspiratory reserve volume iii) 1000 -1100 ml
4) Total lung capacity iv) 1100 -1200 ml
1) i – iv; 2 – i; 3 – ii; 4 – iii
b) i – i; 2 – ii; 3 – iii; 4 – iv
c) i – iii; 2 – i; 3 – iv; 4 – ii
d) i – iv; 2 – iii; 3 – ii; 4 – i
Answer:
d) i – iv; 2 – iii; 3 – ii; 4 – i

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 7.
1) Atmospheric air i) Partial pressure of O2 -104
2) Alveoli ii) Partial pressure of O2 – 40
3) Tissues iii) Partial pressure of O2 – 95
4) Oxygenated iv) Partial pressure of O2 – blood 159
a) i – i; 2 – ii; 3 – iii; 4 – iv
b) i – ii; 2 – iii; 3 – i; 4 – iv
c) i – iv; 2 – iii; 3 – ii; 4 – i
d) i – iv; 2 – i; 3 – ii; 4 – iii
Answer:
d) i – iv; 2 – i; 3 – ii; 4 – iii

Question 8.
Find out the correct statement and assertion:
Assertion: The high partial pressure of CO2 provides essential space for the dissociation of O2 from oxyhemoglobin
Reason: Haemoglobin takes a maximum of 4 molecules of CO2
a) Assertion and reason are correct
b) Assertion wrong reason wrong
c) Assertion correct reason correct. The reason explains the assertion.
d) Assertion correct Reason wrong
Answer:
d) Assertion correct Reason wrong

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 9.
Assertion: The CO2 when enters into the blood combines with water to form carbonic acid
Reason: Carbonic anhydrase enzyme acts as a catalyst for this reaction
a) Assertion correct Reason wrong
b) Assertion wrong Reason correct
c) Assertion and reason are wrong
d) Assertion and reason are correct
Answer:
d) Assertion and reason are correct

Question 10.
Find out the causative agent of Tuberculosis.
a) Mycobacterium tuberculate
b) Salmonella tubercular
c) Mycobacterium calaracea.
d) Mycobacterium entries
Answer:
a) Mycobacterium tuberculate

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
What is the cause of pleurisy?
a) embolism
b) constriction of airways
c) alveolei is damaged
d) Pleura becomes inflammed
Answer:
d) Pleura becomes inflammed

Question 12.
People workes in the sand grinding mills may have this disease?
a) asbestosis
b) Fibrosis
c) Silicosis
d) Nephrosis
Answer:
c) Silicosis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 13.
What is the cause of the disease bend?
a) Fibrosis
b) Necrosis
c) Narcosis
d) Silicosis
Answer:
c) Narcosis

Question 14.
Find the wrong pair.

a) Larynx Epiglottis prevents the food from entering into the larynx
b) C-shaped cartilage Ensures that the air passage does not collapse or burst.
c) The rigidity of bronchioles Prevent them from collapsing
d) Fine respiratory brochioler Terminate into air sacs

Question 15.
Read the following statement and find whether they are correct or wrong.
1) The thin squamous epithelial cells of the alveoli are composed of Type-I and the gases can diffuse rapidly through them
2) Type-II cells are thin. The gaseous exchange takes place through diffusion.
3) The spirometer is used to find the volume of air
4) A healthy man respires 10-15 times per minute
a) 1 – True; 2 – False; 3 – True; 4 – False
b) 1 – True; 2 – True; 3 – False; 4 – True
c) 1 – False; 2 – True; 3 – False; 4 – True
d) 1 – True; 2 – False; 3 – True; 4 – False
Answer:
a) 1 – True; 2 – False; 3 – True; 4 – False

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 16.
Amount of air inspired or expired with each normal breath.
a) 600 ml
b) 500 ml
c) 700 ml
d) 800 ml
Answer:
b) 500 ml

Question 17.
A normal human adult can inspire or expire approximately.
a) 5000-8000 ml
b) 6000 – 7000 ml
c) 6000-8000 ml
d) 5000 – 9000 ml
Answer:
c) 6000-8000 ml

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 18.
During vigorous exercise, the tidal volume is about
a) 4 -10 times
b) 4 – 7 times
c) 4 – 6 times
d) 4 – 9 times
Answer:
a) 4 -10 times

Question 19.
Match the following.
i) Inspiratory reserve volume i) 6000 ml
ii) Expiratory reserve volume ii) 1100-1200 ml
iii) Residual volume iii) 1000-31100 ml
iv) Total lung capacity iv) 2500 – 43000 ml
a) i – 2; ii – 3; iii – 4; iv – 2
b) i – 1; ii – 2; iii – 3 ; iv – 4
c) i – 4; ii – 2; iii – 2; iv -1
d) i – 3; ii – 2; iii -1; iv – 4
Answer:
c) i – 4; ii – 2; iii – 2; iv -1

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 20.
The amount of air that moves into the respiratory passage in a minute.
a) 7000ml
b) 8000 ml
c) 9000 ml
d) 6000 ml
Answer:

Question 21.
The amount of air that is not involved in gaseous exchange.
a) 200 ml
b) 150 ml
c) 300 ml
d) 250 ml
Answer:
d) 250 ml

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 22.
Total lung capacity is ………….
a) VC+RC
b) TV+IRV
c) ERV+TV+IRV
d) TV+ERV
Answer:
a) VC+RC

Question 23.
What is the solubility of carbon dioxide in tissues?
a) 30 – 35 times
b) 20 – 30 times
c) 20 – 25 times
d) 20 – 22 times
Answer:
c) 20 – 25 times

Question 24.
Vital Capacity is:
a) TV+IRV+ERV
b) RV+ERV
c) TV+IRV
d) TV+ERV
Answer:
a) TV+IRV+ERV

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 25.
In what form oxygen is transported in blood.
a) HbO4
b) HbO6
c) HbO2
d) HbO3
Answer:
c) HbO2

Question 26.
How many molecules of oxygen are accepted by haemoglobin?
a) 4
b) 3
c) 2
d) 1
Answer:
a) 4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 27.
How much O2 is delivered in 100ml of blood in normal physiological conductions?
a) 6 ml
b) 5 ml
c) 7 ml
d) 8 ml
Answer:
b) 5 ml

Question 28.
Find out the wrong pair.

a) Dissolved CO2 in blood Plasma 7- 10%
b) The transport of O2 in blood in the dissolved state 7%
c) The dissolved CO2 in haemoglobin 20-25%
d) Emphysema Smoking

Answer:
b) The transport of O2 in blood in the dissolved state – 7%

Question 29.
Where is the respiratory regulatory center present in the brain?
a) Pons Varoli
b) Pons
c) Medulla oblongata
d) cerebellum
Answer:
a) Pons Varoli

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 30.
In which altitude the symptoms of a cute mountain sickness appear?
a) 1000 feet
b) 9000 feet
c) 8000 feet
d) 7000 feet
Answer:
c) 8000 feet

Question 31.
Find out the wrong pair

a) Erythropoietin Increases the red blood cell synthesis
b) Nitrogen narcosis decompression sickness
c) Carbonic anhydrase Synthesis of carbonic acid
d) Normal ferrous Methaemoglobin

Answer:
d) Normal ferrous – Methaemoglobin

Question 32.
Find the wrong pair.

a) Level of O2 in the blood is low Skin turns bluish-black
b) Sigmoid curve Percentage Saturation of haemoglobin
c) Haemoglobin HbO4
d) Emphysema Smoking

Answer:
c) Haemoglobin – HbO4

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 33.
Whether the following statements are True or False. If so arrange them in order
i) tuberculosis is caused by mycobacterium tubercular
ii) The lungs are affected due to the bacterial infection and pneumonia fever
iii) bronchitis causes mucous accumulation in the lungs
iv) Asthma is caused by virus Sequence
a) i – True, ii – False, iii – True, iv – False
b) i – False, ii – False, iii – True, iv – False
c) i – True, ii – True, iii – True, iv – False
d) i – True, ii – True, iii – False, iv – True
Answer:
a) i – True, ii – False, iii – True, iv – False

Question 34.
Confirm:
Assertion (A): Workers working in grinding industries wear protective masks
Reason (B): People working in grinding industries suffers from silicosis
a) A – True, B – True
b) A-False, B-True
c) The assertion A is wrong
d) assertion A is wrong. The reason B is True
Answer:
a) A – True, B – True

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 35.
Confirm:
Part – A: The tar present in the nicotine damages the gaseous exchange.
Part – B: The blood vessels get narrower and the blood pressure increases due to smoking Ans:
a) Part A – False, Part B – Ture
b) Part A- True, Part B-True
c) Part A – True, Part B – is not correct explanation
d) Part A – It is a correct statement. Part B is not a correct statement
Answer:
b) Part A- True, Part B-True

Question 36.
Match and find the correct sequence
i) Pleurisy A) Constriction of alveoli
ii) Atelectasis B) Widening of alveoli
iii) Emphysema c) Accumulation of fluid in the air spaces
iv) Pulmonary edema D) Pleura becomes inflamed
a) I – D, II-A, III – B, IV – C
b) I – A, II – B, III – C, IV – D
c) I – D, II – C, III – B, IV – A
d) I – A, II – C, III-A, IV – B
Answer:
a) I – D, II-A, III – B, IV – C

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 37.
Match and find the correct sequence
i) Tuberculosis A) Alveolei will be affected
ii) Pneumonia B) Inflamation of bronchioles
iii) Asthma Q Mycobacterium
iv) Bronchitis D) Mucous secretion
a) I – A, II – B, III – C, IV – D
b) I – C, II-A, III – D, IV – D
c) I – A, II – C, III – B, IV – D
d) I – A, II – B, III – D, IV – C
Answer:
b) I – C, II-A, III – D, IV – D

Question 38.
The world tuberculosis day
a) March 20th
b) March 21st
c) March 23rd
d) March 24th
Answer:
d) March 24th

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 39.
What is the surface area of the lungs?
a) 500 square feet
b) 525 square feet
c) 550 square feet
d) 600 square feet
Answer:
b) 525 square feet

Question 40.
What is the speed of sneeze?
a) 165 km/hr
b) 200 km/hr
c) 250 km / hr
d) 225 km/ hr
Answer:
a) 165 km/hr

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 41.
The adult respires ………………….. time and newborn child respires …………………. times.
a) 12-16;30-60
b) 12-14;30-50
c) 12-20; 30-70
d) 12-30;30-70
Answer:
a) 12-16;30-60

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What is excretion?
Answer:
The exchange of oxygen and carbon dioxide between the environment and cells of our body, where organic nutrients are broken down oxygenatically to release energy.

Question 2.
How much air can be respired by a normal human adult?
Answer:
A normal adult can respire approximately 6000 to 8000 ml of air per minute. During vigorous exercise, the tidal volume is about 4-10 times higher.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
The rate of breathing in aquatic animals is faster than the of terrestrial animals. Give reason.
Answer:
The amount of dissolved oxygen is very low in water compared to the amount of oxygen in the air. Hence the rate of breathing in aquatic animals is faster than the terrestrial animals.

Question 4.
What is residual volume?
Answer:

  • The volume of air remaining in the lungs after a forceful expiration.
  • Ex.: 1100-1200ml.

Question 5.
What is the function of epiglottis?
Answer:
Epiglottis is a thin elastic flap at the junction of the nasopharynx and larynx. It prevents the food from entering into the larynx and avoids choking on food.

Question 6.
What is meant by inspiratory capacity?
Answer:
The total volume of air a person can inhale after normal expiration. It includes tidal volume and inspiratory reserve volume.
IC = TV + IRV

Question 7.
What is expiratory capacity?
Answer:
The total volume of air a person can exhale after a normal inspiration. It includes tidal volume and expiratory reserve volume.
EC = TV + ERV

Question 8.
How are lungs protected?
Answer:
The lungs are light spongy tissues enclosed in the thoracic cavity surrounded by an air-tight space. It is bound dorsally by the vertebral column and ventrally by the sternum, laterally by the ribs, and on the lower side by the dome-shaped diaphragm.

Question 9.
What is meant by minute respiratory volume?
Answer:

  • The amount of air that moves into the respiratory passage per minute is called minute respiratory volume.
    Normal TV = 500 ml
  • Normal respiratory rate = 12 times / minute Therefore the minute respiratory volume – 6 litre / minute

Question 10.
What are the characteristic features of the respiratory surface?
Answer:
The surface area of the respiratory surface is large and richly supplied with blood vessels.

  • It is extremely thin and kept moist.
  • It is in direct contact with the environment.
  • It is permeable to respiratory gases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
Give short notes on a ‘C’ shaped cartilage of bronchi?
Answer:
Bronchi have ‘c’ shaped cartilage plates to ensure that the air passage does not collapse or burst as the air pressure changes during breathing.

Question 12.
What should be the characteristic features of the respiratory surface?
Answer:

  • The surface area must be very large and richly supplied with blood vessels.
  • Should be extremely thin and kept moist.
  • Should be in direct contact with the environment.
  • Should be permeable to the respiratory gases.

Question 13.
What is meant by breathing?
Answer:
The movement of air between the atmosphere and the lungs is known as breathing.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 14.
Name the muscle that helps in respiration?
Answer:

  • Diaphragm
  • Intercostal muscle
  • External and internal intercostal muscle.

Question 15.
What is meant by expiratory reserve volume?
Answer:

  • The additional volume of air a person can forcefully exhale by forcefully expiration is called expiratory reserve volume.
  • The normal value is 1000-1100 ml.

Question 16.
What is the cause for the reduction in the elasticity of the lungs?
Answer:

  • Healthy lungs contain large amounts of elastic connective tissue around the alveoli containing elastin which makes the lung tissue elastic.
  • People with emphysema and bronchitis have difficulty in exhaling because the enzyme elastase destroys the elastin around the alveoli and reduces the elasticity of the lungs.

Question 17.
Give notes on Asthma.
Answer:

  • Allergy is caused by allergens, it may be due to dust, pollens some seafood.
  • Allergens provoke an inflammatory response. The allergens affect our respiratory tracts and we immediately start sneezing and coughing.

Question 18.
Why do some people snore?
Answer:
Breathing with a hoarse sound during sleep is caused by the vibration of the soft palate.
Snoring is caused by a partially closed upper airway (nose and throat) which becomes too narrow for enough air to travel through the lungs. This makes the surrounding tissues vibrate and produces the snoring sound.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 19.
Why we should not laugh loudly during eating.
Answer:

  • The oesophagus and trachea lies in the pharynx During swallowing a thin elastic flap called epiglottis prevent the food from entering in to the larynx.
  • If we talk or laugh during swallowing the closing of trachea becomes disturbed and hence the food may enter in to trachea.

Question 20.
Breathing through the nose is healthy than through the mouth? why?
Answer:

  • There are more dust and microbes in the air. If we breathe through the mouth there is a possibility of entering these microbes and dust in to the stomach through oesophagus.
  • When we breathe through the nose the dust will be filtered by the bristles. The dust particular is trapped by the mucous membrane of the nasal cavity.

Question 21.
Write the structure of the alveoli.
Answer:

  • The diffusion membrane of the alveolus is made up of three layers. The thin squamous epithelial cells.
  • The endothelium of the alveolar capillaries
  • The basement substance found in between them. The thin requamous epithelial cells of alveoli are composed of Type-I and Type-II cells.
  • The Type-I cells are very thin so that gases can diffuse rapidly through them. Type-II cells are thicker synthesize and secrete a substance called surfactant.

Question 22.
Give the passage of breathing.
Answer:
External nostrils → Nasal cavity → Pharynx → Larynx → bronchi → bronchioles → Alveolei → Lungs.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
What is meant by dead space?
Answer:
Some of the inspired air never reaches the gas exchange areas but fill, the respiratory passages where exchange of gases does not occur.
This air in called dead space. This air does not involve in respiration it amounts to 150 ml.

Question 2.
Give an account of the structures of haemoglobin?
Answer:

  • Hemoglobin belongs to the class of conjugated protein.
  • The iron-containing pigment portion haem constitutes only 4% and the rest colourless protein of the histone class globin.
  • The molecular weight of Hb is 68000
  • These four Iron atoms can combine with a molecule of oxygen.

Question 3.
What is meant by methaemoglobin?
Answer:
If the iron component of the haem is in ferric state in stead of normal ferrous state it is called methaemoglobin. Methaeglobin does not bind with O2.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 4.
What Are Surfactants?
Answer:
They are the thin non-cellular films made of protein and phospholipids covering the alveolar membrane.

Question 5.
What are the significances of surfactants?
Answer:
The surfactant lowers the surface tension in the alveoli and prevents the lungs from collapsing.
It also prevents pulmonary oedema.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 6.
What is new born respiratory distress syndrome (NRDS)?
Answer:
Premature Babies have low levels of surfactant in the alveoli may develop the new bom respiratory distress syndrome (NRDS) because the synthesis of surfactants begins only afer the 25th week of gestation.

Question 7.
What is the reason for yawning?
Answer:
When there is a shortage of O2, it is sensed by our brain and sends a message to CNS to correct the imbalance for O2 demand and trigger us to yawn. Yawning helps us to breath more oxygen to the lungs.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 8.
Why are hiccups occured?
Answer:
Hiccups are due to eating too fast or having occasional spasms of the diaphragm.

Question 9.
What is the need of respiration?
Answer:
For all the activities of our body energy is needed. This we receive from the food. Oxygen is utilized by the organisms to break down the biomolecules the glucose and to derive energy. Hence Respiration is necessary.

Question 10.
Why the rate of respiration in aquatic animals is high?
Answer:
The amount of dissolved oxygen is very low in water compared to the amount of oxygen in the air. So the rate of breathing in aquatic organisms is much faster than land animals.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 11.
What is the importance of mucus in the respiratory tract?
Answer:
The goblet cells present in the mucus membrane secrete mucus, a slimy material rich in glycoprotein. Microorganisms and dust particles attach to the mucus films and are carried upwards to pass down the gullet during swallowing.

Question 12.
What is dead space?
Answer:
Some of the inspired air never reaches the gas exchange areas but fills the respiratory passages where the exchange of gases does not occur. This air is called dead space. Dead space is not involved in gaseous exchange. It amounts to approximately 150mL.

Question 13.
Why should we avoid breathing with our mouths?
Answer:
Breathing through mouth results in bladder shrinkage and creates an urge to urinate in the middle of the night.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

IV. Competitive Exam Corner

Question 1.
Sarojini’s father has congestion of the lungs. His doctor advised him to take bed rest and prescribed him an inhaler. What disease is he suffering from? List the symptoms of the disease.
Answer:
He is suffering from pneumonia.
Symptoms of pneumonia:

  1. Sputum Production,
  2. Nasal congestion,
  3. Shortness of breath,
  4. Sore throat

Question 2.
A villager who came to the city was affected by severe respiratory illness due to the inhalation of particulate pollutants. Suggest the reason for his illness and how do particulate pollutants affect him.
Answer:
He is suffering from a dust allergy. As he entered in a polluted area he started sneezing and coughing. The allergens in that place affecting his respiratory tracts and provoked inflammatory response prolonged allergy leads to Asthma.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
Kumar’s mother works in a stone grinding factory. Suddenly she faints and taken to the hospital. The doctor notices fibers in the lungs. What kind of disease is she affected with? How can it be rectified?
Answer:
Long exposure to sand particles can give rise to inflammation leading to fibrosis. She must be hospitalized and have to give medication like anti-coagulation the imatinib. that fight against the disease.

(5 marks)

V. Essay Questions

Question 1.
List the primary functions of the respiratory system?
Answer:

  • It helps in exchange of O2 and CO2 between the atmosphere and the blood.
  • It maintains homeostatic regulation of body pH.
  • It protects us from inhaled pathogens and pollutants.
  • It maintains the vocal cords for normal communication.
  • It removes the heat produced during cellular respiration through breathing.

Question 2.
Describe the structure of trachea with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 1

  • The trachea is semiflexible tube supported by cartilaginous rings.
  • It starts from the pharynx and ends in the lungs there it divides into right and left primary bronchi.
  • With in the lungs the bronchi divided repeatedly into secondary and tertiary bronchi.
  • That further divides into terminal bronchioles and respiratory bronchioles.
  • Bronchi have ‘c’ shaped curved cartilage plates.
  • This plate helps in preventing collapsing as the air pressure changes during breathing.
  • There is no cartilaginous stingray the brarichioles,
  • The rigidity of the bronchioles prevents them from collapsing.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 3.
Describe the process of inspiration & expiration with a diagram?
Answer:
Inspiration occurs if the pressure inside the lungs is less than the atmospheric pressure.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 2

Inspiration:

  • There is a contraction of diaphragm muscles and external intercostal muscles which pulls the ribs and sternum upwards and downwards and increases the volume of the thoracic chamber in the dorsoventral axis.
  • Hence the pulmonary pressure is less than the atmospheric pressure.
  • This forces the fresh air from outside to enter the air passages into the lungs to equalize the pressure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 3

Expiration:

  • Expiration takes place when the pressure within the lungs is higher than the atmospheric pressure.
  • Relaxation of the diaphragm leads to its original dome-shaped nature.
  • The internal intercostal muscles contract pulling the ribs downward reducing the thoracic volume and pulmonary volume.
  • Thin results in an increase in the intrapulmonary pressure slightly above the atmospheric pressure causing the expulsion of air from the lungs.

Question 4.
Describe the structure of lung with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 4

  • The lungs are light spongy tissue.
  • It is enclosed inthe thoracic cavity surrounded by an air-tight space.
  • The thoracic cavity is bound dorsally by the ventral column and ventrally by the sternum. laterally by the ribs and on the lower side by the dome-shaped diaphragm.
  • The lungs are covered by a double walled pleural membrane and the plural cavity is filled with pleural fluid which reduces friction.
  • The trachea is a semi-flexible tube supported by cartilaginous rings which extends upto the 5th thoracic vertebra.
  • It divides into right and left bronchi and enters in to the lungs. There it divides further many times and ends in alveoli.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 5.
Describe the process of transport of oxygen.
Answer:

  1. Molecular oxygen is carried in blood in two ways. bound to haemoglobin within the red blood cells and dissolved in plasma.
  2. 3% of O2 is transported in the dissolved form.
  3. 97% of O2 binds with haemoglobin to form oxyhemoglobin.
  4. Each haemoglobin carries four molecules of O2
  5. The high PO2 in the alveoli low PCO2 low temperature and less H+ concentration favours the formation of oxyhaemoglobin.
  6. The low PO2 high PCO2 high H and high temperature favours the dissociation of O2 from oxyhaemoglobin.
  7. Every 100ml of oxygenated blood can deliver about 5ml of O2 to the tissues.

Question 6.
Give the tabulated column of partial pressure of O2 and CO2 in comparison to the gases in the atmosphere.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 5

Question 7.
Describe the process of CO2 transport.
Answer:

  • 7-10% of CO2 is transported in a dissolved form in the plasma.
  • 20-25% of dissolved CO2 is bound and carried in the RBCs as carbamino haemoglobin.
    CO2 + H6  ⇌ H6 CO2
  • About 70% of CO2 is transported as bicarbonate ions.
  • At the tisoues the PCO2 is high due to catabolism and diffuses in the blood to form HCO3 and H+
  • When CO2 diffuses into RBCs it combines with water forming carbonic acid catalyzed by carbonic anhydrase.
  • Carbonic acid is dissociated into hydrogen and bicarbonate.
    Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 6
  • Every 100 ml of deoxygenated blood delivers 4ml CO2 to the alveoli for elimination.

Question 8.
Describe the process of regulation of respriation.
Answer:

  • Medulla oblongata is a repiratory regulation centre.
  • The pneumotaxic centre present in the pons varoli is the respiratory rhythm centre.
  • The chemosensitive area found close to the rhythm centre is highly sensitive to CO2 and H+
  • H+ are eliminated out by respiratory process.
  • Receptiors associated with the aortic arch and carotid artery send signals to the rhythm centre for remedial action.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 9.
Write an essay on respiratory disorders.
Answer:
The respiratory system is affected by environmental occupational personal and social factors.
Following are some of the respiratory disorders:

Asthma: It is characterized by narrowing and inflammation of bronchi and bronchioles and difficulty in breathing.

Causes: Allergens like dust drugs pollen grains, certain food items like fish.

Emphysema: It is chronic breathlessness. It is caused by gradual breakdown of the thin wall of the alveoli decreasing the total surface area of a gaseous exchange.

Causes: The widening of the alveoli is called Emphysema.
Cigarette smoking reduces the respiratory surface of the alveolar walls.

Bronchitis: It is the inflammation of the bronchi.

Causes: Pollution smoke ciagratte smoking.

Symptoms: Cough shortness of breath sputum in the lungs.

Pneumonia: It is the inflammation of the lungs.

Causes: Bacteria and virus

Symptoms

  • Sputum production Nasal congestion, Shortness of breath sore throat.
  • Tuberculosis

Causes

  • Tuberculosis is caused by mycobacterium tubercular.
  • Infection mainly occurs in the lungs and bones.

Symptoms
Collection of fluid between the lungs and the chest wall is the main complication of this

Question 10.
List the ill effects of smoking
Answer:

  • It increases the heart beat rate.
  • It narrows the blood vessels results in raised blood pressure and leads to coronary heart diseases.
  • Smoking can cause lung diseases by damaging the airways and alveoli and results in emphysema and chronic bronchitis.

Question 11.
Tabulate the organism. respiratary organs and the
Answer:

ORGANISMS RESPIRATORY ORGANS
1. Sponges, Coelenterates Body surface
2. Earth worm The moist skin
3. Insects Trachea
4. Aquatic Arthropods mollusca Gills
5. Fishes Gills
6. Amphibians, Reptiles Aves mammals Lungs
7. Frog Lungs, Moist skin

Question 12.
What are the steps involved in the respiratory process?
Answer:
Steps involved in respiration are

  1. The exchange of air between the atmosphere and the lungs.
  2. The exchange of O2 and CO2 between the lungs and the blood.
  3. Transport of O2 and CO2 by the blood.
  4. Exchange of gases between the blood and the cells.
  5. Intake of O2 by the cells for various activities and release of CO2

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 13.
Tabulate the disorders of respiratory system.
Answer:

Disorders Symptoms
1. Pulmonary Embolism Blood clot occurs in the lung
2. Bronchitis Inflammation of the lining of your bronchial tubes
3. Asthma Swelling and narrowing of air ways and there is excess secretion of mucus.
4. Lung cancer Smoking causes cancer
5. Pneumonia Inflammation of lungs affecting alveoli
6. Pulmonary edema fluid accumulation of the tissue and air spaces of lung.
7. Emphysema Shortness of breath due to widening of alveoli
8. Atelectasis Alveoliand lungs get deflated
9. Tuberculosis It affects lungs and bones and effasion (fluid accumulation in the lungs)
10. Pleurisy Pleura becomes inflammed

Question 14.
List the problems in oxygen transport.
Answer:

  • When a person travels from sea level to elevations above 8000 ft there is a poor binding of O2 with haemoglobin.
  • There is a symptom of headache shortness of breath nausea and dizziness develop. (Acute mountain sickness)
  • To overcome this situation kidneys accelerate the production of the hormone erythropoietin which stimulates the synthesis of RBCs.

II. Inthedeepsea

  • When a person descends deep in to the sea the pressure in the water increases which causes the lungs to decrease in volume.
  • There is an increased nitrogen level in the blood lead to nitrogen narcosis.
  • When the diver ascends to the surface a condition called decompression sickness occurs. As nitrogen comes out of solution while still in the blood-forming bubbles.
  • The large bubbles can block the blood flowor can press on the nerve ending. This also causes pain in joints, muscles and causes neurological problems.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 15.
List the toxic substances present in tobacco. What are the ill-effects of smoking.
Answer:
a) Toxic substances present in tobacco.
Nicotine tar, carbon monoxide ammonia, arsenic and sulphur dioxide.

b) ill effects

  • Carbon monoxide and Nicotine damaged the cardie vascular system.
  • The tar damages the gaseous exchange system.
  • Nicotine stimulate the heart to beat faster and narrowing the blood vessels results in raised blood pressure and coronary heart diseases.
  • Carbon monoxide reduces O2 Supply.
  • Smoking causes lung, stomach, and pancreases and bladder cancer.
  • It lowers sperm count in men.

Question 16.
What is meant by chronic obstructive pulmonary disease?
Answer:

  • Smoking can cause lung diseases by damaging the airways and alveoli and results in emphysema and chronic bronchitis.
  • These two diseases along with asthma are referred to as a chronic obstructive pulmonary disease.
  • When a preson smokes 85% of the smoke released is inhaled by the smoker himself and others in the vicinity called passive smokers are also affected indirectly.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 17.
List the events in inspiration and expiration.
Answer:

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 7

Question 18.
Describe the relationship between partial pressure of O2 and the nature of O2 dissolving the haemoglobin.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration 8

  • In the alveoli high PO2 low PCO3 Low temperature and less H+ Concentration favours the formation of oxyhemoglobin wjiere as in the tissues low PO2 high PCO2 high H and high-temperature favoures the dissocation of O2 from oxyhemoglobin.
  • A sigmoid curve is obtained when the percentage saturation of haemoglobin with O2 is plotted against PO2.
  • This S, Shaped curve has a steep slope for PO2 valuer between 10 and 50 mm Hg and then flattens between 70 and 100 mm Hg.
  • Under normal physiological conditions, every 100 ml of oxygenated blood can deliver about 5 ml of O2 to the tissues.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 6 Respiration

Question 19.
List the PO2 and PCO2 during inspiration expiration and in lungs and blood vessels.
Answer:

Location Partial Pressures of Oxygen PO2 The partial pressure of CO2 PCO2
Inspiration 159 mm. Hg 0.3 mm. Hg
Expiration 120 mm. Hg 127 mm. Hg
Alveoli 104 mm. Hg 40 mm. Hg
Pulmonary artery 40 mm. Hg 45 mm.Hg
Pulmonary vein 95 mm. Hg 40 mm. Hg
Oxygenated blood 95 mm. Hg 40 mm. Hg
Deoxygenated blood 40 mm. Hg 45 mm. Hg

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

11th Bio Zoology Guide Digestion and Absorption Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
Choose the incorrect sentence from the following:
a. Bile juice emulsifies the fat
b. Chyme is a digestive acidic food in stomach
c. Pancreatic juice converts lipid into fatty acid and glycerol
d. Enterokinase stimulates the secretion of pancreatic juice
Answer:
d. Enterokinase stimulates the secretion of pancreatic juice

Question 2.
What is chyme?
a. The process of conversion of fat into small droplets.
b. The process of conversion of micelles substances of glycerol into fatty droplet.
c. The process of preparation of incompletely digested acidic food through gastric juice.
d. The process of preparation of completely digested liquid food in midgut.
Answer:
d. The process of preparation of completely digested liquid food in midgut.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 3.
Which of the following hormones stimulate the production of pancreatic juice and bicarbonate?
a. Angiotensin and epinephrine
b. Gastrin ¿md insulin
c. Cholecystokinin and secretin
d. Insulin and glucagon
Answer:
c. Cholecystokinin and secretin

Question 4.
The sphincter of Oddi guards
a. Hepatopanci’eatic duct
b. Common bile duct
c. Pancreatic duct
d. Cystic duct
Answer:
a. Hepatopanci’eatic duct

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 5.
In small intestine, active absorption occurs in case of
a. Glucose
b. Amino acids
c. Na+
d. All the above
Answer:
d. All the above

Question 6.
Which one is incorrectly matched?
a. Pepsin – stomach
b. Renin – liver
c. Trypsin – intestine
d. Ptyalin – mouth
Answer:
b. Renin – liver

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 7.
Absorption of glycerol, fatty acid and monoglycerides takes place by
a. Lymph vessels within villi
b. Walls of stomach
c. Colon
d. Capillaries within villi
Answer:
a. Lymph vessels within villi

Question 8.
First step in digestion of fat is
a. Emulsification
b. Enzyme action
c. Absorption by lacteals
d. Storage in adipose tissue
Answer:
a. Emulsification

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 9.
Enterokinase takes part in the conversion of
a. Pepsinogen into pepsin
b. Trypsinogen into trypsin
c. Protein into polypetide
d. Caseinogen into casein
Answer:
b. Trypsinogen into trypsin

Question 10.
Which of the following combinations are not matched?

Column – I Column – II
a. Bilirubin and biliverdin (i) Intestinal juice
b. Hydrolysis of starch (ii) Amylases
c. Digestion of fat (iii) Lipases d Salivary gland
d. salivary gland (iv) Parotid

Answer:
a. Bilirubin and biliverdin – (i) Intestinal juice

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 11.
Match column I with column II and choose the correct option

Column – I Column -II
P. Small intestine i. Largest factory
Q. Pancreas ii. Absorption of water
R. Liver iii. Carrying electrolytic solution
S. Colon iv. Digestion and absorption

a. (P-iv) (Q-iii) (R-i) (S-ii)
b. (P- iii) (Q-ii) (R-i) (S-iv)
c. (P-iv) (Q-iii) (R-ii) (S-i)
d. (P-ii) (Q-iv) (R-iii) (S-i)
Answer:
a. (P-iv) (Q-iii) (R-i) (S-ii)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 12.
Match column I with column II and choose the correct option

Column – I Column -II
P. Small intestine i. 23 cm
Q. Large intestine ii. 4 meter
R. Oesophagus iii. 12.5 cm
S. Pharynx iv. 1.5 meter

a. (P-iv) (Q- ii) (R- i) (S-iii)
b. (P- ii) (Q- iv) (R- i) (S-iii)
c. (P-i) (Q-iii) (R-ii) (S-iv)
d. (P-iii) (Q-i) (R-ii) (S-iv)
Answer:
b. (P- ii) (Q- iv) (R- i) (S-iii)

Question 13.
Match column I with column II and choose the correct option

Column – I Column -II
P. Lipase i) Starch
Q. Pepsin ii) Cassein
R. Renin iii) Protein
S. Ptyalin iv) Lipid

a. (P-iv) (Q-ii) (R-i) (S- iii)
b. (P- iii) (Q- iv) (R- ii) (S- i)
c. (P- iv) (Q- iii) (R-ii) (S- i)
d. (P- iii) (Q- ii) (R- iv) (S- i)
Answer:
c. (P- iv) (Q- iii) (R-ii) (S- i)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 14.
Which of the following is not the function of the liver?
a. Production of insulin
b. Detoxification
c. Storage of glucogen
d. Production of bile
Answer:
a. Production of insulin

Question 15.
Assertion (A): Large intestine also shows the presence of a villi-like small intestine.
Reason (B): Absorption of water takes place in the large intestine
a. Both A and B are true and B is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and B are true but B is not the correct explanation of A
c. A is true but B is false
d. A is false but B is true
Answer:
a. Both A and B are true and B is the correct explanation of A

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 16.
Which of the following is not true regarding intestinal villi?
a. They possess microvilli
b. They increase the surface area
c. They are supplied with capillaries and the lacteal vessels
d. They only participate in the digestion of fats
Answer:
d. They only participate in the digestion of fats

Question 17.
Which of the following combinations are not matched?
a. Vitamin D – Rickets
b. Thiamine – Beriberi
c. Vitamin K – Sterlity
d. Miacin – Pellagea.
Answer:
c. Vitamin K – Sterility

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 18.
Why are villi present in the intestine and not in the stomach?
Answer:
In the small intestine, digestion gets completed and the absorption of digested food materials like glucose, amino acids, fatty acids, and glycerol takes place. The food materials are to be retained in the intestine by increasing the surface area. Hence villi are present in the intestine. The stomach is the temporary storing organ of food. In the stomach, HCl, pepsin, renin, and lipase are secreted. These are concerned with digestion. Hence villi are not present in the stomach.

Question 19.
Bile juice contains no digestive enzymes. yet it is important for digestion. Why?
Answer:

  • The pile contains bile pigments (Bilirubin and biliverdin)
  • The pile pigments are broken down products of heamoglobin of dead RBC’s
  • Bile salts, cholesterol, and phospho lipids.
  • Bile has no enzyme.
  • Bile helps in the emulsification of fats.
  • Bile salts reduce the surface tension of fat droplets and break them into small globules.
  • Bile also activates lipase to digest lipids.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 20.
List the chemical changes that starch molecule undergoes from the time it reaches the small intestine.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 1

Question 21.
How do proteins differ from fats in their energy value and their role in the body?
Answer:

Protein Lipid
1. The caloric value 5.65 Kcal/ gram The caloric value 9.45 Kcal/gram
Q- Physiological fuel value 4 Kcal/gram Physiological fuel value 9 Kcal/ gram

Question 22.
Digestive secretions are secreted only when needed discuss.
Answer:

  • The saliva is secreted by the salivary gland in the mouth Saliva
  • The saliva contains water.
  • Electrolytes – Na+, K+ , Cl, HCo3
  • Salivary amylase (ptyalin)
  • Mucus (a glycoprotein)
  • Polysaccharides, starch is hydrolyzed by the salivary amylase enzyme into disaccharides (maltose)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 2

Stomach

  • The gastric j uice contains HCI and proenzymes
  • Proenzyme pepsinogen on exposure to HCI gets converted into active enzyme pepsin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 3

  • The HCI provides an acidic medium (pH=1.8) which is optimum for pepsin, kills bacteria and other harmful organisms and avoids putrification.
  • Proteolytic enzyme found in gastric juice of Infants is rennin helps in the digestion of milk protein caseinogen to casein in the presence of calcium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 4

Small Intestine

Pancreatic juice:
Enzymes: Trypsinogen, Chymotrypsinogen, Carboxypeptidases, Pancreatic, Amalyse, Pancreatic Lipase, and Nucleases.

Trypsinogen is activated by an enzyme enterokinase, secreted by the intestinal mucosa into active trypsin, which in turn activates the enzyme chymotrypsinogen in the pancreatic juice.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 5

Bile Juice:
The bile contains bile pigment (Bilirubin, and biliverdin) as the breakdown product of heamoglobin of dead RBCs, Bile salts, Cholesterol, and phospholipids. But has no enzymes. Bile helps in the emulsification of fats. Bile salts reduce the surface tension of fat droplets and break them into small globules, bile also activates lipases to digest lipids.

Pancreatic juice action:
Trypsin hydrolyses protein into polypeptides and peptones. While chymotrypsin hydrolyses peptide bonds associated with specific amino acids.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 6

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 7

Succus enterius:
The secretions of the Brunner’s gland along with the secretions of the intestinal glands constitute the intestinal juice or succus entericus.
Enzymes: Maltase, lactase, sucrase (invertase), dipeptidases, lipases, nucleosidases.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 8

Bicarbonate ions from the Pancreas provide an alkaline medium (pH=7.8) for the enzymatic action.
All macromolecules → Micromolecules
Carbohydrate → Monosaccharides
Protein → Aminoacid
Lipids → Fatty acids and Glycerol

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 23.
Label the given diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 9
A – Right hepatic duct of the liver
B – Common bile duct
C – Pancreatic duct (duct of wirsung)
D – Hepatopancreatic duct
E – Cystic duct

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Digestion and Absorption Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Option.

Question 1.
……………………… litres of digestive juice is poured into the alimentary canal and are reabsorbed each day.
a) 6 – 7 lit
b) 0 – 7 lit
c) 5-7 lit
d) 3 – 7 lit
Answer:
b) 0 – 7 lit

Question 2.
The Hard chewing surface of the teeth is made of ………………………… and helps in mastication of food.
a) Enamel
b) Crown
c) Denton
d) Plague
Answer:
a) Enamel

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 3.
Which is the correct statement?
a) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the anterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
b) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ not attached at the posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
c) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
d) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the anterior, posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.
Answer:
c) Tongue is a freely movable muscular organ attached at the posterior end by the frenulum to the floor of the buccal cavity.

Question 4.
Which is the correct sequence?
a) Gullet → Glottis → Epiglottis
b) Epiglottis → Glottis → Gullet
c) Glottis → Gullet → Epiglottis
d) Gullet → Epiglottis → Glottis
Answer:
a) Gullet → Glottis → Epiglottis

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 5.
Which is a false statement?
a) Stomach divided into three region
b) Cardiac, fundic, pyloric regions
c) Pyloric region found between duodenum and jejunum
d) Cardiac region has a sphincter
Answer:
c) Pyloric region found between duodenum and jejunum

Question 6.
Find out the incorrect pair.
a) Starch – Amylase
b) Protein – Pepsin
c) Casein – Trypsin
d) Lipid – Lipase
Answer:
c) Casein – Trypsin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 7.
Find out the correct pair
a) Duodenum – 25 m
b) Jejunum – 2.4 m
c) Ileum – 3.7 m
d) Oesophagus – 10 m
Answer:
b) Jejunum – 2.4 m

Question 8.
Which is a wrong statement
a) Brunner’s gland doesn’t secrete mucus and enzymes
b) Brunner’s gland secretes mucus and enzymes
c) It is found in duodenum
d) It is theopenningofcaecum
Answer:
a) Brunner’s gland doesn’t secrete mucus and enzymes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 9.
Where is crypts of Leiberkuhn seen?
a) Small Intestine
b) Oesophages
c) Stomach
d) Rectum
Answer:
a) Small Intestine

Question 10.
The anal column may get enlarged and causes
a) Haemoralds
b) Haemorhoids
c) Elaemorods
d) Elaemorals
Answer:
b) Haemorhoids

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 11.
Find the correct statement
a) Serosa – The outer layer formed of connective tissue
b) Serosa – Connective tissue, epithelial tissue
c) Serosa – Connective tissue, striated cells
d) Serosa – Connective tissue, thin squanmous epithelium
Answer:
d) Serosa – Connective tissue, thin squanmous epithelium

Question 12.
Match the following
1. Parotid gland – i) Pepsin
2. Sub maxillary gland – ii) Stenson’s duct
3. Sublingual gland – iii) Wharton’s duct
4. Stomach – iv) Duct of Rivinis
a) (1-ii) (2-iii) (3-iv) (4-i)
b) (1-i) (2-ii) (3-iii) (4-iv)
c) (1-ii) (2-iii) (3-i) (4-iv)
d) (1-iii) (2-ii) (3-iv) (4-i)
Answer:
a) (1-ii) (2-iii) (3-iv) (4-i)

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 13.
Where is castle intrinsic factor secreted?
a) Intestine
b) Digestive passage
c) Stomach
d) Large intestine
Answer:
c) Stomach

Question 14.
The hepatic lobules are covered by …………………….. a thin connective tissue sheath.
a) Glisson’s capsule
b) Cardiac membrane
c) Renal membrane
d) Cystic membrane
Answer:
a) Glisson’s capsule

Question 15.
Find the correct statement. The differentiation of Liver
a) 4-5 week
b) 3-4 week
c) 4-7 week
d) 12-3 week
Answer:
b) 3-4 week

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 16.
Find the wrong statement
a) Saliva – Ptyalin
b) Digestive tract – Mucous membrane
c) Stomach – Pepsin
d) Small intestine – Glucokinase
Answer:
d) Small intestine – Glucokinase

Question 17.
What is pH of food at the time of absorption?
a) 7.3
b) 7.5
c) 7.8
d) 7.7
Answer:
c) 7.8

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 18.
True or false
a) Carbohydrate – Glucose
b) Protein – Aminoacid
c) Fat – Fatty acid
d) Bile – Pepsin
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 32
Answer:-
a) True
b) True
c) False
d) False

Question 19.
Find x-part the diagram
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 10
a) Common bile duct
b) Pancreatic duct
c) Jejunum
d) Gall bladder
Answer:
b) Pancreatic duct

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 20.
Find the correct pair.
a) Carbohydrate -50% -400-500 gm
b) Fat-15%65-75 gm
c) Carbohydrate -51 % 400 -450 gm
d) Fat-15% -70-75 gm
Answer:
a) Carbohydrate -50% -400-500 gm

Question 21.
Name the vitamin synthesized by bacteria of the large intestine
a) D
b) K
c) C
d) E
Answer:
b) K

Question 22.
Find the correct statement.
a) Unused protein – stored in the liver
b) Unused protein – stored in the muscle
c) Unused protein – excretes as nitrogen
d) Unused protein – excretes through faeces
Answer:
c) Unused protein – excretes as nitrogen

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 23.
What is the nature of food in the stomach?
a) Chyme
b) Fermented
c) Solid
d) Semisolid
answer:
a) Chyme

Question 24.
Which is the longest part of the digestive system?
a) Large intestine
b) Small intestine
c) Oesophages
d) Stomach
Answer:
b) Small intestine

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 25.
Where is pyloric muscle present?
a) Junction between oesophagus and stomach
b) Junction between the large intestine and small intestine
c) Junction between small intestine and stomach
d) Junction between large intestine and rectum
Answer:
c) Junction between small intestine and stomach

Question 26.
How much protein is needed for a day?
a) 1 gm per kg
b) 2 gm per kg
c) 1.5gmperkg
d) 2.5gmperkg
Answer:
a) 1 gm per kg

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
What are the uses of food?
Answer:
The food we eat provides energy and organic substances for growth and the replacement of worn-out and damaged tissues. It regulates and coordinates the various activities that take place in the body.

Question 2.
What are the special features that help in absorbing digested food?
Answer:

  • There is an increase in the small intestine surface area.
  • The villi are present in the inner walls of the intestine.
  • The villi is the absorbtive unit
  • The microvilli present in the villi increase the absorptive surface.

Question 3.
Why do we need a digestive system?
Answer:
The food that we eat is macromolecules, and inabsorbable. These are to be broken down into smaller macro-molecules in absorbable forms. This is done by the digestive system.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 4.
How is fat and other nutrients of bile helped in digestion?
Answer:
It helps in emulsifying fat. The bile salt decreases the surface tension of fat molecules and converting it to chilo micron.

Question 5.
What is the function of the digestive system?
Answer:
The function of the digestive system is to bring the nutrients, water, and electrolytes from the external environment into every cell in the body through the circulatory system.

Question 6.
What happens when there is no secretion of HCI in the stomach?
Answer:

  • The HCI in the stomach coverts the inactivated pepsinogen into active pepsin.
  • The activated pepsin acts on protein and converts them into proteases and peptones
  • HCI provides an acidic medium which is optimum for pepsin action.

Question 7.
List out the processes starting from the ingestion of protein and storning in the muscle cells and converting them in to the parts of cytoplasm?
Answer:
Stomach:
The gastric juice contains pepsin. This is the first enzyme that works on protein.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 11

  • Rennin is present in the gastric juice of infants
  • It helps in the digestion of caesinogen and converts into casein.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 12

Pancreas:

  • Trypsin hydrolyses proteins in to polypeptides and peptones.
  • Chymotrypsin hydrolyses peptide bonds associated with specific amino acids.

Succus Entricus
The peptidases present in the intestinal juice convert the di and polypeptides to amino acids.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 13
The end product of digestion the amino acids that are absorbed by the villi and reach the blood.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 8.
What is diphyodont dentition?
Answer:
Human beings and many mammals form two sets of teeth during their lifetime, a set of 20 temporary milk teeth which gets replaced by a set of 32 permanent teeth. This type of dentition is called diphyodont dentition.

Question 9.
Why the food prepared in the house is better than the food which is prepared by causing preservative and artificial enhancers?
Answer:
The food prepared by using artificial enhancers and preservatives creates so many diseases.
Diseases

  • Heart problems
  • Hypertension
  • Sterility
  • Stomach disorders
  • Attainment of early puberty in girl children.

Question 10.
What is known as the dental formula of human beings?
Answer:
The arrangement of teeth in each half of the upper and lower jaw in the order of I, C, P, and M can be represented by the dental formula. The dental formula of man is 2123 / 2123.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 11.
What are the steps to be taken to care for our alimentary tract?
Answer:

  • We have to take healthy foods.
  • We have to take plenty of water.
  • We have to regulate our stress.
  • We have to take probiotics daily.
  • We have to do exercise daily.

Question 12.
What are the functions of soluble and insoluble fibres?
Answer:
The food contain two types of fibres.
Soluble fibre: It soaks up toxins and waste in the digestive system.
Insoluble fibre: Roughage. It moves bulk through the intestine to help with regular bowel movements.
This upper surface of the tongue has small projections called Papillae.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 13.
What is the function of the tongue?
Answer:
The tongue helps in the intake of food, chew and mix food with saliva, swallow food, and also speak. The upper surface of the tongue has small projections called papillae with taste buds.

Question 14.
What are Oesophages?
Answer:
Oesophages connect the buccal cavity and stomach.

Question 15.
What is gastro oesophagus reflux disorder?
Answer:
If the cardiac sphincter does not contract properly during the churning action of the stomach the gastric juice with acid may flow back into the oesophagus and cause heart bum, resulting in GERD (Gastro Oesophagus Reflex Disorder).

Question 16.
How larger food molecules are converted into small molecules?
Answer:

Large Molecules Small Molecules
1. Carbohydrate Monosaccharides – Glucose fructose Galactose
2. Protein Amino acids
3. Fat Amino acids

Question 17.
What are gastric rugae?
Answer:
The inner wall of the stomach has many folds called gastric rugae which unfold to accommodate a large meal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 18.
What is meant by colities?
Answer:

  • The bacterial infection may cause inflammation of the innerlining of colon called colitis.
  • The most common symptoms of colitis are rectal bleeding abdominal cramps and diarrhoea.

Question 19.
What is indigestion?
Answer:

  • It is a digestive disorder in which the food is not properly digested leading to a feeling of fullness of stomach.
  • It may be due to in adequate enzyme secretion anxiety food poisoning overeating and spicy food.

Question 20.
Give notes on vomiting?
Answer:
It is reverse peristalsis. Harmful substances are ejected through the mouth. This action is controlled by the vomit centre located in the medulla oblongate a feeling of nausea precedes vomiting.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 21.
What is meant by digestion? What is the different processes of digestion?
Answer:
The break down of the macromolecules of food in to the micro molecules of food is known as digestion.
Stages

  1. Ingestion
  2. Digestion
  3. Absorption
  4. Assimilation
  5. Elimination of undigested substances digestion

Question 22.
What is Frenulum?
answer:
The tongue is attached at the posterior end to the floor of the buccal cavity by the structure frenulum and the tongue is free in the front.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 23.
What is meant by GERD – GASTERO oesophagus reflex disorder?
Answer:

  • There are two sphincter muscles namely cardiac sphincter and pyloric sphincter present in the stomach.
  • If the sphineter does not contract properly during the churning action of the stomach of the gastric juice with acid may flow back in to the oesophagus and cause heart bum resulting in GERD.

Question 24.
How is piles or haemorrhoides formed?
Answer:

  • The anal mucosa is folded into several vertical folds contains arteries and veins called anal columns.
  • if these anal columns get enlarged and causes piles or haemorrhoides.

Question 25.
Name the enzyme which converts the inactivated enzymes into the active enzyme.
Answer:
1. Enterokinase:
It converts the inactivated Trypsinogen in to Trypsin.

2. Trypsin:
The inactive chymotrypsinogen is converted into chymotrypsin
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 25

Question 26.
What are the food components needed for a person for healthy living?
Answer:

  • Carbohydrates
  • Proteins
  • Lipids
  • Vitamin
  • Minerals
  • Fibre
  • Water

Question 27.
Define Thecodont?
Answer:
Each tooth is embedded in a socket in the jaw bone; this type of attachment is called thecodont.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 28.
What is meant by assimilation?
answer:
All the body tissues utilize the absorbed substances for their activities and incorporate in to their protoplasm this process is called assimilation.

Question 29.
Define Plaque.
Answer:
Minerals salts like Calcium and Magnesium are deposited on the teeth and form a hard layer of tartar or calculus called plaque.

Question 30.
What is Papillae?
Answer:
This upper surface of the tongue has small projections called Papillae.

Question 31.
What are the parts of Stomach?
Answer:

  • A cardiac portion
  • A fundic portion
  • A pyloric portion

Question 32.
What is the portion of small intestine?
Answer:
Duod enum – 25Cm
Jejunum-2.4m
Ileum-3.5m

Question 33.
What is Gastric rugae?
Answer:
The inner wall of the stomach has much folds called gastric rugae which unfolds to accommodate a large meal.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 34.
What are the parts of large Intestine?
Answer:

  • Caecum
  • Colon
  • Rectum

Question 35.
What are the regions of colon.
Answer:
The colon is divided into four region.

  1. An ascending region
  2. A Transverse region
  3. A Descending region
  4. A Sigmoid region

Question 36.
What are the layers found in the alimentary canal?
Answer:

  • Serosa
  • Muscularis
  • Sub – mucosa
  • Mucosa

Question 37.
What are the elements found in Saliva?
Answer:

  • Water
  • Electrolytes (Na+, K+, Cl, HCO3)
  • Salivary Amylase (Ptyalin)
  • Anti bacterial agent Lysozyme
  • Lubricating agent mucus (glycoprotein).

Question 38.
What are the components present in bile?
Answer:

  • Bilirubin
  • Biliverdin
  • Bile Salts
  • Cholesterol
  • Phospholipids

Question 39.
Name the gastric juices found in the stomach.
Answer:

  • Hydrochloric acid (PH 1.8)
  • Proenzyme – Pepsinogen
  • Pepsin Rennin

Question 40.
What is the function of Pyloric Sphincter?
Answer:

  • The opening of the stomach into the duodenum is guarded by the Pyloric Sphincter.
  • It periodically allows partially digested food to enter the duodenum and also prevents regurgitation of food.

Question 41.
What is the Calorific value of carbohydrates?
Answer:

  • The caloric value of Carbohydrates is 4.1 calories /gram.
  • The physiological fuel value is 4 Kcal / gram.

Question 42.
A person is suffering from a digestion problem. What may be the reason?
Answer:
This person may be suffering from constipation.
Constipation:
The faeces are retained within the rectum, because of irregular bowel movement due to poor intake of fibre in the diet and lack of physical activities.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 43.
What is oral hydration therapy?
Answer:
If there is more loss of water due to diarrhea dehydration may occur. Treatment is known as oral hydration therapy.
This involves drinking plenty of fluids sipping small amounts of water at a time interval to rehydrate the body.

Question 44.
Define Obesity.
Answer:
It is caused due to the storage of excess of body fat in adipose tissue.
It may induce hypertension, atherosclerotic heart disease and diabetes.

Question 45.
What is BMI Calculation?
Answer:
BMI is calculated as body weight in Kg, divided by the square of height in meter.
\(\mathrm{BMI}=\frac{\text { Body Weight in } \mathrm{Kg}}{\text { (Body Height) }^{2} \text { in meter }}\)
For example :
A person Weight = 50 Kg
Height = 1.6m
\(=50 / 1.6^{2}\)
BMI = 19.5

(3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
Define Gingivitis?
Answer:
The plaque formed on teeth is not removed regularly, it would spread down the tooth into the narrow gap between the gums and enamel and cause inflammation, called gingivitis.
Symptoms;
It leads to redness and bleeding of gums and leads to bad smell.

Question 2.
What is Heterodont?
Answer:
The permanent teeth are of four different types (heterodont).
Incisors – Chisel like cutting teeth
Caniues – Dogger shaped tearing teeth
Premolar -Grinding Molar – Grinding and Crushing
\(\frac{2123}{2123} \times 2=\frac{16}{16}\)
Upper Jaw – 16 teeth
Lower Jaw – 16 teeth

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 3.
What are the signifance of Liver?
Answer:
1. Destroy aging and defective bloodcells.
2. Stored glucose in the form of glycogen or disperses glucose into the blood stream with the help of pancreatic hormones.
3. Stores fat soluble vitamins and iron.
4. Detoxifies toxic substances.
5. Involves in the synthesis of non – essential aminoacids and urea.

Question 4.
Explain about the protein deficiency disease.
Answer:
Protein Energy Malnutrition (PEM):

  • Marasmus
  • Kwarshiorkor Marasmus:
  • Children are suffering from diarrhoea Body becomes lean and weak
  • Reduced fat and muscle tissue with thin and folded skin.

Kwashiorkor:

  • Dry skin
  • Potbelly
  • Edema in the legs and face
  • Stunted growth
  • Changes in hair colour
  • Weakness and irritability

Question 5.
Name the digestive secretions.
Answer:

  • Salivary glands
  • Bile juice
  • Pancreatic juice Gastric juice Small Intestinal juice.

Question 6.
What are the types of Salivary glands and their ducts?
Answer:

Gland Location Ducts
1.Parotids Cheeks Stenson’s duct
2. Submandibular Lower Jaw Wharton’s duct
3. Sublingual Beneath the tonguç Bartholin’s duet (or) ducts of Rivinis
The daily secretion of Saliva from Saliva glands ranges from 1000 to 1500ml.

Question 7.
What are the cells of gastric gland and their Secretions?
Answer:

Gastric cells of glands Secretion
1. Chief cells (or) Peptic cells (or) Zymogen cells Gastric enzymes
2. Goblet cells Mucus
3. Parietal (or) Oxyntic cells HCI an intrinsic factor responsible for the absorption of vitamin B12 is called castle’s intrinsic factor.

Question 8.
Draw and label the layers of the alimentary canal.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 14
A – Microvilli
B – Circular muscle
C – Mucous
D – Muscular layer

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 9.
Explain the protein deficiency diseases.
Answer:
Growing children require more amount of protein for their growth and development. Protein deficient diet during the early stage of children may lead to protein-energy malnutrition such as Marasmus and Kwashiorkor. Symptoms are dry skin, pot-belly, oedema in the legs and face, stunted growth, changes in hair colour, weakness, and irritability.

Marasmus is an acute form of protein malnutrition. This condition is due to a diet with inadequate carbohydrates and protein. Such children are suffering from diarrhea, the body becomes lean and weak (emaciated) with reduced-fat and muscle tissue with thin and folded skin.

Question 10.
What are the ill effects of adulteration of food?
Answer:

  • Food adulteration causes harmful effects in the form of head ache palpitations allergies, cancers.
  • It reduces the food quality common adulteration are addict onto citric acid to lemon juice.
  • Papaya seeds to pepper melamine to milk.

Question 11.
A person has diet control in particular time, he takes large amount of rice, curd, buttermilk and onion why? and write about it?
Answer:
Yes the person is suffering from Jaundice.
Jaundice:

  • It is the condition in which liver is affected and the defective liver fails to break down haemoglobulin and to remove bile pigments from the blood.
  • Deposition of these pigments changes the colour of eyes and skin yellow.
  • Jaundice is caused due to hepatitis Viral Infection

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 12.
What is the effects of crystallized cholesterol?
Answer:
The effects of crystallized cholesterol is Gall Stones.

Gall Stones:

  • Any alteration in the composition of the bile can cause the formation of stones in the gall bladder.
  • The stones are mostly formed of crystallized cholesterol in the bile.
  • The gall stone causes obstruction in the cystic duct, hepatic duct and also hepatopancreatic duct, causing pain, Jaundice and pancreatitis.

Question 13.
What is indigestion?
Answer:
It is a digestive disorder in which the food is not properly digested leading to a feeling of fullness of stomach. It may be due to inadequate enzyme secretion, anxiety, food poisoning, overeating and spicy food.

Question 14.
Writes notes on Peptic Ulcer.
Answer:

  • It refers to an eroded area of the tissue lining (Mucosa) in the stomach or duodenum.
  • A duodenal ulcer occurs in people in the age group of 25-45 years.
  • Gastric ulcer is more common in person above the age of 5üyears.
  • Ulcer mostly due to infections caused by the bacterium Helicobacter pylon.
  • It may be due to uncontrolled usage of aspirin or certain anti-inflammatory drugs.
  • It is caused due to smoking, alcohol, caffeine, and psychological stress.

Question 15.
What is a hiatus hernia or diaphragmatic hernia?
Answer:
It is a structural abnormality in which the superior part of the stomach protrudes slightly above the diaphragm. The exact cause of hiatus hernias is not known. In some people, injury or other damage may weaken muscle tissue, by applying too much pressure (repeatedly) on the muscles around the stomach while coughing, vomiting, and straining during bowel movement and lifting heavy objects.

Question 16.
Give notes on the stomach.
Answer:

  • Stomach functions as the temporary storage organ for food.
  • It consists of three parts cardiac fundic and pyloric stomach.
  • The oesophagus opens into a cardiac stomach and guarded by cardiac sphincter.
  • The pyloric stomach opens into duodenum and is guarded by the pyloric sphincter.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 15

  • It allows partially digested food to enter the duodenum and prevents regurgitation of food.
  • The inner walls of stomach has many folds which unfolds to accommodate a large meal.

Question 17.
Give short notes on intestinal villi?
Answer:

  • The ileal mucosa has numerous vascular projections called villi which are involved in the process of absorption.
  • The cells lining the villi produce numerous microscopic projections called microvilli giving a brush border appearance and increase the surface area enormously.
  • Along with villi the clear mucosa contain mucous secreting goblet cell and peyer patches which produce lymphocytes.
  • The wall of the small intestine bears crypts between the base of villi called crypts of leiberkuhn.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 16

Question 18.
Write a paragraph on peptic ulcers.
Answer:
It refers to an eroded area of the tissue lining (mucosa) in the stomach or duodenum. A duodenal ulcer occurs in people in the age group of 25 – 45 years. Gastric ulcer is more common in persons above the age of 50 years. An ulcer is mostly due to infections caused by the bacterium Helicobacter pylori. It may also be caused due to uncontrolled usage of aspirin or certain anti-inflammatory drugs. An ulcer may also be caused due to smoking, alcohol, caffeine, and psychological stress.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 19.
Give an account of the Pancreas.
Answer:

  • The Pancreatic is the second-largest gland in the digestive system which is a yellow coloured compound organ.
  • It consists of exocrine and endocrine cells.
  • It is situated between the limbs of the ‘U’ shaped duodenum.
  • The exocrine portion secretes trypsin, pancreatic lipase, amylase.
  • The islets of Langerhans cells of the pancreas secrete insulin and glucogen hormone.

Question 20.
Name the alimentary canal parts and the absorptive substance.
Answer:

Organ Substances tube absorbed
1. Mouth Water Simple Sugar
2. Stomach Alcohol, Medicine, Simple Sugar
3. Intestine Simple Sugar, Amino acids, Fatty Acids, Glycerol
4. Colon More Water, Minerals, Vitamins, Medicines

(5 marks)

IV. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Describe the structure of the large intestine with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 17

1. The Caecum:

  • It is a small blind pouch-like structure that opens into the colon and it possesses a narrow finger-like tubular projection called vermi form appendix.
  • Caecumand vermiform appendix is large in herbivorous animals and act as an important site for cellulose digestion with the help of symbiotic bacteria.

2. The Colon:
The colon is divided in to four regions an ascending transverse a descending part and a sigmoid Colon. The Colon is lined by dilations called haustra.

3. Sigmoid Colon:

  • ‘S’ shaped sigmoid colon opensinto the rectum.
  • The anus is guarded by two anal sphincter muscles. The anal mucosa is folded in to several vertical folds and contains arteries and veins called anal column.
  • Anal colomn may get enlarged and causes piles.

Question 2.
Describe the structure of liver with a diagram.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 18

  • The liver is the largest gland in our body.
  • It is situated below the diaphragm.
  • The liver consists of two major left and right lobes and two minor lobes.
  • Each lobe has many hepatic lobules called a functional unit of liver and is covered by a thin connective sheath called Glissons capsule.
  • Liver cells secrete and is stored in gall bladder. The duct of gall bladder and the hepatic duct form the common bile duct.
  • The bile duct and the pancreatic duct joined to gether formed a common duct and opens into duodenum and is guarded by a sphincter of oddi.
  • Liver has high power of regeneration and liver cells are replaced by new ones every 3-4 weeks.

Question 3.
Describe the process of digestion in the mouth.
Answer:

  • The smell the sight and taste as well as the mechanical stimulation of food in the mouth trigger a reflex action that results in the secretion of saliva.
  • The mechanical digestion starts in the mouth by grinding and chewing of good.
  • The saliva contains water electrolytes like Na, K, C1, HCO3 salivary amylase or ptyalin antibacterial agent lysozyme and a lubrication agent mucus.
  • The saliva moistening lubricating and adhering the masticated food into a bolus.
  • The ptyalin in the saliva hydrolyzes 30% of the poly saccharide into disaccharides.
  • The bolus is passed into the pharynx and then into the oesophagus by swallowing or deglutition.
  • The bolus reaches the stomach by successive waves of muscular contraction called peristalsis.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 4.
Describe the process of digestion in the stomach
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 19

  • The secretion of gastric juice begins when the food is in the mouth.
  • The gastric juice contains HCI pepsinogen renin etc.
  • The HCI changes the pepsinogen into pepsin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 26

  • Pepsin acts on protein and converts into proteoses and peptones.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 27

 

  • The HCI provides an acidic medium which is optimum for pepsin kills bacteria and other harmful organisms and avoids putrefaction.
  • The mucous and bicarbonates protect the stomach from acidic HCl.
  • The rennin converts the milk protein caesinogen to casein in the presence of calcium ions.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 28

Question 5.
Describe the process of digestion in the small intestine.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 20
The bile pancreatic juice and intestinal juice the secretions released into the small intestine.

Bile:

  • The bile contains bile pigments bilirubin and biliverdin as the break down products of haemoglobin of  dead RBCs bile salts.
  • Bile helps in emulsification of fats Bile salts reduce the surface tension of the fat droplets and break them into small globules.
  • Bile also activates lipases to digest lipids.

Pancreas:

  • The pancreatic juice contains enzymes such as trypsinogen, Chymotrypsinogen.
  • Trypsinogen is activated by an enzyme enterokinase into active trypsin.
  • Trypsin activate the chymotrypsinogen into chymotrypsin.
  • Trypsin hydrolyses protein into polypeptides and peptones.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 21
Chymotrypsin hydrolyses peptide bonds associated with specific aminoacids.
The amylase converts glycogen and starch into maltose.
Lipase acts on tri glycerides and hydrolyes them into free fatty acid and mono glycerides.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 22

Succtts entricus:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 23

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 6.
What is meant by absorption? How is digested food absorbed in the digestive system?
Answer:
Absorption is a process by which the end product of digestion passes through the intestinal mucosa in to the blood and lymph.
Process of absorption:

1. Simple Diffusion:
Small amounts of glucose amino acids and chloride ions are absorbed by simple diffusion.

2. Facilitated Transport:
Fructose arc absorbed with the help of the carrier ions like Na.

3. Active Transport:
Aminoacids, Glucose and Sodium are absorbed by active transport.

4. Passive Transport:
Fatty acid are absorbed by the Lacteals of Villi.

Question 7.
What is the caloric value of carbohydrates, proteins and fats?
Answer:
We obtain 50% of energy from carbohydrates 35 % from fats and 15 % from proteins.
We require about 400 – 500 gm of carbohydrates. 60 – 70 gm of fat 65 to 75 gm of proteins per day.

Carbohydrate:
The caloric valve of Carbohydrate is 4.1 calories gram and its physiological fuel value is 4 Kcal per gram.

Lipid:
Fat hasa caloric valve of 9.45 KCal and a physiological fuel value of 9 KCal per gram.

Protein:
The caloric and physiological fuel value of one gram of protein are 5.65 Kcal and 4 KCal respectively.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption

Question 8.
What is meant by Hiatus hernia or Oesophagus Hernia
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 24

  • It is a structural abnormality in which superior part of the stomach protrudes slightly above the diaphragm.
  • Applying toomuch pressure on the muscles around the stomach while coughing, vomiting and straining during bowel movement and lifting heavy object it may weaken the muscle tissues of stomach.
  • In some people injury or the damage may weaken muscle tissue.
  • Heart burn is common in this disease.
  • The stomach contents travel back into the oesophagus or even into oral cavity and causes pain in the centre of the chest due to the eroding nature of acidity.

Question 9.
Obesity – Explain.
Answer:

  • It is caused due to the storage of excess of body fat in adipose tissue.
  • Obesity may be genetic or due to excess intake of food endocrine and metabolic disorders.
  • Degree of obesity is assessed by body mass index (BMI).
  • A Normal BMI range for adult is 19 – 25 above 25 is obese.
  • BMI is calculated as body weight in Kg divided by the square of body height in metres.
  • For example a 50 Kg person with a height of 160 Cms would have a BMI of 19.5.
  • That is BMI \(=50 / 1.6^{2}\) = 19.5

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 29

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 30

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 5 Digestion and Absorption 31

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Tamilnadu State Board New Syllabus Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Pdf Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Text Book Back Questions and Answers, Notes.

Tamilnadu Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

11th Bio Zoology Guide Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Text Book Back Questions and Answers

Part I

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
The clitellum is a distinct part in the body of earthworm Lampito mauritii, it is found in?
a. Segments 13-14
b. Segments 14-17
c. Segments 12 -13
d. Segments 14-16
Answer:
b. Segments 14-17

Question 2.
Sexually, earthworms are
a. Sexes are separate
b. Hermaphroditic but not self – fertilizing
c. Hermaphroditic and self – fertilizing
d. Parthenogenic
Answer:
b. Hermaphroditic but not self – fertilizing

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 3.
To sustain themselves, earthworms must guide their way through the soil using their powerful muscles. They gather nutrients by ingesting organic matter and soil, absorbing what they need into their bodies. Say whether the statement is True or False: The two ends of the earthworm can equally ingest soil.
Answer:
a. True
b. False

Question 4.
The head region of Cockroach ……………….. pairs of …………….. and …………….. shaped eyes occur.
a. One pair, sessile compound and kidney shaped
b. Two pairs, stalked compound and round shaped
c. Many pairs, sessile simple and kidney shaped
d. Many pairs, stalked compound and kidney shaped
Answer:
a. One pair, sessile compound and kidney shaped

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
The location and numbers of malpighian tubules in Periplaneta.
a. At the junction of midgut and hindgut, about 150.
b. At the junction of foregut and midgut, about 150.
c. Surrounding gizzard, eight.
d. At the junction of colon and rectum, eight.
Answer:
a. At the junction of midgut and hindgut, about 150.

Question 6.
The type of vision in Cockroach is
a. Three dimensional
b. Two dimensional
c. Mosaic
d. Cockroachdonot have vision
Answer:
c. Mosaic

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 7.
How many abdominal segments are present in male and female Cockroaches?
a. 10,10
b. 9,10
c. 8,10
d. 9,9
Answer:
d. 9,9

Question 8.
Which of the following have an open circulatory system?
a. Frog
b. Earthworm
c. Pigeon
d. Cockroach
Answer:
d. Cockroach

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 9.
Buccopharyngeal respiration in frog
a. is increased when nostrils are closed
b. Stops when there is pulmonary respiration
c. is increased when it is catching fly
d. stops when mouth is opened.
Answer:
b. Stops when there is pulmonary respiration

Question 10.
Kidney of frog is
a. Archinephros
b. Pronephros
c. Mesonephros
d. Metanephros
Answer:
c. Mesonephros

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 11.
Presence of gills in the tadpole of frog indicates that
a. fishes were amphibious in the past
b. fishes involved from frog -like ancestors
c. frogs will have gills in future
d. frogs evolved from gilled ancestor
Answer:
d. frogs evolved from a gilled ancestor

Question 12.
Choose the wrong statement among the following:
a. In earthworm, a pair of male genital pore is present.
b. Setae help in the locomotion of earthworms.
c. Muscular layer in the body wall of an earthworm is made up of circular muscles and longitudinal muscles
d. Typhlosole is part of the intestine of earthworms.
Answer:
d. Typhlosole is part of the intestine of earthworm.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
Which of the following are the sense organs of Cockroach?
a. Antennae, compound eyes, maxillary palps, anal cerci
b. Antennae, compound eye, maxillary palps and tegmina
c. Antennae, ommatidia, maxillary palps, sternum and anal style.
d. Antennae, eyes, maxillary palps, and tarsus of walking legs and coxa
Answer:
a. Antennae, compound eyes, maxillary palps, anal cerci

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 14.
What characteristics are used to identify the earthworms?
Answer:
In gardens, earthworms can be traced by their fecal deposits known as worm castings on the soil surface.
The earthworms can be identified using the following characteristics:

  • Long and cylindrical narrow body.
  • Bilateral symmetry
  • It is light brown in colour with a purple tinge at the anterior end.
  • The division of the body into many segments or metameres.
  • The dorsal surface of the body is marked by a dark mid-dorsal line.
  • In mature worms, segments 14-17 may be found swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
What are earthworm casts?
Answer:
The undigested particles along with soil are passed out through the anus as worm castings or vermicasts.

Question 16.
How do earthworms breathe?
Answer:

  • There are no lungs and gills.
  • They respire through the body surface.
  • The surface blood vessel helps in gaseous exchange.

Question 17.
Why do you call cockroaches a pest?
Answer:
Cockroaches destroy food and contaminate it with their offensive odour. They are carriers of a number of bacterial diseases. The cockroach allergen can cause asthma in sensitive people.

Question 18.
Comment on the functions of alary muscles?
Answer:
The triangular muscles that are present on both side of the heart are responsible for blood circulation.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 19.
Name the visual units of the compound eyes of cockroach.
Answer:

  • The photoreceptors of the cockroach consist of a pair of compound eye on the dorsal surface of the head.
  • Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called the ommatidia.

Question 20.
How does the male frog attract the female for mating?
Answer:

  • The male frog has a pair of vocal sacs and a copulatory or nuptial pad on the ventral side of the first digit of each forelimb.
  • Vocal sacs produce croaking sound to attract females and nuptial pad is also helpful in mating.

Question 21.
Write the types of respiration seen in frogs.
Answer:
Frog respires on land and in the water by two different methods. In water, the skin acts as an aquatic respiratory organ (cutaneous respiration). Dissolved oxygen in the water gets exchanged through the skin by diffusion. On land, the buccal cavity, skin, and lungs act as the respiratory organs. In buccal respiration on land, the mouth remains permanently closed while the nostrils remain open.

The floor of the buccal cavity is alternately raised and lowered, so air is drawn into and expelled out of the buccal cavity repeatedly through the open nostrils. Respiration by the lungs is called pulmonary respiration. The lungs are a pair of elongated, pink-colored sac-like structures present in the upper part of the trunk region (thorax). Air enters through the nostrils into the buccal cavity and then to the lungs. During aestivation and hibernation, gaseous exchange takes place through the skin.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 22.
Differentiate between peristomium and prostomium in earthworms.
Answer:

Peristomium Prostomium
1. The mouth is present in the centre of the first segment of the body called peristomium Overhanging the mouth is a small flap called the upperlip or prostomium.

Question 23
Give the location of clitellum and spermathecal openings in Lampito mauritii.
Answer:

  • Clitellum -14 -17 segment.
  • Spermatheca – There are three pairs of spermathecae lying in segments 6/ 7,7/ 8,8/9

Question 24.
Differentiate between tergum and a sternum.
Answer:

Tergum
1.The scierites of dorsal side of cockroach Sternum
Sternum
 The sclerites of ventral side of cockroach

Question 25.
Head of cockroach is called hypognathous. Why?
Answer:
The mouth parts of cockroach are directed downwards. The head is small, triangular lies at a right angle to the longitudinal body axis. Hence it is called hypognathous.

Question 26.
What are the components of blood in frogs?
Answer:
1. Plasma-60%
2. Red blood cells, white blood cells platelets 40 %

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 27.
Draw a neat labeled diagram of the digestives system of frog.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 1

Question 28.
Explain the reproductive system of frog
1. Male reproductive organ:

  • There are pair of testes. Each test is attached with kidney and dorsal body wall with the peritoneal membrane mesorchium.
  • The vasa efferentia arises from each test is opened into the bladder canal and it communicates with the urinogenital duct that comes out of kidneys and opens into the cloaca.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 2

2. Female reproductive system:

  • It consists of paired ovaries attached to the kidney and dorsal body wall by folds of peritoneum called mesovarium.
  • Each oviduct opens into the body cavity at the anterior end by a funnel like opening called ostia and posteriority the oviducts dilated to form ovisac before they open into cloaca.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 3

  • Fertilization is external.
  • The eggs hatch into tadpoles.
  • Tadpole develops three pairs of gills.
  • The tadpole grows into an air-breathing carnivorous adult frog through a process metamorphosis.

Part II

11th Bio Zoology Guide Organ and Organ Systems in Animals Additional Important Questions and Answers

I. Choose The Best Options

Question 1.
We can locate the earth worm’s living area through ……………………….
a. Small hole in the ground
b. Worm costings
c. Debris
d. Excreta of cattle.
Answer:
b. Worm costings

Question 2.
The region between 14 – 17 segments in earthworm is called as …………………
a. Pygidium
b. Prostomium
c. Clitellum
d. Peristomium
Answer:
c. Clitellum

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 3.
What is the shape of the setae?
a. ‘S’ shaped
b. C shaped
c. Round shaped
d. Curved shaped
Answer:
a. ‘S’ shaped

Question 4.
Find the correct pair.
a. First segment -Clitellum
b. Last segment – Peristomium
c. 14-17 -Pygidium
d. Vascular fold -Typhlosole
Answer:
d. Vascular fold -Typhlosole

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
In which segment the lateral hearts are situated?
a. 7-13
b. 6-13
c. 6-15
d. 7-15
Answer:
b. 6-13

Question 6.
Find out the correct statement
a. In male cockroach the reproductive sac lie anteriorily.
b. In female cockroaches chitinous plates gonapophyses are present around the female genital aperature.
c. In male cockroach the sternum of 10th segment have pair of anal cerci.
d. In the 12th segment anal styes are seen.
Answer:
b. In female cockroaches chitinous plates gonapophyses are present around the female genital aperature.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 7.
What is the length of lampito mauritii.
a. 80-210 mm
b. 85-350 mm
c. 80 – 220 mm
d. 80 – 200 mm
Answer:
a. 80-210 mm

Question 8.
The pale brown the purplish tinge colour of earthworm is due to the pigment
a. Haemolymph
b. Porphyrin
c. Choloroquin
d. Flaemoglobin
Answer:
b. Porphyrin

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 9.
In which segments the spermatheca are situated
a. 6-7 segments, 7-8 segments 8-9 segments
b. 6-7 segments, 8-9 segments 9-10 segments
c. 8-9 segments, 9-10 segments 10-11 segments
d. 7-8 segments, 8-9 segments 9-10 segments
Answer:
a. 6-7 segments, 7-8 segments 8-9 segments

Question 10.
Find out the wrong statement?
a. The wall of earthworm is thin and moist.
b. There are cuticle and epithelial layer.
c. The body cavity which lies between the digestive system and body wall does not act as a fluid-filled structure.
d. The coelomic fluid is alkaline and milky in nature.
Answer:
c. The body cavity which lies between the digestive system and body wall does not act as a fluid-filled structure.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 11.
Whether the following statement is correct or wrong. Justify.
a. In earthworm the digestive tract runs from the mouth to anus.
b. In earthworm the mouth is seen in the first segment.
c. In the second segment lies buccal cavity.
d. In the 3 – 4th segment lies the pharynx.
a. True, False, False, True
b. True, True, True, True
c. False, False, False, True
d. True, False, True, False
Answer:
b. True, True, True, True

Question 12.
The large complex molecules which consist of organic-rich soil eaten by earthworm with the help of digestive enzymes is converted into the simple absorptive unit is
a. Intestinal digestion
b. Digestion
c. Rectal digestion
d. Enzymatic digestion
Answer:
b. Digestion

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
Find the odd one out.
The earthworm receptors are
a. Photoreceptors
b. Vision receptors
c. Taste receptors
d. Gustatory receptors
Answer:
b. Vision receptors

Question 14.
Which of the following is true with an excretory system of earthworm.
a. Nephridia
b. Nephron minute tubules
c. Nephridia – minute coiled tubules
d. Nephron – coiled tubule
Answer:
c. Nephridia – minute coiled tubules

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
Apart from nephridia, there is specialised cell present in the intestinal walls.
a. Chlorogogen
b. Chloricgen
c. Chlorajan
d. Chlorojin
Answer:
a. Chlorogogen

Question 16.
What is the other name for the seminal funnel?
a. Ciliary
b. Ciliary rosettes
c. Ciliary flagella
d. Ciliary antennae
Answer:
b. Ciliary rosettes

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 17.
How many days are taken by the earthworm to complete its life cycle?
a. 70 days
b. 65 days
c. 69 days
d. 60 days
Answer:
d. 60 days

Question 18.
What is the fluid manure of earthworm consist of?
a. Vermicomposting
b. Vermiculture
c. Vermiwash
d. Earthworm manure
Answer:
c. Vermiwash

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 19.
Find out the unrelated one
a. Vermi compose
b. Vermin
c. Vermiculture
d. Vermi wash
Answer:
b. Vermin

Question 20.
Match and find out correct
I. Coxa – a. Thick
II. Trochanter – b. Long
III. Femur – c. Small
IV. Tibia – d. Large
a. I – a, II – b, III – c, IV – d
b. I-d, II-c, III-b, IV-a
c. I-a, II-c , III-d ,IV-b
d. I – b, II – a, III – c, IV – d
Answer:
b. I-d, II-c, III-b, IV-a

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 21.
Find out the wrong pair of cockroaches.
a. Tarsus – Podomeres
b. Genital opening Sclerites – Parametabolus
c. Sclerites of the dorsal side – Tergites
d. Sclerites of the ventral side – Sternites
Answer:
b. Genital opening Sclerites – Parametabolus

Question 22.
Find out the wrong pair of cockroaches.
a. Spiracles – Stigmata
b. Ostia – Colourless coelomic fluid
c. Ostia – Digestive system cockroach
d. Supra oesophageal ganglion – Brain
Answer:
c. Ostia – Digestive system cockroach

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 23.
Which is the ancient organism of insect?
a. Cockroach
b. Cricket
c. Grasshopper
d. Scorpion
Answer:
a. Cockroach

Question 24.
Cockroach belongs to …………………………………………… period about 320 million years ago.
a. Devonian
b. Carboniferous
c. Missisipian
d. Pensylvanian.
Answer:
b. Carboniferous

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 25.
One of the fastest moving land insect is the cockroach. What is it’s speed?
a. 6.4 km/hr
b. 5.0 km/hr
c. 5.4 km/hr
d. 6.5 km/hr
Answer:
c. 5.4 km/hr

Question 26.
Which makes the wings of insect?
a. Chitin
b. Pecten
c. Cellulose
d. Hemicellulose
Answer:
a. Chitin

(2 marks)

II. Very Short Questions

Question 1.
Name the earthworms of India.
Answer:

  • Lampito mauritii (Megascolex mauritii)
  • Perioynx excavatus
  • Metaphire posthuma (Pheretima Posthuma)

Question 2.
What are the regions of clitellum?
Answer:

  • Preclitellar region (1st – 13th segments)
  • Clitellar region (14th – 17th segment)
  • Post – Clitellar region (after 17th segment)

Question 3.
Name the structure that helps in locomotion where is it seen?
Answer:
Locomotion is effected through setae. In all the segments of the body except the first last and clitellum there is a ring of chitinous body setae.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 4.
What is the composition of the coelom of earthworms?
Answer:
The coelomic fluid is milky and alkaline. It consists of granulocytes or eleocytes amoebocytes, mucocytes and leucocytes.

Question 5.
Classify earthworms based on their ecological strategies.
Answer:

  • Earthworms are classified as epigeics, anecics and endogeics based on their ecological strategies.
  • Epigeics are the surface dwellers e.g., Perionyx excavaus and Eudrilus eugeniae.
  • Anecics are found in the upper layers of the soil e.g., Lampiro mauritii, Lumbricus terrestris.
  • Endogeics are found in deeper layers of the soil e.g., Octochaetona thursoni.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 6.
What are the mouthparts of the cockroach?
Answer:

  • Labrum (i) pair of mandibles Labrum (ii) pair of maxillae
  • Labium and hypopharynx or tongue.

Question 7.
Give notes on sclerites?
Answer:
In each segment, exoskeleton has hardened plates called sclerites, which are joined together by a delicate and elastic articular membrane or arthrodial membrane.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 8.
When is cockroach evolved?
Answer:
The cockroaches are ancient among all groups of insects dating back to the carboniferous period about 320 million years ago.

Question 9.
Name the five segments of the leg of the cockroach?
Answer:

  1. Coxa -Large
  2. Trochanter-Small
  3. Femur -Long and broad
  4. Tibia – Long and thick
  5. Tarsus -has five movable joints

Question 10.
Where are hepatic caeca seen in cockroaches?
Answer:
At the junctional region of the gizzard are eight finger-like tubular blind processes called hepatic caecae.

Question 11.
Trace the air paths of respiration.
Answer:
Spiracle trachea tracheoles Tissues.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 12.
Write a note on coelom of earthworm.
Answer;
A spacious body cavity called the coelom is seen between the alimentary canal and the body wall. The coelom contains the coelomic fluid and serves as a hydrostatic skeleton, in which the coelomocytes are known to play a major role in regeneration. immunity and wound healing. The coelomic fluid of the earthworm is milky and alkaline, which consists of granulocytes or cicocytes. amoebocytes, mucocytes and leucocytes.

Question 13.
What are the structures that is not present in frog?
Answer:
In frog there is no external ear neck and tail.

Question 14.
Give notes on chyme?
Answer:
Digestion of food takes place by the action of hydrochloric acid and gastric juices secreted from the walls of the stomach. This partially digested food is called as chyme.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
What are the regions of nervous system?
Answer:
Central nervous system peripheral nervous system autonomous nervous system.

Question 16.
A cockroach produces nutritionally dense milk to feed their young ones. It may be considered as a superfood of the future. How?
Answer:

  1. It contains crystalline milk.
  2. It is synthesised by diploptera punctata.

Question 17.
What are the economic importance of frog?
Answer:

  • Frogs feed on insects and helps in reducing insect pest population.
  • Frogs are used in traditional medicine for controlling blood pressure and for antiaging properties.

Question 18.
What are the types of cockroach?
Answer:

  • American cockroach
  • Brown – banded cockroach
  • German cockroach
  • Oriental cockroach
  • Viviparous cockroach

Question 19.
Name the cells that helps in excretion of cockroach?
Answer:

  • Fat bodies
  • Nephrocytes
  • Cuticle
  • Urecose glands

Question 20.
Define uricotelic organism.
Answer:
The nitrogenous wastes are eliminated through uric acid. (Eg.) Hence cockroach excretes uric acid as a waste it is said to be uricotelic.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 21.
What is typhiosole?
Answer:

  • The dorsal wall of the intestine of earthworm is folded into the cavity as the typhiosole.
  • This fold contains blood vessels and increases the absorptive area of the intestine.

Question 22.
What are the glands seen in male reproductive system ?
Answer:

  • Mushroom-shaped gland
  • conglobate gland.

Question 23.
What is clitellum?
Answer:
In mature worms 14 – 17 segments may be found swollen with a glandular thickening of the skin called the clitellum. This helps in the formation of cocoon.

Question 24.
Where is spermathecal openings seen in the earthworm?
Answer:
They are lying inter segmentally between the grooves of the segments 6/7,7/S and 8/9.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 25.
Where is genital openings seen in the earthworm?
Answer:

  • The female genital aperture lies on the ventral side in the 14th segment.
  • A pair of male genital apertures are situated latero-ventrally in the 18th segment.

Question 26.
Name the body muscles of earthworm.
Answer:

  • Cuticle
  • Epidermis
  • Coelomic epithelium

Question 27.
Name the cells t at makes the epidermis?
Answer:

  • Supportive cells
  • Glandular cells
  • Basal cells
  • Sensory cells

Question 28.
What is the functions of coelomocytes of earthworm?
Answer:
Uses of coelomocytes

  1. Regeneration
  2. Immunity
  3. Woundhealing

Question 29.
Name the cells of coelom of earthworm
Answer:

  • Granulocytes or eleocytes
  • Amoebocytes
  • Mucocytes
  • Leucocytes

Question 30.
What are lateral hearts ?
Answer:
In the anterior part of body of earthworm the dorsal vessel is connected with the ventral vessel by eight pairs of commissural vessels or lateral hearts lying in the 6th – 13th segment.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 31.
Give notes on nephrostome.
Answer:
The mega nephridium of earthworm has an internal funnel like opening called the nephrostome which is fully ciliated.

Question 32.
What is chloragogen cell?
Answer:
Besides nephridia special cells on the coelomic wall of the intestine called chloragogen cells are present. They excrete nitrogenous wastes in the blood.

Question 33.
Whatisprotandrous?
Answer:

  • The two sex organs of earthworm mature at different times and hence self fertilisation is prevented.
  • The sperm develops earlier than the production of ova. This process is known as protandrous.
    It transmits the diseases like cholera, dysentery and tuberculosis hence it is known as vectors.

Question 38.
Whatishypognathous?
Answer:
The mouth parts of cockroach are directed downwards so its is hypognathous.

Question 39.
What is compound eyes?
Answer:
The head of cockroach bears a pair of large sessile and reniform compound eyes. Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called the ommatidia and the vision caused by the ommatidia is mosaic vision.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 40.
Name the segments of the legs of cockroach?
Answer:
There are five segments in the legs of cockroach.

  1. Coxa
  2. Trochanter
  3. Femur
  4. Tibia
  5. Tarsus

Question 41.
What is podomeres?
Answer:
The last segment of the leg tarsus has five movable joints called podomeres or tarsomeres.

Question 42.
Give notes on wings of cockroach?
Answer:
Cockroach has two pairs of wing. The first pair of wings protects the hind wings when rest is called elytra or tegmina. The second pair of wings used in flight.

Question 43.
Name the plates of the abdomen of cockroach?
Answer:
There are 10 segments in the abdomen. The sclerites of the dorsal side are called tergites.
The sclerites on the ventral side are called sternites and the sclerites on the lateral sides are called pleurites.

Question 44.
What are the sensory receptors seen in cockroach?
Answer:

  • Antenna
  • Compound eyes
  • Labrum
  • Mandibles
  • Labialpalps
  • Analcerci

Question 45.
Name the fat bodies of cockroach?
Answer:
Nephrocytes, Cuticle, Urecose glands.

Question 46.
What are the glands seen in the male cockroach?
Answer:

  • Mushroom shaped gland
  • Conglobate gland.

Question 47.
What is meant by paurometabolus?
Answer:

  • In cockroach the embryonic development occurs in the ootheca for 5-13 weeks.
  • The development of cockroach is gradual through nymphal stages. Hence it is called as paurometabolus.

Question 48.
What are pokilotherms?
Answer:
The organisms which change its temperature according to the temperature of the environment is known as pokilotherms.

Question 49.
What is nictitating membrane?
Answer:
The third eyelid of frog is nictitating membrane. It protects the eye.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 50.
What is cloaca?
Answer:
As the digestive excretory reproductive system opens commonly through a aperture this is called as cloaca.

Question 51.
What is spiracle?
Answer:
In cockroach the trachea open through 10 pairs of small holes called spiracles.

Question 52.
What is meant by chordotonal receptor?
Answer:
Chordotonal receptor is found on the anal cerci which are receptive to vibrations in air and land.

Question 53.
How can a earthwom senses its burrow?
Answer:
In the prostomium of earthworm there are thermal and chemical receptors with the help of this they can find it’s habitat.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 54.
Compare the respiration of human with the respiration of cockroach?
Answer:
In the respiratory system of cockroach there are spiracles and trachea. Each spiracles can open and close. During inspiration spiracles open. This oxygen enters into the haemocoel through spiracles and exchange of gases taking place.

Question 55.
List the very special features of cockroach.
Answer:

  • Cockroach can survive being submerged under water upto 45 minutes.
  • They hold their breath often to help regulate loss of water.

Question 56.
Cockroach can live without ahead? How?
Answer:
A cockroach can live for a week without its head. There is no connection between head and respiration. There is no nostrils and lungs.
The abdomen has 10 pairs of spiracles. These spiracles are communicated with the tracheoles and haemolymph and exchange of gases taking place.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 57.
Why is mosaic vision with less resolution in cockroaches ?
Answer:
The unit of compound eye is ommatidium. There are hundreds of ommatidia. Each ommatidium forms a image. Each image formed in all the ommatidia forms a vision. This image is a mosaic vision.

Question 58.
List the charcteristic features of order Aneura?
Answer:
Frogs and Toads have elongated hindlimbs. This helps in jumping, Frogs can live in water and on trees. Parental care is seen in few species.

Question 59.
Differentiate the compound eyes from simple eye.
Answer:

Compound eye Simple eye
1. Formed of hundreds of small units Single eye
2. Each ommatidium contains lens cornea retina and optic nerve Only one lens cornea retina and optic nerve
3. Each ommatidium forms a separate image and forms a unclear mosaic vision A single image informed. The image is clear

Question 60.
Why three chambered heart of frog is not as efficient as the four chambered heart of birds and mammals?
Answer:

  • The heart of birds and mammals have four chambers. The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood is carried by separate blood vessels and transports to body parts and the purifying organ.
  • The frog has three chambered heart. The oxygenated and deoxygenated blood mixeshere. This mixed blood is reaching all the parts.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 61.
What is meant by cloaca a Common digestive and excretary opening ?
Answer:

  • In the elasmobranhs amphibians, reptiles egg laying mammals the faeces and urine pass through this opening.
  • This passage is also a genital passage for the deposition of sperm. This is called cloacal aperature.

Question 62.
Give notes on setae of earthworm?
Answer:

  • Earthworm have setae which are small hair like bristles. They are not composed of the same material as human hair.
  • They will be helpful in feeding mating and locomotion.

Question 63.
Give notes on intestinal caeca of earthworm?
Answer:
In 26th segment of metaphire posthuma a pair of cone shaped bulging is seen. It is known as intestinal caecum. This secretes amylolytic enzymes. This helps in starch digestion.

( 3 marks)

III. Short Questions

Question 1.
Based on their ecological strategies classify the earthworms?
Answer:

Ecological strata Earthworm type
1. Epigeics – up on the earth Perionyx excavatus
2. Anecics – out of the earth Lampito mauritii
3. Endogeics – with in the earth Octohaetona thurstoni

Question 2.
Where is longest earthworm seen?
Answer:

  • Micro chaetus rappi is an African giant earthworm can reach a length of 6.7 meter (22 feet)
  • Drawida nilamburansis is a species of earthworm in Kerala reaches a maximum length upto 1 meter (3 feet).

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 3.
What is the significance of coelomic fluid of earthworm?
Answer:

  • In the coelomic fluid coelomocytes are present.
  • It helps in regeneration.
  • It helps in immunity and healing of wounds.

Question 4.
What are the sensory receptors seen in the earthworm?
Answer:

  • Photo receptors – Found on the dorsal surface of the body.
  • Gustatory – Sense of taste are found in the buccal cavity.
  • Tactile receptors Sense of touch
  • Chemo receptors Seen in the prostomium and the bodywall.
  • Thermo receptors

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
Draw the diagram of nephridia of earthworm and name the parts.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 4

Question 6.
What are the other name for sclerites ?
Answer:
On the basis of their location they gets their name.

  • Dorsal sclerites – Tergites
  • Ventral sclerites – Stemites
  • Lateral sclerites – Plurites

Question 7.
The cockroach can survive with out the head. Whether the statement is correct or wrong if it is so give reason?
Answer:
This statement is correct.
Reason:

  • A cockroach can live for a week without its head.
  • Due to their open circulatory system they breath through little holes on each of their body segment hence they are not dependent on the mouth or head to breath.

Question 8.
What are the parts of the nervous system ?
Answer:
Supraoesophagial nerve ganglion or brain sub- oesophagial ganglion – circum oesophageal connectives double ventral nerve cord.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 9.
What are the significance of nervous system.
Answer:

  • Brain or supra oesophageal ganglion or brain.
  • It acts as a sensory and an endocrine centre.
  • Sub – oesophageal ganglion
  • It acts as a motor centre controls the movements of the mouthparts legs and wings.

Question 10.
Give notes on ommatidia?
Answer:

  • The photo receptors of the cockroach consists of a pair of compound eyes at the dorsal surface of the head.
  • Each eye is formed of about 2000 simple eyes called ommatidia.

Question 11.
Give notes on ‘Mosaic vision’?
Answer:

  • The cockroach perceives the vision through each ommatidia. This vision is mosaic vision.
  • Though there is sensitivity but the vision is not a clear one.

Question 12.
Why is sexual dimorphism exhibited clearly during breeding season in frog?
Answer:

  • During breeding the sexual dimorphism is seen clearly.
  • The male frog has a pair of vocal sac and a ; nuptial pad on the ventral side of the first digit i of each fore limb.
  • Vocal sacs assist in amplifying the croaking sound of frog.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
How will you classify the earthworm based on their living in relation to ecological strata?
Answer:

  1. Epigeics – Surface living (Eg.) Eudrilus eugeniae
  2. Anecics-Found in upper layers of the soil. (Eg.) Lampito mauritii.
  3. Endogeics – Found in deeper layers of the soil. (Eg.) Octochaetona thurstoni.

Question 14.
Give an account of respiratory system of earthworm?
Answer:

  • Earthworm has no special respiratory organ like lungs or gills.
  • Respiration takes place through the body wall.
  • The outer surface of the skin is richly supplied with blood capillaries which helps in the diffusion of gases.
  • Oxygen diffuses through the skin into the blood.
  • Carbondi-oxide from the blood diffuses out.
  • The skin is kept moist by mucous and coelomic j fluid and facilitates exchange of gases.

Question 15.
Give an account of nervous system of earthworm?
Answer:

  • The brain composed of bilobed mass of supra- pharyngeal ganglia. On the third segment j supra-pharyngeal nerve ganglion and on the 4th segment sub-pharyngeal nerve ganglion is seen.
  • The brain and the sub-pharyngeal ganglia are connected by a pair of cirum-pharyngeal connectives.
  • The double ventral nerve cord runs backward from the sub-pharyngeal ganglion.

Question 16.
What is the excretory organ of earthworm? What are its type?
Answer:
The nephridia is the excretory organ of earthworm
They are three types.

  1. Pharyngeal or tufted nephridia seen in 5-9 segments
  2. Micro nephridia or Integumentary nephridia seen 14 – 19th -segment.
  3. Mega nephridia or septal nephridia seen from 19th – last segment.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 17.
Give notes on vermiwash.
Answer:

  • Vermi wash is a liquid manure or plant tonic obtained from earthworm.
  • It is used as a foliar spray and helps to induce plant growth.
  • It is a collection of excretory products, mucus secretion micro nutrients from the soil organic molecules.

Question 18.
What is wormery or wormbin?
Answer:
Earth worm can be used for recycling of waste food leaf litter and biomass to prepare a good fertilizer in container is known as wormery or wormbin. It makes superior compost.

Question 19.
Give the systematic classification of earthworm?
Answer:

  • Phylum – Annelida
  • Class – Oligocheata
  • Order – Haplotaxida
  • Genus – Lampito
  • Species – Mauriitii

Question 20.
In which part of the cockroach’s body the sensory receptors are seen?
Answer:

Receptors Organs
1. Thigmo receptor Antenna, maxillary paips and anal cerci
2. Olfactory Antennae
3. Gustatory Maxillary paips labium
4. Thermo receptors Tarsal segments on the legs.
5. Chordotonal which responds to air or earth borne vibrations Anal cerci

Question 21.
Give the systematic classification of frog?
Answer:

  • Phylum – Chordata
  • Class – Amphibia
  • Order – Aneura
  • Genus – Rana
  • Species – Hexatacdyla

Question 22.
Give the systematic classification of cockroach?
Answer:

  • Phylum – Arthropoda
  • Class – Insecta
  • Order – Orthroptera
  • Genus – Periplanata
  • Species – Americana

Question 23.
Give an account of exo skeleton of cockroach?
Answer:

  • The entire body is covered by a hard chitinous exoskeleton.
  • In each segment exoskeleton has hardened plates called sclerites which are joined together by a delicate and elastic articular membrane.
  • The sclerites of the dorsal side are called tergites. Ventral side are called sternites lateral side are called pleurites.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 24.
Give an account of mouth parts of cockroach?
Answer:

  • The appendages form the mouth parts which are of biting and chewing type.
  • These are mandibulate or orthopterus.

Mouth parts

  1. Labrum – Upperlip
  2. A pair of mandibles
  3. Pair of maxillae.
  4. Labium-Lower lip
  5. Tongue – Hypopharynx.

Question 25.
Name the digestive glands of cockroach.
Answer:

  • Salivary glands.
  • Hepatic caeca or entericcaeca

Question 26.
Draw the male frog with vocal sac and nuptial pad and marks the parts.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 5

Question 27.
Give an account of buccal cavity of frog.
Answer:

  • The wide mouth opens into the buccal cavity.
  • On the floor of the buccal cavity lies a large muscular sticky tongue.
  • The tongue is attached in front and free behind.
  • The free edge of the tongue is forked.
  • A row of small and maxillary teeth is found on the inner region of the upper jaw.
  • Vomerine teeth are present one on each side of the internal nosteils.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 28.
Give an account of blood of frog ?
Answer:
60% of frog’s blood is plasma and 40% is red blood cells. The blood cells composed of red blood cells, white blood cells and platelets.
White blood cells

  1. Neutrophil
  2. Basophil
  3. Eosinophils
  4. Lymphocytes
  5. Monocytes

 ( 5 marks)

IV. Essay Questions

Question 1.
Describe the external features of the earthworm?
Answer:

  • Earthworm has along and cylindrical body.
  • It is 80-210 mm in length. It is light brown in colour.
  • The body is encircled by a large number of grooves which divides it into a number of compartments called segments ormetameres.
  • The mouth is found in the centre of the first segment of the body called the peristomium.
  • Overhanging the mouth is a small flab called prostomium.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 6

  • The 14 – 17th segments become swollen called clitellum.
  • There are pair of female genital opening in the 14th segment and pair of male genital opening in the 18th segment.
  • In the segments 6/7, 7/8, 8/9 lies the spermatheca.
  • In all the segments of the body except the first last and clitellum there is ring of chitinous body setae. They all involved in locomotion.
  • The last segments bear anus.

Question 2.
Give an account of digestive system of earthworm?
Answer:
1. The alimentary canal runs as a straight tube throughout the length of the body from the mouth to anus.
2. The mouth opens into the buccal cavity which occupies the 1st and 2nd segments.
3.  The thick muscular pharynx lies in the 3rd and 4th segment and is surrounded by the pharyngeal glands.
4. A small narrow oesophagus lies in the 5th segment and 6th segment contains muscular gizzardes. Which helps in grinding the soil and decaying leaves.
5. The intestine starts from the 7th segment and ’ continues upto the last segment.
6. The dorsal wall of the intestine is folded into the vascular cavity called typhlosole.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 7

Question 3.
Describe the structure of circulatory system of earthworm?
Answer:

  • In earthworm closed type of blood vascular system is seen which contains blood vessels, capillaries and lateral hearts.
  • Two median longitudinal vessels run above and below the alimentary canal as dorsal and ventral vessels of the earthworm.
  • There are paired valves in the dorsal vessels which prevent the backward flow of the blood.
  • From 6 to 13 segments with the 8 pairs of commissural vessels which connects the dorsal and the ventral vessel called lateral hearts.
  • The blood is pumped from the dorsal vessel to the ventral vessel.

The blood glands present in the anterior segments of the earthworm produce blood cells and haemoglobin and gives red colour to the blood.
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 8

Question 4.
Describe the structure of reproductive system of earthworm ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 9
Earth worm is a hermaphrodite organism the male and female reproductive organs are found in the same individual.

Male reproductive system:

  • Two pairs of testes are present in the 10th and 11th segments. The testes give rise to the germ cellor spermatogonia.
  • Two pairs of seminal funnels called ciliary rosettes are situated in the same segments as the testes. Three pairs of spermathecalies in the 7,8,9 segments.
  • The vas deferens arise from the ciliary rosettes run upto the 18th segment and open exterior through the male genital aperture which contains two pairs of penial setae.
  • A pair of prostate glands lie in the 18th and 19th segments.
  • The secretion of prostate cement the spermatozoa into a bundles of spermatophores.

Female reproductive system:

  • A pair of ovaries lying in the 13th segment. Ovarian funnels are present beneath the ovaries continue as a oviduct and opens in the 14th segment as a female genital opening. There are three pairs of spermathecae lie in the 7th, 8th and 9th segment.
  • They receive spermatozoa during copulation.
  • The two earthworm mate juxta position opposite gonadal openings and exchanging sperms mature egg cells in the nutritive fluid are deposited in the cocoons produced by the glands cells of the citellum which also collects the partner’s sperm from the spermathecae.
  • Fertilization and developments occurs in the cocoon.
  • After 3 weeks baby earthworm are released.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 5.
Give an account of locomotion of earthworm?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 10

  • The earthworm normally crawls with the help of their body muscles setae and buccal chamber. The outer circular and inner longitudinal muscle layers lies below the epidermis of the body wall.
  • The contraction of circular muscles make the body long and narrow while the longitudinal muscles make the body short and broad and hence due to the contraction of longitudinal muscle the earthworm moves.
  • The alternate waves of extensions and contractions are aided by the leverage afforded by the buccal chamber and setae.

Question 6.
Describe the morphological features of cockroach?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 11

  • Cockroach is a bilaterally symmetrical segmented animal which is divisible into head thorax and abdomen.
  • The entire body is covered with chitinous exo-skeleton.
  • Each segment consists of sclerites. The head is small and triangular and the mouth parts are directed downwards hence known as hypognathous. The head bears a pair of compound eye. Each compound eye is composed of unit of ommatidia.
  • The mouth parts are of mandibulatetype. It consists of labrum pair of mandibles a pair of maxillae labium and tongue.
  • The thorax consists of prothorax mesothorax and metathorax. Each thoracic segment bears a pair of walking legs.
  • Due to the presence of 3 pairs of leg they are called as hexapoda. Each leg consists of five segments they are coxa, trochanter femur tibia and tarsus.
  • It has two pairs of wings. It is called as tegmina or elytra. The wings arise from the mesothorax protects the hind wings when at rest. The second pair of wings arise from metathoraxa and used inflight.

Question 7.
Draw the diagram of mouth parts of cockroach ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 12

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 8.
Describe the structure of digestive system of cockroach with a diagram ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 13

The alimentary canal is divided into three regions namely foregut midgut and hindgut.

Foregut:

  • It includes pre-oral cavity mouth pharynx oesophagus and the posterior region contains crop.
  • The food is stored in the crop. The crop is followed by gizzard which have chitinous teeth helps in the grinding of the food particles.

Midgut:

  • At the junctional region of the gizzard are eight finger like tubular blind processes called the hepatic caecae or enteric caecae.
  • At the junction of midgut and hind gut lies 100 – 150 yellow coloured malphigian tubules. It excretes the nitrogenous wastes from the haemolymph.

Hindgut:

  • The hind gut is broader than the midgut.
  • It consists of ileum colon andrectum. The rectum opens out through anus.
    Digestive glands
    Salivary glands
    Hepatic caeca

Question 9.
Describe the structure of circulatory system of cockroach ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 14

Cockroach has an open type of circulatory system.
The coelom is filled with haemolymph. Heart is an elongated tube with muscular wall lying mid dorsally beneath the thorax.
The heart consists of 13 chambers with ostia on either side.
The blood from the sinuses enter the heart through the ostia and is pumped anteriorilly to sinuses again. In each segment there is triangular muscle called alary muscles are seen. It is responsible for blood circulation.
There is a pulsatile vesicle lies at the base of each antenna also pumps blood.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 10.
Give an account of excretory system of cockroach?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 15

  • The malphighian tubules are the main excretory organs of cockroach which help in eliminating the nitrogenous wastes from the body in the form of uric acid. Excretion is uricotelic.
  • In addition fat body, nephrocytes cuticle and urecose glands are also excretory in function. The malpighian tubules are attached at the junction of midgut and hindgut. There are about 100-150 in number present in 6 – 9 bundles.
  • Each tubule is lined by glandular and ciliated cells and the waste is excreted out through the hindgut.
  • The glandular cells of malpighian tubules absorb water salts and nitrogenous wastes. The cells of the tubules reabsorb water and inorganic salts.
  • By the contraction of the tubules nitrogenous waste is pushed in to the ileum. The remaining waste with solid uric acid is exceeded along with the faecal matter.

Question 11.
Describe the structure of reproductive system of male cockroach?
Answer:

  • The male reproductive system consists of a pair of testes vasa deferentia an ejaculatory duct utricular gland phallic gland and the external genitalia.
  • A pair of 3 lobed testes lies on the 4th and 6th abdominal segments. The vas deferens opens into the male gonopore which lies ventral to anus.
  • The mushroom shaped gland is a large reproductive gland which opens into the anterior part of the ejaculatory duet.
  • The sperms are stored in the seminal vesicles as bundles of spermatophores. Surrounding the male genital opening are few chitinous structures called phallomeres or gonopophyses which help in copulation.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 16
Question 12.
Describe the structure of female reproductive system of cockroach?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 17

  • The female reproductive system consists of a pair of ovaries vagina genital pouch collaterial glands speromthecae and the external genitalia.
  • A pair of ovaries lie in the segmetn of 2nd and 6th abdominal segment. Each ovary is formed of eight ovarian tubules. Oviducts of each ovary unite into a common oviduct known as vagina which opens into the genital chamber.
  • A pair of spermathecae is present in the 6th segment and opens in to the genital pouch.
  • During copulation the ova descend to the genital chamber and fertilised by the sperm. The collateral gland secreta a hard case called ootheeca around the egg.
  • The ootheca is dropped to a crack or crevice of high relative humidity near a food source. The nymphs are released from this ootheca and they grows by moulting about 13 times to reach the adult form.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 13.
Describe the morphological features of frog?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 18

The body of frog is streamlined to help in swimming. Body is divided into head and trunk.

Head:

  • The head is triangular and has an apex which forms the snout.
  • The mouth is at the anterior end on the head contains pair of external nostrils, pair of eyes with unmovable upper eyelid movable lower eye lid which protects the eye.
  • The nictitating membrane protects the eye when the frog is underwater.
  • A pair of ear drum lies behind the eyes. There is no external ear neck and tail.

Trunk:

  • It bears a pair of fore limbs and a pair of hind limbs. The hind limbs are longer than the forelimbs. At the posterior end between the hind limbs is the cloacal aperture.
  • Fore limbs help to bear the weight of the body. It consists of upper arm fore arm and a hand. The hind limbs consist of thigh shank and foot.
  • Foot bears five long webbed toes and one small spot called the sixth toe cloacal aperture.
  • Fore limbs help to bear the weight of the body. It consists of upper arm fore arm anda hand.
  • The hind limbs consist of thigh shank and foot. Foot bears five long webbed toes and one small spot called the sixth toe.

Question 14.
Describe about the digestive system of frog?
Answer:
The digestive system extends from mouth to the cloaca.
Digestive tract organs:

  • The alimentary canal consists of the buccal cavity pharynx oesophagus duodenum ileum and the rectum which opens outside by the cloacal aperture.
  • The mouth opens into the buccal cavity.

Tongue:

  • On the floor of the buccal cavity lies a large muscular sticky tongue. The tongue is attached in front and free behind.
  • The free edge of tongue is forked.

Teeth:

  • A row of small and pointed maxillary teeth is found on the inner region of the upper jaw. Vomerine teeth are also present as two groups. One on each side of the internal nostrils.
  • The lower jaw is devoid of teeth. The mouth opens into the buccal cavity and then to esophagus through pharynx. Oesophagus opens into stomach
  • Stomach opens in to intestine then to rectum and finally to the cloaca. Liver, Pancresa are the structures of digestive system.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 15.
Describe the structure of the heart of frog ?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 19

  • The heart consists of three chamber. Two auricle and one ventricle. Heart is covered by pericardium. On the dorsal side of the heart is a triangular chamber called sinus venosus.
  • Truncus arteriosus is a thick walled structure which is obliquely placed on the ventral surface of the heart.
  • It divides into right and left aortic trunk. Each divides into carotid systemic and pulmocutaneous arteries.
  • The systemic trunk of each side is joined posteriorly to form the dorsal aorta. They supply blood to the posterior part of the body. The pulmo-cutaneous trunk supplies blood to lungs and skin.
  • The sinus venosus receives the deoxygenated blood from the pre and post venacava and delivers the blood to the right auricle.
  • The left auricle receives oxygenated blood through pulmonary vein.

Question 16.
Describe the structure of the respiratory system of frog?
Answer:

  • Frog respires on land and in the water by two different methods. In water the dissolved oxygen in the water gets exchanged through the skin by diffusion.
  • On land the buccal cavity skin and lungs act as the respiratory organ.

Buccal respiration:

  • Mouth remains permanently closed while the nostrils remain open. The floor of the buccal cavity is raised and lowered so air drawn into and expelled out of the buccal cavity repeatedly through the open nostrils.
  • A pair of elongated pink coloured sac like lungs are present in the upper part of the trunk.
  • Air enters through the nostrils into the buccal cavity and then to the lungs.

Question 17.
Describe the structure of the nervous system
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 20

  • The nervous system is divided into the central nervous system, peripheral nervous system and the autonomous nervous system.
  • Peripheral nervous system consists of 10 pairs of cranial nerves and 10 pairs of spinal nerves. The autonomous nervous system is divided into sympathetic and parasympathetic nervous system.
  • CNS consists of brain and spinal cord. Brain is covered with pia mater and dura mater. The brain is divided into forebrain mid brain and hind brain
  • Fore brain Consists of a pair of olfactory lobes and cerebral hemisphere and diencephalon. The olfactory lobes contain a small cavity called olfactory ventricle.
  • The midbrain includes two large optic lobes and has cavities called optic ventricles.
  • Hind brain consists of cerebellum and medulla oblongata. The medulla oblongata passes out through the foramen magnum and continues as spinal cord.

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 18.
Draw the diagram of buccal cavity of frog and name the parts?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 21

Question 19.
Describe the locomotion of earthworm?
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 22

  • The earthworm normally crawl with the help of their body muscles setae and buccal chamber.
  • The outer circular and inner longitudinal muscle layers lies below the epidermis of the body wall.
  • The contraction of circular muscles make the body long and narrow while the longitudinal muscle make the body short and broad and hence due to the contraction of longitudinal muscle the earthworm moves.
  • The alternate waves of extensions and contractions are aided by the leverage afforded by the buccal chamber and setae.

Question 20.
Tabulate the morphological differences between lampito mauritii and metaphire posthuma.
Answer:

Characters Lampito mauritii Metaphire posthuma
1. Shape and size Cylindrical
80 mm – 210 mm in length 3.5mm – 5.0 mm in width
Cylindrical
115 – 130 mm in length 5 mm in width
2. Colouration Light Brown Dark Brown
3. Segmentation 165-190 Segments About 140 Segments
4. Clitellum 14th – 17th Segments (4) 14th – 16th Segments (3)
5. Intestinal caeca Absent Present in 26th segment
6. Male genital pore 18th segment 18th segment
7. Female genital pore 14th segment 14th segment

Question 21.
Tabulate anatomical differences between lampitomaritii and metaphire posthuma
Answer:

Characters Lampito mauritii Metaphire posthuma
1. Sperma thecal opening Three pairs 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9 Four pairs 5/6, 6/7, 7/8 and 8/9
2. Pharynx 3rd – 4th segment Runs up to 4th Segment
3. Oesophagus 5th segment 8th segment
4. Gizzard 6th segment 8th – 9th segment
5. Intestine 7th segment to anus 15th segment to anus
6. Lateral hearts 8 pairs from 6th  to 13th segments 3 pairs from 7th to 9th segments
7. Pharyngeal  nephridia 5th _ 9th segment 4th – 6th segment
8. Micronephridia 14th to last segment 7th to last segment
9. Meganephridia 19th to last segment 15th to last segment

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 22.
Differentiate the male cockroach from female cockroach.
Answer:

Characters Male cockroach Female cockroach
1. Abdomen Long and narrow Short and broad
2. Segments In the abdomen, nine segments are visible In the abdomen, seven segments are visible
3. Anal styles Present Absent
4. Terga 7th ter gum covers 8 th tergum 7th ter gum covers 8 th and 9th terga
5. Brood pouch Absent Present
6. Antenna Longer in length Shorter in length
7. Wings Extends beyond the tip of abdomen Extends up to the end of abdomen

23. Draw the life cycle of lampito mauritii.
Answer:
Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals 23

Samacheer Kalvi 11th Bio Zoology Guide Chapter 4 Organ and Organ Systems in Animals

Question 24.
Differentiate the frog from toad.
Answer:

Characters Frog Toad
1. Family Ranidae Buforudae
2. Body shape Slender More Bulky
3. Legs Longer Shorter
4. Webbed feet present Absent
5. Skin Smooth and moist skin Dry skin covered with wart like glands
6. Teeth Maxillary and vomerine teeth. Teeth absent
7. Egg formation Lays eggs in clusters Lays eggs in strings